simh
The Computer History Simulation Project
OTHER License
Bot releases are hidden (Show)
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Sat Jul 17 11:55:00 2004 -0700
Notes For V3.2-2
RESTRICTION: The PDP-15 FPP is only partially debugged. Do NOT
enable this feature for normal operations.
RESTRICTION: The HP DS disk is not debugged. DO NOT enable this
feature under any circumstances.
1. New Features in 3.2-2
None
2. Bugs Fixed in 3.2-2
2.1 SCP
- Fixed problem ATTACHing to read-only files (found by John Dundas)
- Fixed problems in Windows terminal code (found by Dave Bryan)
- Fixed problem in big-endian reads (reported by Scott Bailey)
2.2 GRI-909
- Updated MSR to include SOV
- Updated EAO to include additional functions
2.2 HP2100 (from Dave Bryan)
- Generalized control character handling for console terminal
2.3 VAX
- Fixed bad block initialization routine
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Sat Jul 10 06:13:00 2004 -0700
Notes For V3.2-1
RESTRICTION: The PDP-15 FPP is only partially debugged. Do NOT
enable this feature for normal operations.
1. New Features in 3.2-1
1.1 SCP and libraries
- Added SET CONSOLE subhierarchy.
- Added SHOW CONSOLE subhierarchy.
- Added limited keyboard mapping capability.
1.2 HP2100 (new features from Dave Bryan)
- Added instruction printout to HALT message.
- Added M and T internal registers.
- Added N, S, and U breakpoints.
1.3 PDP-11 and VAX
- Added DHQ11 support (from John Dundas)
2. Bugs Fixed in 3.2-1
2.1 HP2100 (most fixes from Dave Bryan)
- SBT increments B after store.
- DMS console map must check dms_enb.
- SFS x,C and SFC x,C work.
- MP violation clears automatically on interrupt.
- SFS/SFC 5 is not gated by protection enabled.
- DMS enable does not disable mem prot checks.
- DMS status inconsistent at simulator halt.
- Examine/deposit are checking wrong addresses.
- Physical addresses are 20b not 15b.
- Revised DMS to use memory rather than internal format.
- Revised IBL facility to conform to microcode.
- Added DMA EDT I/O pseudo-opcode.
- Separated DMA SRQ (service request) from FLG.
- Revised peripherals to make SFS x,C and SFC x,C work.
- Revised boot ROMs to use IBL facility.
- Revised IBL treatment of SR to preserve SR<5:3>.
- Fixed LPS, LPT timing.
- Fixed DP boot interpretation of SR<0>.
- Revised DR boot code to use IBL algorithm.
- Fixed TTY input behavior during typeout for RTE-IV.
- Suppressed nulls on TTY output for RTE-IV.
- Added SFS x,C and SFC x,C to print/parse routines.
- Fixed spurious timing error in magtape reads.
2.2 All DEC console devices
- Removed SET TTI CTRL-C option.
2.3 PDP-11/VAX peripherals
- Fixed bug in TQ reporting write protect status (reported by Lyle Bickley).
- Fixed TK70 model number and media ID (found by Robert Schaffrath).
- Fixed bug in autoconfigure (found by John Dundas).
2.4 VAX
- Fixed bug in DIVBx and DIVWx (reported by Peter Trimmel).
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Tue Apr 6 05:17:00 2004 -0700
Notes For V3.2-0
RESTRICTION: The PDP-15 FPP is only partially debugged. Do NOT
enable this feature for normal operations.
WARNING: The core simulator files (scp.c, sim_*.c) have been
reorganized. Unzip V3.2-0 to an empty directory before attempting
to compile the source.
IMPORTANT: If you are compiling for UNIX, please read the notes
for Ethernet very carefully. You may need to download a new
version of the pcap library, or make changes to the makefile,
to get Ethernet support to work.
1. New Features in 3.2-0
1.1 SCP and libraries
- Added SHOW <device> RADIX command.
- Added SHOW <device> MODIFIERS command.
- Added SHOW <device> NAMES command.
- Added SET/SHOW <device> DEBUG command.
- Added sim_vm_parse_addr and sim_vm_fprint_addr optional interfaces.
- Added REG_VMAD flag.
- Split SCP into separate libraries for easier modification.
- Added more room to the device and unit flag fields.
- Changed terminal multiplexor library to support unlimited.
number of async lines.
1.2 All DECtapes
- Added STOP_EOR flag to enable end-of-reel error stop
- Added device debug support.
1.3 Nova and Eclipse
- Added QTY and ALM multiplexors (Bruce Ray).
1.4 LGP-30
- Added LGP-30/LGP-21 simulator.
1.5 PDP-11
- Added format, address increment inhibit, transfer overrun
detection to RK.
- Added device debug support to HK, RP, TM, TQ, TS.
- Added DEUNA/DELUA (XU) support (Dave Hittner).
- Add DZ per-line logging.
1.6 18b PDP's
- Added support for 1-4 (PDP-9)/1-16 (PDP-15) additional
terminals.
1.7 PDP-10
- Added DEUNA/DELUA (XU) support (Dave Hittner).
1.8 VAX
- Added extended memory to 512MB (Mark Pizzolato).
- Added RXV21 support.
2. Bugs Fixed in 3.2-0
2.1 SCP
- Fixed double logging of SHOW BREAK (found by Mark Pizzolato).
- Fixed implementation of REG_VMIO.
2.2 Nova and Eclipse
- Fixed device enable/disable support (found by Bruce Ray).
2.3 PDP-1
- Fixed bug in LOAD (found by Mark Crispin).
2.4 PDP-10
- Fixed bug in floating point unpack.
- Fixed bug in FIXR (found by Phil Stone, fixed by Chris Smith).
2.6 PDP-11
- Fixed bug in RQ interrupt control (found by Tom Evans).
2.6 PDP-18B
- Fixed bug in PDP-15 XVM g_mode implementation.
- Fixed bug in PDP-15 indexed address calculation.
- Fixed bug in PDP-15 autoindexed address calculation.
- Fixed bugs in FPP-15 instruction decode.
- Fixed clock response to CAF.
- Fixed bug in hardware read-in mode bootstrap.
- Fixed PDP-15 XVM instruction decoding errors.
2.7 VAX
- Fixed PC read fault in EXTxV.
- Fixed PC write fault in INSV.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Wed Dec 31 11:49:00 2003 -0800
Notes For V3.1-0
RESTRICTION: The FP15 and XVM features of the PDP-15 are only partially
debugged. Do NOT enable these features for normal operations.
1. New Features in 3.1-0
1.1 SCP and libraries
- Added simulated Ethernet support for VMS, FreeBSD, Mac OS/X.
- Added status return to tmxr_putc_ln.
- Added sim_putchar_s to handle possible output stalls.
1.2 All DECtapes
- Added "DECtape off reel" error stop.
1.3 All Asynchronous Consoles
- Added support for output congestion stall if using a Telnet connection.
1.4 PDP-1
- Added Type 23 parallel drum support.
1.5 PDP-8
- Added instruction history.
- Added TSC8-75 option support for ETOS.
- Added TD8E DECtape support.
1.6 PDP-18b
- Added instruction history.
- Changed PDP-9, PDP-15 API default to enabled.
1.7 PDP-11
- Added support for 18b only Qbus devices.
- Formalized bus and addressing definitions.
- Added control to enable/disable autoconfiguration.
- Added stub support for second Unibus Ethernet controller.
1.7 Interdata 32b
- Added instruction history.
1.8 Eclipse
- Added floating point support.
- Added programmable interval timer support.
1.9 H316
- Added DMA/DMC support.
- Added fixed head disk support.
- Added moving head disk support.
- Added magtape support.
1.10 IBM 1130 (Brian Knittel)
- Added support for physical card reader, using the Cardread
interface (www.ibm1130.org/sim/downloads).
- Added support for physical printer (flushes output buffer after
each line).
2. Bugs Fixed in 3.1-0
2.1 SCP and libraries
- Fixed numerous bugs in Ethernet library.
2.2 All DECtapes
- Fixed reverse checksum value in 'read all' mode.
- Simplified (and sped up) timing.
2.3 PDP-8
- Fixed bug in RX28 read status (found by Charles Dickman).
- Fixed RX28 double density write.
2.4 PDP-18b
- Fixed autoincrement bug in PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9.
2.5 PDP-11/VAX
- Revised RQ MB->LBN conversion for greater accuracy.
- Fixed bug in IO configuration (found by David Hittner).
- Fixed bug with multiple RQ RAUSER drives.
- Fixed bug in second Qbus Ethernet controller interrupts.
2.6 Nova/Eclipse
- Fixed bugs in DKP flag clear, map setup, map usage (Charles Owen).
- Fixed bug in MT, reset completes despite I/O reset (Charles Owen).
- Fixed bug in MT, space operations return word count (Charles Owen).
2.7 IBM 1130 (Brian Knittel)
- Fixed bug in setting carry bit in subtract and subtract double.
- Fixed timing problem in console printer simulation.
2.8 1620
- Fixed bug in branch digit (found by Dave Babcock).
3. New Features in 3.0 vs prior releases
3.1 SCP and Libraries
- Added ASSIGN/DEASSIGN (logical name) commands.
- Changed RESTORE to unconditionally detach files.
- Added E11 and TPC format support to magtape library.
- Fixed bug in SHOW CONNECTIONS.
- Added USE_ADDR64 support.
3.2 All magtapes
- Magtapes support SIMH format, E11 format, and TPC format (read only).
- SET <tape_unit> FORMAT=format sets the specified tape unit's format.
- SHOW <tape_unit> FORMAT displays the specified tape unit's format.
- Tape format can also be set as part of the ATTACH command, using
the -F switch.
3.3 VAX
- VAX can be compiled without USE_INT64.
- If compiled with USE_INT64 and USE_ADDR64, RQ and TQ controllers support
files > 2GB.
- VAX ROM has speed control (SET ROM DELAY/NODELAY).
3.4 PDP-1
- Added block loader format support to LOAD.
- Changed BOOT PTR to allow loading of all of the first bank of memory.
- The LOAD command takes an optional argument specifying the memory field
to be loaded.
- The PTR BOOT command takes its starting memory field from the TA (address
switch) register.
3.5 PDP-18b Family
- Added PDP-4 EAE support.
- Added PDP-15 FP15 support.
- Added PDP-15 XVM support.
- Added PDP-15 "re-entrancy ECO".
- Added PDP-7, PDP-9, PDP-15 hardware RIM loader support in BOOT PTR.
4. Bugs Fixed in 3.0 vs prior releases
4.1 SCP and Libraries
- Fixed end of file problem in dep, idep.
- Fixed handling of trailing spaces in dep, idep.
4.2 VAX
- Fixed CVTfi bug: integer overflow not set if exponent out of range
- Fixed EMODx bugs:
o First and second operands reversed
o Separated fraction received wrong exponent
o Overflow calculation on separated integer incorrect
o Fraction not set to zero if exponent out of range
- Fixed interval timer and ROM access to pass power-up self-test even on very
fast host processors (fixes from Mark Pizzolato).
- Fixed bug in user disk size (found by Chaskiel M Grundman).
4.3 1401
- Fixed mnemonic, instruction lengths, and reverse scan length check bug for MCS.
- Fixed MCE bug, BS off by 1 if zero suppress.
- Fixed chaining bug, D lost if return to SCP.
- Fixed H branch, branch occurs after continue.
- Added check for invalid 8 character MCW, LCA.
- Fixed magtape load-mode end of record response.
- Revised fetch to model hardware more closely.
- Fixed tape read end-of-record handling based on real 1401.
- Added diagnostic read (space forward).
4.4 Nova
- Fixed DSK variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed bug in DSK set size routine.
4.5 PDP-1
- Fixed DT variable size interaction with restore.
- Updated CPU, line printer, standard devices to detect indefinite I/O wait.
- Fixed incorrect logical, missing activate, break in drum simulator.
- Fixed bugs in instruction decoding, overprinting for line printer.
- Fixed system hang if continue after PTR error.
- Fixed PTR to start/stop on successive rpa instructions.
4.6 PDP-11
- Fixed DT variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed bug in MMR1 update (found by Tim Stark).
- Added XQ features and fixed bugs:
o Corrected XQ interrupts on IE state transition (code by Tom Evans).
o Added XQ interrupt clear on soft reset.
o Removed XQ interrupt when setting XL or RL (multiple people).
o Added SET/SHOW XQ STATS.
o Added SHOW XQ FILTERS.
o Added ability to split received packet into multiple buffers.
o Added explicit runt and giant packet processing.
- Fixed bug in user disk size (found by Chaskiel M Grundman).
4.7 PDP-18B
- Fixed DT, RF variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed MT bug in MTTR.
- Fixed bug in PDP-4 line printer overprinting.
- Fixed bug in PDP-15 memory protect/skip interaction.
- Fixed bug in RF set size routine.
- Increased PTP TIME for PDP-15 operating systems.
- Fixed priorities in PDP-15 API (differs from PDP-9).
- Fixed sign handling in PDP-15 EAE unsigned mul/div (differs from PDP-9).
- Fixed bug in CAF, clears API subsystem.
4.8 PDP-8
- Fixed DT, DF, RF, RX variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed MT bug in SKTR.
- Fixed bug in DF, RF set size routine.
4.9 HP2100
- Fixed bug in DP (13210A controller only), DQ read status.
- Fixed bug in DP, DQ seek complete.
- Fixed DR drum sizes.
- Fixed DR variable capacity interaction with SAVE/RESTORE.
4.10 GRI
- Fixed bug in SC queue pointer management.
4.11 PDP-10
- Fixed bug in RP read header.
4.12 Ibm1130
- Fixed bugs found by APL 1130.
4.13 Altairz80
- Fixed bug in real-time clock on Windows host.
4.14 1620
- Fixed bug in immediate index add (found by Michael Short).
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Mon Sep 15 18:00:00 2003 -0700
Notes For V3.0-2
RESTRICTION: The FP15 and XVM features of the PDP-15 are only partially
debugged. Do NOT enable these features for normal operations.
1. New Features in 3.0-2
1.1 PDP-1
- The LOAD command takes an optional argument specifying the memory field
to be loaded.
- The PTR BOOT command takes its starting memory field from the TA (address
switch) register.
2. Bugs Fixed in 3.0-2
2.1 SCP and libraries
- Fixed end of file problem in dep, idep.
- Fixed handling of trailing spaces in dep, idep.
2.2 PDP-1
- Fixed system hang if continue after PTR error.
- Fixed PTR to start/stop on successive rpa instructions.
2.3 PDP 18b family
- Fixed priorities in PDP-15 API (differs from PDP-9).
- Fixed sign handling in PDP-15 EAE unsigned mul/div (differs from PDP-9).
- Fixed bug in CAF, clears API subsystem.
2.4 1401
- Fixed tape read end-of-record handling based on real 1401.
- Added diagnostic read (space forward).
2.5 1620
- Fixed bug in immediate index add (found by Michael Short).
3. New Features in 3.0 vs prior releases
3.1 SCP and Libraries
- Added ASSIGN/DEASSIGN (logical name) commands.
- Changed RESTORE to unconditionally detach files.
- Added E11 and TPC format support to magtape library.
- Fixed bug in SHOW CONNECTIONS.
- Added USE_ADDR64 support
3.2 All magtapes
- Magtapes support SIMH format, E11 format, and TPC format (read only).
- SET <tape_unit> FORMAT=format sets the specified tape unit's format.
- SHOW <tape_unit> FORMAT displays the specified tape unit's format.
- Tape format can also be set as part of the ATTACH command, using
the -F switch.
3.3 VAX
- VAX can be compiled without USE_INT64.
- If compiled with USE_INT64 and USE_ADDR64, RQ and TQ controllers support
files > 2GB.
- VAX ROM has speed control (SET ROM DELAY/NODELAY).
3.4 PDP-1
- Added block loader format support to LOAD.
- Changed BOOT PTR to allow loading of all of the first bank of memory.
3.5 PDP-18b Family
- Added PDP-4 EAE support.
- Added PDP-15 FP15 support.
- Added PDP-15 XVM support.
- Added PDP-15 "re-entrancy ECO".
- Added PDP-7, PDP-9, PDP-15 hardware RIM loader support in BOOT PTR.
4. Bugs Fixed in 3.0 vs prior releases
4.1 VAX
- Fixed CVTfi bug: integer overflow not set if exponent out of range
- Fixed EMODx bugs:
o First and second operands reversed
o Separated fraction received wrong exponent
o Overflow calculation on separated integer incorrect
o Fraction not set to zero if exponent out of range
- Fixed interval timer and ROM access to pass power-up self-test even on very
fast host processors (fixes from Mark Pizzolato).
- Fixed bug in user disk size (found by Chaskiel M Grundman).
4.2 1401
- Fixed mnemonic, instruction lengths, and reverse scan length check bug for MCS.
- Fixed MCE bug, BS off by 1 if zero suppress.
- Fixed chaining bug, D lost if return to SCP.
- Fixed H branch, branch occurs after continue.
- Added check for invalid 8 character MCW, LCA.
- Fixed magtape load-mode end of record response.
- Revised fetch to model hardware more closely.
4.3 Nova
- Fixed DSK variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed bug in DSK set size routine.
4.4 PDP-1
- Fixed DT variable size interaction with restore.
- Updated CPU, line printer, standard devices to detect indefinite I/O wait.
- Fixed incorrect logical, missing activate, break in drum simulator.
- Fixed bugs in instruction decoding, overprinting for line printer.
4.5 PDP-11
- Fixed DT variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed bug in MMR1 update (found by Tim Stark).
- Added XQ features and fixed bugs:
o Corrected XQ interrupts on IE state transition (code by Tom Evans).
o Added XQ interrupt clear on soft reset.
o Removed XQ interrupt when setting XL or RL (multiple people).
o Added SET/SHOW XQ STATS.
o Added SHOW XQ FILTERS.
o Added ability to split received packet into multiple buffers.
o Added explicit runt and giant packet processing.
- Fixed bug in user disk size (found by Chaskiel M Grundman).
4.6 PDP-18B
- Fixed DT, RF variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed MT bug in MTTR.
- Fixed bug in PDP-4 line printer overprinting.
- Fixed bug in PDP-15 memory protect/skip interaction.
- Fixed bug in RF set size routine.
- Increased PTP TIME for PDP-15 operating systems.
4.7 PDP-8
- Fixed DT, DF, RF, RX variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed MT bug in SKTR.
- Fixed bug in DF, RF set size routine.
4.8 HP2100
- Fixed bug in DP (13210A controller only), DQ read status.
- Fixed bug in DP, DQ seek complete.
- Fixed DR drum sizes.
- Fixed DR variable capacity interaction with SAVE/RESTORE.
4.9 GRI
- Fixed bug in SC queue pointer management.
4.10 PDP-10
- Fixed bug in RP read header.
4.11 Ibm1130
- Fixed bugs found by APL 1130.
4.12 Altairz80
- Fixed bug in real-time clock on Windows host.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Thu Jul 31 16:17:00 2003 -0700
Notes For V3.0-1
RESTRICTION: The FP15 and XVM features of the PDP-15 are only partially
debugged. Do NOT enable these features for normal operations.
1. New Features in 3.0-1
1.1 PDP-1
- Added block loader format support to LOAD.
- Changed BOOT PTR to allow loading of all of the first bank of memory.
1.2 PDP-18b Family
- Added PDP-4 EAE support.
- Added PDP-15 FP15 support.
- Added PDP-15 XVM support.
- Added PDP-15 "re-entrancy ECO".
- Added PDP-7, PDP-9, PDP-15 hardware RIM loader support in BOOT PTR.
2. Bugs Fixed in 3.0-1
2.1 PDP-11/VAX
- Fixed bug in user disk size (found by Chaskiel M Grundman).
2.2 PDP-1
- Updated CPU, line printer, standard devices to detect indefinite I/O wait.
- Fixed incorrect logical, missing activate, break in drum simulator.
- Fixed bugs in instruction decoding, overprinting for line printer.
2.3 PDP-10
- Fixed bug in RP read header.
2.4 PDP-18b Family
- Fixed bug in PDP-4 line printer overprinting.
- Fixed bug in PDP-15 memory protect/skip interaction.
- Fixed bug in RF set size routine.
- Increased PTP TIME for PDP-15 operating systems.
2.5 PDP-8
- Fixed bug in DF, RF set size routine.
2.6 Nova
- Fixed bug in DSK set size routine.
2.7 1401
- Revised fetch to model hardware more closely.
2.8 Ibm1130
- Fixed bugs found by APL 1130.
2.9 Altairz80
- Fixed bug in real-time clock on Windows host.
2.10 HP2100
-- Fixed DR drum sizes.
-- Fixed DR variable capacity interaction with SAVE/RESTORE.
3. New Features in 3.0 vs prior releases
3.1 SCP and Libraries
- Added ASSIGN/DEASSIGN (logical name) commands.
- Changed RESTORE to unconditionally detach files.
- Added E11 and TPC format support to magtape library.
- Fixed bug in SHOW CONNECTIONS.
- Added USE_ADDR64 support
3.2 All magtapes
- Magtapes support SIMH format, E11 format, and TPC format (read only).
- SET <tape_unit> FORMAT=format sets the specified tape unit's format.
- SHOW <tape_unit> FORMAT displays the specified tape unit's format.
- Tape format can also be set as part of the ATTACH command, using
the -F switch.
3.3 VAX
- VAX can be compiled without USE_INT64.
- If compiled with USE_INT64 and USE_ADDR64, RQ and TQ controllers support
files > 2GB.
- VAX ROM has speed control (SET ROM DELAY/NODELAY).
4. Bugs Fixed in 3.0 vs prior releases
4.1 VAX
- Fixed CVTfi bug: integer overflow not set if exponent out of range
- Fixed EMODx bugs:
o First and second operands reversed
o Separated fraction received wrong exponent
o Overflow calculation on separated integer incorrect
o Fraction not set to zero if exponent out of range
- Fixed interval timer and ROM access to pass power-up self-test even on very
fast host processors (fixes from Mark Pizzolato).
4.2 1401
- Fixed mnemonic, instruction lengths, and reverse scan length check bug for MCS.
- Fixed MCE bug, BS off by 1 if zero suppress.
- Fixed chaining bug, D lost if return to SCP.
- Fixed H branch, branch occurs after continue.
- Added check for invalid 8 character MCW, LCA.
- Fixed magtape load-mode end of record response.
4.3 Nova
- Fixed DSK variable size interaction with restore.
4.4 PDP-1
- Fixed DT variable size interaction with restore.
4.5 PDP-11
- Fixed DT variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed bug in MMR1 update (found by Tim Stark).
- Added XQ features and fixed bugs:
o Corrected XQ interrupts on IE state transition (code by Tom Evans).
o Added XQ interrupt clear on soft reset.
o Removed XQ interrupt when setting XL or RL (multiple people).
o Added SET/SHOW XQ STATS.
o Added SHOW XQ FILTERS.
o Added ability to split received packet into multiple buffers.
o Added explicit runt and giant packet processing.
4.6 PDP-18B
- Fixed DT, RF variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed MT bug in MTTR.
4.7 PDP-8
- Fixed DT, DF, RF, RX variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed MT bug in SKTR.
4.8 HP2100
- Fixed bug in DP (13210A controller only), DQ read status.
- Fixed bug in DP, DQ seek complete.
4.9 GRI
- Fixed bug in SC queue pointer management.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Wed Jun 25 09:20:00 2003 -0700
Notes For V3.0-0
Because some key files have changed, V3.0 should be unzipped to a
clean directory.
1. New Features in 3.0-0
1.1 SCP and Libraries
- Added ASSIGN/DEASSIGN (logical name) commands.
- Changed RESTORE to unconditionally detach files.
- Added E11 and TPC format support to magtape library.
- Fixed bug in SHOW CONNECTIONS.
- Added USE_ADDR64 support
1.2 All magtapes
- Magtapes support SIMH format, E11 format, and TPC format (read only).
- SET <tape_unit> FORMAT=format sets the specified tape unit's format.
- SHOW <tape_unit> FORMAT displays the specified tape unit's format.
- Tape format can also be set as part of the ATTACH command, using
the -F switch.
1.3 VAX
- VAX can be compiled without USE_INT64.
- If compiled with USE_INT64 and USE_ADDR64, RQ and TQ controllers support
files > 2GB.
- VAX ROM has speed control (SET ROM DELAY/NODELAY).
2. Bugs Fixed in 3.01-0
2.1 VAX
- Fixed CVTfi bug: integer overflow not set if exponent out of range
- Fixed EMODx bugs:
o First and second operands reversed
o Separated fraction received wrong exponent
o Overflow calculation on separated integer incorrect
o Fraction not set to zero if exponent out of range
- Fixed interval timer and ROM access to pass power-up self-test even on very
fast host processors (fixes from Mark Pizzolato).
2.2 1401
- Fixed mnemonic, instruction lengths, and reverse scan length check bug for MCS.
- Fixed MCE bug, BS off by 1 if zero suppress.
- Fixed chaining bug, D lost if return to SCP.
- Fixed H branch, branch occurs after continue.
- Added check for invalid 8 character MCW, LCA.
- Fixed magtape load-mode end of record response.
2.3 Nova
- Fixed DSK variable size interaction with restore.
2.4 PDP-1
- Fixed DT variable size interaction with restore.
2.5 PDP-11
- Fixed DT variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed bug in MMR1 update (found by Tim Stark).
- Added XQ features and fixed bugs:
o Corrected XQ interrupts on IE state transition (code by Tom Evans).
o Added XQ interrupt clear on soft reset.
o Removed XQ interrupt when setting XL or RL (multiple people).
o Added SET/SHOW XQ STATS.
o Added SHOW XQ FILTERS.
o Added ability to split received packet into multiple buffers.
o Added explicit runt and giant packet processing.
2.6 PDP-18B
- Fixed DT, RF variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed MT bug in MTTR.
2.7 PDP-8
- Fixed DT, DF, RF, RX variable size interaction with restore.
- Fixed MT bug in SKTR.
2.8 HP2100
- Fixed bug in DP (13210A controller only), DQ read status.
- Fixed bug in DP, DQ seek complete.
2.9 GRI
- Fixed bug in SC queue pointer management.
3. New Features in 3.0 vs prior releases
N/A
4. Bugs Fixed in 3.0 vs prior releases
N/A
5. General Notes
WARNING: The RESTORE command has changed. RESTORE will now
detach an attached file on a unit, if that unit did not have
an attached file in the saved configuration. This is required
to assure that the unit flags and the file state are consistent.
WARNING: The compilation scheme for the PDP-10, PDP-11, and VAX
has changed. Use one of the supplied build files, or read the
documentation carefully, before compiling any of these simulators.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Mon Mar 3 18:55:00 2003 -0800
Notes For V2.10-4
1. New Features in 2.10-4
1.1 SCP and Libraries
- Added .ini startup file capability (suggested by Hans Pufal).
- Added multiple switch evaluation points (suggested by Hans Pufal).
- Added multiple command per action.
- Added new library, sim_tape.c, for magtape emulation.
1.2 PDP-11
- Added user-defined disk capacity to RQ.
- Addec choice of controllers to TQ.
- Added user-defined tape capacity to TQ.
1.3 Interdata
- Added SHOW SELCH n command to display selector channel state.
1.4 Line Frequency Clocks (H316, Interdata, Nova, PDP-8, PDP-11,
PDP-18B, SDS)
- Added SET <device> {50HZ/60HZ}, to set the line frequency.
1.5 DEC Console Input (PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-18B, VAX)
- Added SET TTI CTRL-C, to generate ^C from SIMH prompt (^C
crashes simulators compiled with Windows Visual C++).
1.6 Magtapes
- Revised to use magtape library for consistency.
2. Bugs Fixed in 2.10-4
- SCP: fixed bug in multiword deposits to files
- Interdata disks: fixed bug in cylinder overflow on writes
- Interdata tape: fixed bug, read error did not stop selector
channel
- Interdata precision clock: improved autocalibrate algorithm
for UNIX V7.
- Nova fixed head disk: fixed autosize algorithm.
- PDP-11 RQ and TQ: fixed bugs in queue process and in vector
calculation for VAXen.
- PDP-11 TQ: fixed overly strict implementation of illegal
modifiers check.
- PDP-11 RY: fixed autosize algorithm.
- PDP-18B CPU: fixed three EAE bugs (found by Hans Pufal).
- PDP-18B MT: fixed bugs in interrupt handling, BOT error handling.
- PDP-18B RF: removed extra bit from disk address, fixed autosize
algorithm.
- PDP-18B SYS: fixed bug in FMTASC usage (found by Hans Pufal).
- PDP-8 MT: fixed bug in BOT error handling.
- PDP-8 DF, RF, RX: fixed autosize algorithm.
3. New Features in 2.10 vs prior releases
3.1 SCP and Libraries
- The VT emulation package has been replaced by the capability
to remote the console to a Telnet session. Telnet clients
typically have more complete and robust VT100 emulation.
- Simulated devices may now have statically allocated buffers,
in addition to dynamically allocated buffers or disk-based
data stores.
- The DO command now takes substitutable arguments (max 9).
In command files, %n represents substitutable argument n.
- The initial command line is now interpreted as the command
name and substitutable arguments for a DO command. This is
backward compatible to prior versions.
- The initial command line parses switches. -Q is interpreted
as quiet mode; informational messages are suppressed.
- The HELP command now takes an optional argument. HELP <cmd>
types help on the specified command.
- Hooks have been added for implementing GUI-based consoles,
as well as simulator-specific command extensions. A few
internal data structures and definitions have changed.
- Two new routines (tmxr_open_master, tmxr_close_master) have
been added to sim_tmxr.c. The calling sequence for
sim_accept_conn has been changed in sim_sock.c.
- The calling sequence for the VM boot routine has been modified
to add an additional parameter.
- SAVE now saves, and GET now restores, controller and unit flags.
- Library sim_ether.c has been added for Ethernet support.
- The EVAL command will evaluate a symbolic type-in and display
it in numeric form.
- The ! command (with no arguments) will launch the host operating
system command shell. The ! command (with an argument) executes
the argument as a host operating system command. (Code from
Mark Pizzolato)
- Telnet sessions now recognize BREAK. How a BREAK is transmitted
dependent on the particular Telnet client. (Code from Mark
Pizzolato)
- The sockets library includes code for active connections as
well as listening connections.
- The RESTORE command will restore saved memory size, if the
simulator supports dynamic memory resizing.
- Added dynamic extension of the breakpoint table.
- Added breakpoint actions.
- Added VMS support for ! (from Mark Pizzolato).
3.2 VAX
- Non-volatile RAM (NVR) can behave either like a memory or like
a disk-based peripheral. If unattached, it behaves like memory
and is saved and restored by SAVE and RESTORE, respectively.
If attached, its contents are loaded from disk by ATTACH and
written back to disk at DETACH and EXIT.
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
A few devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The TK50 (TMSCP tape) has been added.
- The DEQNA/DELQA (Qbus Ethernet controllers) have been added.
- Autoconfiguration support has been added.
- The paper tape reader has been removed from vax_stddev.c and
now references a common implementation file, dec_pt.h.
- Examine and deposit switches now work on all devices, not just
the CPU.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
- If the VAX console is attached to a Telnet session, BREAK is
interpreted as console halt.
- The SET/SHOW HISTORY commands enable and display a history of
the most recently executed instructions. (Code from Mark
Pizzolato)
3.3 PDP-11
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
Most devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The TK50 (TMSCP tape), RK611/RK06/RK07 (cartridge disk),
RX211 (double density floppy), and KW11P programmable clock
have been added.
- The DEQNA/DELQA (Qbus Ethernet controllers) have been added.
- Autoconfiguration support has been added.
- The paper tape reader has been removed from pdp11_stddev.c and
now references a common implementation file, dec_pt.h.
- Device bootstraps now use the actual CSR specified by the
SET ADDRESS command, rather than just the default CSR. Note
that PDP-11 operating systems may NOT support booting with
non-standard addresses.
- Specifying more than 256KB of memory, or changing the bus
configuration, causes all peripherals that are not compatible
with the current bus configuration to be disabled.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
- The PDP-11 implements a stub DEUNA/DELUA (XU). The real XU
module will be included in a later release.
3.4 PDP-10
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
A few devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The RX211 (double density floppy) has been added; it is off
by default.
- The paper tape now references a common implementation file,
dec_pt.h.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
- The PDP-10 implements a stub DEUNA/DELUA (XU). The real XU
module will be included in a later release.
3.5 PDP-1
- DECtape (then known as MicroTape) support has been added.
- The line printer and DECtape can be disabled and enabled.
- The PDP-1 supports the Type 24 serial drum (based on recently
discovered documents).
3.6 18b PDP's
- The PDP-4 supports the Type 24 serial drum (based on recently
discovered documents).
- Added RB09 fixed head disk for the PDP-9.
- Added LP09 line printer for the PDP-9 and PDP-15.
- Added variable size support and autosizing to the RF15/RF09.
3.7 PDP-8
- The RX28 (double density floppy) has been added as an option to
the existing RX8E controller.
- SHOW <device> DEVNO displays the device's device number. Most
devices allow the device number to be changed with SET <device>
DEVNO=nnn.
- Device number conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
- Added variable size support and autosizing to the DF32 and RF08.
3.8 Nova
- Added variable size support and autosizing to the Novadisk.
3.9 AltairZ80
- A hard drive has been added for increased storage.
- Several bugs have been fixed.
3.10 HP 2100
- The 12845A has been added and made the default line printer (LPT).
The 12653A has been renamed LPS and is off by default. It also
supports the diagnostic functions needed to run the DCPC and DMS
diagnostics.
- The 12557A/13210A disk defaults to the 13210A (7900/7901).
- The 12559A magtape is off by default.
- New CPU options (EAU/NOEAU) enable/disable the extended arithmetic
instructions for the 2116. These instructions are standard on
the 2100 and 21MX.
- New CPU options (MPR/NOMPR) enable/disable memory protect for the
2100 and 21MX.
- New CPU options (DMS/NODMS) enable/disable the dynamic mapping
instructions for the 21MX.
- The 12539 timebase generator autocalibrates.
- The IOP microinstruction set is supported for the 21MX as well
as the 2100.
- The HP2100 supports the Access Interprocessor Link (IPL).
3.11 Simulated Magtapes
- Simulated magtapes recognize end of file and the marker
0xFFFFFFFF as end of medium. Only the TMSCP tape simulator
can generate an end of medium marker.
- The error handling in simulated magtapes was overhauled to be
consistent through all simulators.
3.12 Simulated DECtapes
- Added support for RT11 image file format (256 x 16b) to DECtapes.
3.13 Terminals Multiplexors
- BREAK detection was added to the HP, DEC, and Interdata terminal
multiplexors.
4. Bugs Fixed in 2.10 vs prior releases
- TS11/TSV05 was not simulating the XS0_MOT bit, causing failures
under VMS. In addition, two of the CTL options were coded
interchanged.
- IBM 1401 tape was not setting a word mark under group mark for
load mode reads. This caused the diagnostics to crash.
- SCP bugs in ssh_break and set_logon were fixed (found by Dave
Hittner).
- Numerous bugs in the HP 2100 extended arithmetic, floating point,
21MX, DMS, and IOP instructions were fixed. Bugs were also fixed
in the memory protect and DMS functions. The moving head disks
(DP, DQ) were revised to simulate the hardware more accurately.
Missing functions in DQ (address skip, read address) were added.
- PDP-10 tape wouldn't boot, and then wouldn't read (reported by
Michael Thompson and Harris Newman, respectively)
- PDP-1 typewriter is half duplex, with only one shift state for
both input and output (found by Derek Peschel)
- PDP-11 console must default to 7b for early UNIX compatibility.
- PDP-11/VAX TMSCP emulator was using the wrong packet length for
read/write end packets.
- Telnet IAC+IAC processing was fixed, both for input and output
(found by Mark Pizzolato).
- PDP-11/VAX Ethernet setting flag bits wrong for chained
descriptors (found by Mark Pizzolato).
- 18b PDP RF15/RF09: fixed IOT decoding and address wraparound
logic (found by Hans Pufal).
- 18b PDP RP15: fixed IOT decoding and command initiation.
- HP2100 IPL: changed to full duplex (found by Mike Gemeny).
- HP2100 CPU: fixed last cycle bug in DMA outpout (found by Mike
Gemeny).
- Interdata 16b CPU: fixed bug in SETM, SETMR (found by Mark
Pizzolato).
5. General Notes
WARNING: The build procedures have changed. There is only one UNIX
makefile. To compile without Ethernet support, simply type
gmake {target|all}
To compile with Ethernet support, type
gmake USE_NETWORK=1 {target|all}
The Mingw batch files require Mingw release 2 and invoke the Unix
makefile. There are still separate batch files for compilation
with or without Ethernet support.
WARNING: V2.10 has reorganized and renamed some of the definition
files for the PDP-10, PDP-11, and VAX. Be sure to delete all
previous source files before you unpack the Zip archive, or
unpack it into a new directory structure.
WARNING: V2.10 has a new, more comprehensive save file format.
Restoring save files from previous releases will cause 'invalid
register' errors and loss of CPU option flags, device enable/
disable flags, unit online/offline flags, and unit writelock
flags.
WARNING: If you are using Visual Studio .NET through the IDE,
be sure to turn off the /Wp64 flag in the project settings, or
dozens of spurious errors will be generated.
WARNING: Compiling Ethernet support under Windows requires
extra steps; see the Ethernet readme file. Ethernet support is
currently available only for Windows, Linux, NetBSD, and OpenBSD.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Fri Feb 7 21:28:00 2003 -0800
Notes For V2.10-3
1. New Features in 2.10-3
1.1 SCP and Libraries
- Added dynamic extension of the breakpoint table.
- Added breakpoint actions.
- Added VMS support for ! (from Mark Pizzolato).
1.2 18b PDP's
- Added RB09 fixed head disk for the PDP-9.
- Added LP09 line printer for the PDP-9 and PDP-15.
- Added variable size support and autosizing to the RF15/RF09.
1.3 PDP-8
- Added variable size support and autosizing to the DF32 and RF08.
1.4 Nova
- Added variable size support and autosizing to the Novadisk.
2. Bugs Fixed in 2.10-3
- 18b PDP RF15/RF09: fixed IOT decoding and address wraparound
logic (found by Hans Pufal).
- 18b PDP RP15: fixed IOT decoding and command initiation.
- HP2100 IPL: changed to full duplex (found by Mike Gemeny).
- HP2100 CPU: fixed last cycle bug in DMA outpout (found by Mike
Gemeny).
- Interdata 16b CPU: fixed bug in SETM, SETMR (found by Mark
Pizzolato).
3. New Features in 2.10 vs prior releases
3.1 SCP and Libraries
- The VT emulation package has been replaced by the capability
to remote the console to a Telnet session. Telnet clients
typically have more complete and robust VT100 emulation.
- Simulated devices may now have statically allocated buffers,
in addition to dynamically allocated buffers or disk-based
data stores.
- The DO command now takes substitutable arguments (max 9).
In command files, %n represents substitutable argument n.
- The initial command line is now interpreted as the command
name and substitutable arguments for a DO command. This is
backward compatible to prior versions.
- The initial command line parses switches. -Q is interpreted
as quiet mode; informational messages are suppressed.
- The HELP command now takes an optional argument. HELP <cmd>
types help on the specified command.
- Hooks have been added for implementing GUI-based consoles,
as well as simulator-specific command extensions. A few
internal data structures and definitions have changed.
- Two new routines (tmxr_open_master, tmxr_close_master) have
been added to sim_tmxr.c. The calling sequence for
sim_accept_conn has been changed in sim_sock.c.
- The calling sequence for the VM boot routine has been modified
to add an additional parameter.
- SAVE now saves, and GET now restores, controller and unit flags.
- Library sim_ether.c has been added for Ethernet support.
- The EVAL command will evaluate a symbolic type-in and display
it in numeric form.
- The ! command (with no arguments) will launch the host operating
system command shell. The ! command (with an argument) executes
the argument as a host operating system command. (Code from
Mark Pizzolato)
- Telnet sessions now recognize BREAK. How a BREAK is transmitted
dependent on the particular Telnet client. (Code from Mark
Pizzolato)
- The sockets library includes code for active connections as
well as listening connections.
- The RESTORE command will restore saved memory size, if the
simulator supports dynamic memory resizing.
3.2 VAX
- Non-volatile RAM (NVR) can behave either like a memory or like
a disk-based peripheral. If unattached, it behaves like memory
and is saved and restored by SAVE and RESTORE, respectively.
If attached, its contents are loaded from disk by ATTACH and
written back to disk at DETACH and EXIT.
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
A few devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The TK50 (TMSCP tape) has been added.
- The DEQNA/DELQA (Qbus Ethernet controllers) have been added.
- Autoconfiguration support has been added.
- The paper tape reader has been removed from vax_stddev.c and
now references a common implementation file, dec_pt.h.
- Examine and deposit switches now work on all devices, not just
the CPU.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
- If the VAX console is attached to a Telnet session, BREAK is
interpreted as console halt.
- The SET/SHOW HISTORY commands enable and display a history of
the most recently executed instructions. (Code from Mark
Pizzolato)
3.3 PDP-11
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
Most devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The TK50 (TMSCP tape), RK611/RK06/RK07 (cartridge disk),
RX211 (double density floppy), and KW11P programmable clock
have been added.
- The DEQNA/DELQA (Qbus Ethernet controllers) have been added.
- Autoconfiguration support has been added.
- The paper tape reader has been removed from pdp11_stddev.c and
now references a common implementation file, dec_pt.h.
- Device bootstraps now use the actual CSR specified by the
SET ADDRESS command, rather than just the default CSR. Note
that PDP-11 operating systems may NOT support booting with
non-standard addresses.
- Specifying more than 256KB of memory, or changing the bus
configuration, causes all peripherals that are not compatible
with the current bus configuration to be disabled.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
- The PDP-11 implements a stub DEUNA/DELUA (XU). The real XU
module will be included in a later release.
3.4 PDP-10
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
A few devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The RX211 (double density floppy) has been added; it is off
by default.
- The paper tape now references a common implementation file,
dec_pt.h.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
- The PDP-10 implements a stub DEUNA/DELUA (XU). The real XU
module will be included in a later release.
3.5 PDP-1
- DECtape (then known as MicroTape) support has been added.
- The line printer and DECtape can be disabled and enabled.
- The PDP-1 supports the Type 24 serial drum (based on recently
discovered documents).
3.6 18b PDP's
- The PDP-4 supports the Type 24 serial drum (based on recently
discovered documents).
3.7 PDP-8
- The RX28 (double density floppy) has been added as an option to
the existing RX8E controller.
- SHOW <device> DEVNO displays the device's device number. Most
devices allow the device number to be changed with SET <device>
DEVNO=nnn.
- Device number conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
3.8 AltairZ80
- A hard drive has been added for increased storage.
- Several bugs have been fixed.
3.9 HP 2100
- The 12845A has been added and made the default line printer (LPT).
The 12653A has been renamed LPS and is off by default. It also
supports the diagnostic functions needed to run the DCPC and DMS
diagnostics.
- The 12557A/13210A disk defaults to the 13210A (7900/7901).
- The 12559A magtape is off by default.
- New CPU options (EAU/NOEAU) enable/disable the extended arithmetic
instructions for the 2116. These instructions are standard on
the 2100 and 21MX.
- New CPU options (MPR/NOMPR) enable/disable memory protect for the
2100 and 21MX.
- New CPU options (DMS/NODMS) enable/disable the dynamic mapping
instructions for the 21MX.
- The 12539 timebase generator autocalibrates.
- The IOP microinstruction set is supported for the 21MX as well
as the 2100.
- The HP2100 supports the Access Interprocessor Link (IPL).
3.10 Simulated Magtapes
- Simulated magtapes recognize end of file and the marker
0xFFFFFFFF as end of medium. Only the TMSCP tape simulator
can generate an end of medium marker.
- The error handling in simulated magtapes was overhauled to be
consistent through all simulators.
3.11 Simulated DECtapes
- Added support for RT11 image file format (256 x 16b) to DECtapes.
3.12 Terminals Multiplexors
- BREAK detection was added to the HP, DEC, and Interdata terminal
multiplexors.
4. Bugs Fixed in 2.10 vs prior releases
- TS11/TSV05 was not simulating the XS0_MOT bit, causing failures
under VMS. In addition, two of the CTL options were coded
interchanged.
- IBM 1401 tape was not setting a word mark under group mark for
load mode reads. This caused the diagnostics to crash.
- SCP bugs in ssh_break and set_logon were fixed (found by Dave
Hittner).
- Numerous bugs in the HP 2100 extended arithmetic, floating point,
21MX, DMS, and IOP instructions were fixed. Bugs were also fixed
in the memory protect and DMS functions. The moving head disks
(DP, DQ) were revised to simulate the hardware more accurately.
Missing functions in DQ (address skip, read address) were added.
- PDP-10 tape wouldn't boot, and then wouldn't read (reported by
Michael Thompson and Harris Newman, respectively)
- PDP-1 typewriter is half duplex, with only one shift state for
both input and output (found by Derek Peschel)
- PDP-11 console must default to 7b for early UNIX compatibility.
- PDP-11/VAX TMSCP emulator was using the wrong packet length for
read/write end packets.
- Telnet IAC+IAC processing was fixed, both for input and output
(found by Mark Pizzolato).
- PDP-11/VAX Ethernet setting flag bits wrong for chained
descriptors (found by Mark Pizzolato).
5. General Notes
WARNING: The build procedures have changed. There is only one UNIX
makefile. To compile without Ethernet support, simply type
gmake {target|all}
To compile with Ethernet support, type
gmake USE_NETWORK=1 {target|all}
The Mingw batch files require Mingw release 2 and invoke the Unix
makefile. There are still separate batch files for compilation
with or without Ethernet support.
WARNING: V2.10 has reorganized and renamed some of the definition
files for the PDP-10, PDP-11, and VAX. Be sure to delete all
previous source files before you unpack the Zip archive, or
unpack it into a new directory structure.
WARNING: V2.10 has a new, more comprehensive save file format.
Restoring save files from previous releases will cause 'invalid
register' errors and loss of CPU option flags, device enable/
disable flags, unit online/offline flags, and unit writelock
flags.
WARNING: If you are using Visual Studio .NET through the IDE,
be sure to turn off the /Wp64 flag in the project settings, or
dozens of spurious errors will be generated.
WARNING: Compiling Ethernet support under Windows requires
extra steps; see the Ethernet readme file. Ethernet support is
currently available only for Windows, Linux, NetBSD, and OpenBSD.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Fri Jan 17 18:35:00 2003 -0800
Notes For V2.10-2
1. New Features in 2.10-2
The build procedures have changed. There is only one UNIX makefile.
To compile without Ethernet support, simply type
gmake {target|all}
To compile with Ethernet support, type
gmake USE_NETWORK=1 {target|all}
The Mingw batch files require Mingw release 2 and invoke the Unix
makefile. There are still separate batch files for compilation
with or without Ethernet support.
1.1 SCP and Libraries
- The EVAL command will evaluate a symbolic type-in and display
it in numeric form.
- The ! command (with no arguments) will launch the host operating
system command shell. The ! command (with an argument) executes
the argument as a host operating system command. (Code from
Mark Pizzolato)
- Telnet sessions now recognize BREAK. How a BREAK is transmitted
dependent on the particular Telnet client. (Code from Mark
Pizzolato)
- The sockets library includes code for active connections as
well as listening connections.
- The RESTORE command will restore saved memory size, if the
simulator supports dynamic memory resizing.
1.2 PDP-1
- The PDP-1 supports the Type 24 serial drum (based on recently
discovered documents).
1.3 18b PDP's
- The PDP-4 supports the Type 24 serial drum (based on recently
discovered documents).
1.4 PDP-11
- The PDP-11 implements a stub DEUNA/DELUA (XU). The real XU
module will be included in a later release.
1.5 PDP-10
- The PDP-10 implements a stub DEUNA/DELUA (XU). The real XU
module will be included in a later release.
1.6 HP 2100
- The IOP microinstruction set is supported for the 21MX as well
as the 2100.
- The HP2100 supports the Access Interprocessor Link (IPL).
1.7 VAX
- If the VAX console is attached to a Telnet session, BREAK is
interpreted as console halt.
- The SET/SHOW HISTORY commands enable and display a history of
the most recently executed instructions. (Code from Mark
Pizzolato)
1.8 Terminals Multiplexors
- BREAK detection was added to the HP, DEC, and Interdata terminal
multiplexors.
1.9 Interdata 16b and 32b
- First release. UNIX is not yet working.
1.10 SDS 940
- First release.
2. Bugs Fixed in 2.10-2
- PDP-11 console must default to 7b for early UNIX compatibility.
- PDP-11/VAX TMSCP emulator was using the wrong packet length for
read/write end packets.
- Telnet IAC+IAC processing was fixed, both for input and output
(found by Mark Pizzolato).
- PDP-11/VAX Ethernet setting flag bits wrong for chained
descriptors (found by Mark Pizzolato).
3. New Features in 2.10 vs prior releases
3.1 SCP and Libraries
- The VT emulation package has been replaced by the capability
to remote the console to a Telnet session. Telnet clients
typically have more complete and robust VT100 emulation.
- Simulated devices may now have statically allocated buffers,
in addition to dynamically allocated buffers or disk-based
data stores.
- The DO command now takes substitutable arguments (max 9).
In command files, %n represents substitutable argument n.
- The initial command line is now interpreted as the command
name and substitutable arguments for a DO command. This is
backward compatible to prior versions.
- The initial command line parses switches. -Q is interpreted
as quiet mode; informational messages are suppressed.
- The HELP command now takes an optional argument. HELP <cmd>
types help on the specified command.
- Hooks have been added for implementing GUI-based consoles,
as well as simulator-specific command extensions. A few
internal data structures and definitions have changed.
- Two new routines (tmxr_open_master, tmxr_close_master) have
been added to sim_tmxr.c. The calling sequence for
sim_accept_conn has been changed in sim_sock.c.
- The calling sequence for the VM boot routine has been modified
to add an additional parameter.
- SAVE now saves, and GET now restores, controller and unit flags.
- Library sim_ether.c has been added for Ethernet support.
3.2 VAX
- Non-volatile RAM (NVR) can behave either like a memory or like
a disk-based peripheral. If unattached, it behaves like memory
and is saved and restored by SAVE and RESTORE, respectively.
If attached, its contents are loaded from disk by ATTACH and
written back to disk at DETACH and EXIT.
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
A few devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The TK50 (TMSCP tape) has been added.
- The DEQNA/DELQA (Qbus Ethernet controllers) have been added.
- Autoconfiguration support has been added.
- The paper tape reader has been removed from vax_stddev.c and
now references a common implementation file, dec_pt.h.
- Examine and deposit switches now work on all devices, not just
the CPU.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
3.3 PDP-11
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
Most devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The TK50 (TMSCP tape), RK611/RK06/RK07 (cartridge disk),
RX211 (double density floppy), and KW11P programmable clock
have been added.
- The DEQNA/DELQA (Qbus Ethernet controllers) have been added.
- Autoconfiguration support has been added.
- The paper tape reader has been removed from pdp11_stddev.c and
now references a common implementation file, dec_pt.h.
- Device bootstraps now use the actual CSR specified by the
SET ADDRESS command, rather than just the default CSR. Note
that PDP-11 operating systems may NOT support booting with
non-standard addresses.
- Specifying more than 256KB of memory, or changing the bus
configuration, causes all peripherals that are not compatible
with the current bus configuration to be disabled.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
3.4 PDP-10
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
A few devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The RX211 (double density floppy) has been added; it is off
by default.
- The paper tape now references a common implementation file,
dec_pt.h.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
3.5 PDP-1
- DECtape (then known as MicroTape) support has been added.
- The line printer and DECtape can be disabled and enabled.
3.6 PDP-8
- The RX28 (double density floppy) has been added as an option to
the existing RX8E controller.
- SHOW <device> DEVNO displays the device's device number. Most
devices allow the device number to be changed with SET <device>
DEVNO=nnn.
- Device number conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
3.7 IBM 1620
- The IBM 1620 simulator has been released.
3.8 AltairZ80
- A hard drive has been added for increased storage.
- Several bugs have been fixed.
3.9 HP 2100
- The 12845A has been added and made the default line printer (LPT).
The 12653A has been renamed LPS and is off by default. It also
supports the diagnostic functions needed to run the DCPC and DMS
diagnostics.
- The 12557A/13210A disk defaults to the 13210A (7900/7901).
- The 12559A magtape is off by default.
- New CPU options (EAU/NOEAU) enable/disable the extended arithmetic
instructions for the 2116. These instructions are standard on
the 2100 and 21MX.
- New CPU options (MPR/NOMPR) enable/disable memory protect for the
2100 and 21MX.
- New CPU options (DMS/NODMS) enable/disable the dynamic mapping
instructions for the 21MX.
- The 12539 timebase generator autocalibrates.
3.10 Simulated Magtapes
- Simulated magtapes recognize end of file and the marker
0xFFFFFFFF as end of medium. Only the TMSCP tape simulator
can generate an end of medium marker.
- The error handling in simulated magtapes was overhauled to be
consistent through all simulators.
3.11 Simulated DECtapes
- Added support for RT11 image file format (256 x 16b) to DECtapes.
4. Bugs Fixed in 2.10 vs prior releases
- TS11/TSV05 was not simulating the XS0_MOT bit, causing failures
under VMS. In addition, two of the CTL options were coded
interchanged.
- IBM 1401 tape was not setting a word mark under group mark for
load mode reads. This caused the diagnostics to crash.
- SCP bugs in ssh_break and set_logon were fixed (found by Dave
Hittner).
- Numerous bugs in the HP 2100 extended arithmetic, floating point,
21MX, DMS, and IOP instructions were fixed. Bugs were also fixed
in the memory protect and DMS functions. The moving head disks
(DP, DQ) were revised to simulate the hardware more accurately.
Missing functions in DQ (address skip, read address) were added.
- PDP-10 tape wouldn't boot, and then wouldn't read (reported by
Michael Thompson and Harris Newman, respectively)
- PDP-1 typewriter is half duplex, with only one shift state for
both input and output (found by Derek Peschel)
5. General Notes
WARNING: V2.10 has reorganized and renamed some of the definition
files for the PDP-10, PDP-11, and VAX. Be sure to delete all
previous source files before you unpack the Zip archive, or
unpack it into a new directory structure.
WARNING: V2.10 has a new, more comprehensive save file format.
Restoring save files from previous releases will cause 'invalid
register' errors and loss of CPU option flags, device enable/
disable flags, unit online/offline flags, and unit writelock
flags.
WARNING: If you are using Visual Studio .NET through the IDE,
be sure to turn off the /Wp64 flag in the project settings, or
dozens of spurious errors will be generated.
WARNING: Compiling Ethernet support under Windows requires
extra steps; see the Ethernet readme file. Ethernet support is
currently available only for Windows, Linux, NetBSD, and OpenBSD.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Thu Nov 21 19:43:00 2002 -0800
Notes For V2.10-1
WARNING: V2.10 has reorganized and renamed some of the definition
files for the PDP-10, PDP-11, and VAX. Be sure to delete all
previous source files before you unpack the Zip archive, or
unpack it into a new directory structure.
WARNING: V2.10 has a new, more comprehensive save file format.
Restoring save files from previous releases will cause 'invalid
register' errors and loss of CPU option flags, device enable/
disable flags, unit online/offline flags, and unit writelock
flags.
WARNING: If you are using Visual Studio .NET through the IDE,
be sure to turn off the /Wp64 flag in the project settings, or
dozens of spurious errors will be generated.
WARNING: Compiling Ethernet support under Windows requires
extra steps; see the Ethernet readme file. Ethernet support is
currently available only for Windows, Linux, NetBSD, and OpenBSD.
1. New Features
1.1 SCP and Libraries
- The VT emulation package has been replaced by the capability
to remote the console to a Telnet session. Telnet clients
typically have more complete and robust VT100 emulation.
- Simulated devices may now have statically allocated buffers,
in addition to dynamically allocated buffers or disk-based
data stores.
- The DO command now takes substitutable arguments (max 9).
In command files, %n represents substitutable argument n.
- The initial command line is now interpreted as the command
name and substitutable arguments for a DO command. This is
backward compatible to prior versions.
- The initial command line parses switches. -Q is interpreted
as quiet mode; informational messages are suppressed.
- The HELP command now takes an optional argument. HELP <cmd>
types help on the specified command.
- Hooks have been added for implementing GUI-based consoles,
as well as simulator-specific command extensions. A few
internal data structures and definitions have changed.
- Two new routines (tmxr_open_master, tmxr_close_master) have
been added to sim_tmxr.c. The calling sequence for
sim_accept_conn has been changed in sim_sock.c.
- The calling sequence for the VM boot routine has been modified
to add an additional parameter.
- SAVE now saves, and GET now restores, controller and unit flags.
- Library sim_ether.c has been added for Ethernet support.
1.2 VAX
- Non-volatile RAM (NVR) can behave either like a memory or like
a disk-based peripheral. If unattached, it behaves like memory
and is saved and restored by SAVE and RESTORE, respectively.
If attached, its contents are loaded from disk by ATTACH and
written back to disk at DETACH and EXIT.
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
A few devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The TK50 (TMSCP tape) has been added.
- The DEQNA/DELQA (Qbus Ethernet controllers) have been added.
- Autoconfiguration support has been added.
- The paper tape reader has been removed from vax_stddev.c and
now references a common implementation file, dec_pt.h.
- Examine and deposit switches now work on all devices, not just
the CPU.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
1.3 PDP-11
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
Most devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The TK50 (TMSCP tape), RK611/RK06/RK07 (cartridge disk),
RX211 (double density floppy), and KW11P programmable clock
have been added.
- The DEQNA/DELQA (Qbus Ethernet controllers) have been added.
- Autoconfiguration support has been added.
- The paper tape reader has been removed from pdp11_stddev.c and
now references a common implementation file, dec_pt.h.
- Device bootstraps now use the actual CSR specified by the
SET ADDRESS command, rather than just the default CSR. Note
that PDP-11 operating systems may NOT support booting with
non-standard addresses.
- Specifying more than 256KB of memory, or changing the bus
configuration, causes all peripherals that are not compatible
with the current bus configuration to be disabled.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
1.4 PDP-10
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
A few devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The RX211 (double density floppy) has been added; it is off
by default.
- The paper tape now references a common implementation file,
dec_pt.h.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
1.5 PDP-1
- DECtape (then known as MicroTape) support has been added.
- The line printer and DECtape can be disabled and enabled.
1.6 PDP-8
- The RX28 (double density floppy) has been added as an option to
the existing RX8E controller.
- SHOW <device> DEVNO displays the device's device number. Most
devices allow the device number to be changed with SET <device>
DEVNO=nnn.
- Device number conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
1.7 IBM 1620
- The IBM 1620 simulator has been released.
1.8 AltairZ80
- A hard drive has been added for increased storage.
- Several bugs have been fixed.
1.9 HP 2100
- The 12845A has been added and made the default line printer (LPT).
The 12653A has been renamed LPS and is off by default. It also
supports the diagnostic functions needed to run the DCPC and DMS
diagnostics.
- The 12557A/13210A disk defaults to the 13210A (7900/7901).
- The 12559A magtape is off by default.
- New CPU options (EAU/NOEAU) enable/disable the extended arithmetic
instructions for the 2116. These instructions are standard on
the 2100 and 21MX.
- New CPU options (MPR/NOMPR) enable/disable memory protect for the
2100 and 21MX.
- New CPU options (DMS/NODMS) enable/disable the dynamic mapping
instructions for the 21MX.
- The 12539 timebase generator autocalibrates.
1.10 Simulated Magtapes
- Simulated magtapes recognize end of file and the marker
0xFFFFFFFF as end of medium. Only the TMSCP tape simulator
can generate an end of medium marker.
- The error handling in simulated magtapes was overhauled to be
consistent through all simulators.
1.11 Simulated DECtapes
- Added support for RT11 image file format (256 x 16b) to DECtapes.
2. Release Notes
2.1 Bugs Fixed
- TS11/TSV05 was not simulating the XS0_MOT bit, causing failures
under VMS. In addition, two of the CTL options were coded
interchanged.
- IBM 1401 tape was not setting a word mark under group mark for
load mode reads. This caused the diagnostics to crash.
- SCP bugs in ssh_break and set_logon were fixed (found by Dave
Hittner).
- Numerous bugs in the HP 2100 extended arithmetic, floating point,
21MX, DMS, and IOP instructions were fixed. Bugs were also fixed
in the memory protect and DMS functions. The moving head disks
(DP, DQ) were revised to simulate the hardware more accurately.
Missing functions in DQ (address skip, read address) were added.
- PDP-10 tape wouldn't boot, and then wouldn't read (reported by
Michael Thompson and Harris Newman, respectively)
- PDP-1 typewriter is half duplex, with only one shift state for
both input and output (found by Derek Peschel)
2.2 HP 2100 Debugging
- The HP 2100 CPU nows runs all of the CPU diagnostics.
- The peripherals run most of the peripheral diagnostics. There
is still a problem in overlapped seek operation on the disks.
See the file hp2100_diag.txt for details.
3. In Progress
These simulators are not finished and are available in a separate
Zip archive distribution.
- Interdata 16b/32b: coded, partially tested. See the file
id_diag.txt for details.
- SDS 940: coded, partially tested.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Sun Nov 17 15:54:00 2002 -0800
Notes For V2.10-0
WARNING: V2.10 has reorganized and renamed some of the definition
files for the PDP-10, PDP-11, and VAX. Be sure to delete all
previous source files before you unpack the Zip archive, or
unpack it into a new directory structure.
WARNING: V2.10 has a new, more comprehensive save file format.
Restoring save files from previous releases will cause 'invalid
register' errors and loss of CPU option flags, device enable/
disable flags, unit online/offline flags, and unit writelock
flags.
WARNING: If you are using Visual Studio .NET through the IDE,
be sure to turn off the /Wp64 flag in the project settings, or
dozens of spurious errors will be generated.
WARNING: Compiling Ethernet support under Windows requires
extra steps; see the Ethernet readme file. Ethernet support is
currently available only for Windows, Linux, NetBSD, and OpenBSD.
1. New Features
1.1 SCP and Libraries
- The VT emulation package has been replaced by the capability
to remote the console to a Telnet session. Telnet clients
typically have more complete and robust VT100 emulation.
- Simulated devices may now have statically allocated buffers,
in addition to dynamically allocated buffers or disk-based
data stores.
- The DO command now takes substitutable arguments (max 9).
In command files, %n represents substitutable argument n.
- The initial command line is now interpreted as the command
name and substitutable arguments for a DO command. This is
backward compatible to prior versions.
- The initial command line parses switches. -Q is interpreted
as quiet mode; informational messages are suppressed.
- The HELP command now takes an optional argument. HELP <cmd>
types help on the specified command.
- Hooks have been added for implementing GUI-based consoles,
as well as simulator-specific command extensions. A few
internal data structures and definitions have changed.
- Two new routines (tmxr_open_master, tmxr_close_master) have
been added to sim_tmxr.c. The calling sequence for
sim_accept_conn has been changed in sim_sock.c.
- The calling sequence for the VM boot routine has been modified
to add an additional parameter.
- SAVE now saves, and GET now restores, controller and unit flags.
- Library sim_ether.c has been added for Ethernet support.
1.2 VAX
- Non-volatile RAM (NVR) can behave either like a memory or like
a disk-based peripheral. If unattached, it behaves like memory
and is saved and restored by SAVE and RESTORE, respectively.
If attached, its contents are loaded from disk by ATTACH and
written back to disk at DETACH and EXIT.
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
A few devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The TK50 (TMSCP tape) has been added.
- The DEQNA/DELQA (Qbus Ethernet controllers) have been added.
- Autoconfiguration support has been added.
- The paper tape reader has been removed from vax_stddev.c and
now references a common implementation file, dec_pt.h.
- Examine and deposit switches now work on all devices, not just
the CPU.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
1.3 PDP-11
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
Most devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The TK50 (TMSCP tape), RK611/RK06/RK07 (cartridge disk),
RX211 (double density floppy), and KW11P programmable clock
have been added.
- The DEQNA/DELQA (Qbus Ethernet controllers) have been added.
- Autoconfiguration support has been added.
- The paper tape reader has been removed from pdp11_stddev.c and
now references a common implementation file, dec_pt.h.
- Device bootstraps now use the actual CSR specified by the
SET ADDRESS command, rather than just the default CSR. Note
that PDP-11 operating systems may NOT support booting with
non-standard addresses.
- Specifying more than 256KB of memory, or changing the bus
configuration, causes all peripherals that are not compatible
with the current bus configuration to be disabled.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
1.4 PDP-10
- SHOW <device> VECTOR displays the device's interrupt vector.
A few devices allow the vector to be changed with SET
<device> VECTOR=nnn.
- SHOW CPU IOSPACE displays the I/O space address map.
- The RX211 (double density floppy) has been added; it is off
by default.
- The paper tape now references a common implementation file,
dec_pt.h.
- Device address conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
1.5 PDP-1
- DECtape (then known as MicroTape) support has been added.
- The line printer and DECtape can be disabled and enabled.
1.6 PDP-8
- The RX28 (double density floppy) has been added as an option to
the existing RX8E controller.
- SHOW <device> DEVNO displays the device's device number. Most
devices allow the device number to be changed with SET <device>
DEVNO=nnn.
- Device number conflicts are not detected until simulation starts.
1.7 IBM 1620
- The IBM 1620 simulator has been released.
1.8 AltairZ80
- A hard drive has been added for increased storage.
- Several bugs have been fixed.
1.9 HP 2100
- The 12845A has been added and made the default line printer (LPT).
The 12653A has been renamed LPS and is off by default. It also
supports the diagnostic functions needed to run the DCPC and DMS
diagnostics.
- The 12557A/13210A disk defaults to the 13210A (7900/7901).
- The 12559A magtape is off by default.
- New CPU options (EAU/NOEAU) enable/disable the extended arithmetic
instructions for the 2116. These instructions are standard on
the 2100 and 21MX.
- New CPU options (MPR/NOMPR) enable/disable memory protect for the
2100 and 21MX.
- New CPU options (DMS/NODMS) enable/disable the dynamic mapping
instructions for the 21MX.
- The 12539 timebase generator autocalibrates.
1.10 Simulated Magtapes
- Simulated magtapes recognize end of file and the marker
0xFFFFFFFF as end of medium. Only the TMSCP tape simulator
can generate an end of medium marker.
- The error handling in simulated magtapes was overhauled to be
consistent through all simulators.
1.11 Simulated DECtapes
- Added support for RT11 image file format (256 x 16b) to DECtapes.
2. Release Notes
2.1 Bugs Fixed
- TS11/TSV05 was not simulating the XS0_MOT bit, causing failures
under VMS. In addition, two of the CTL options were coded
interchanged.
- IBM 1401 tape was not setting a word mark under group mark for
load mode reads. This caused the diagnostics to crash.
- SCP bugs in ssh_break and set_logon were fixed (found by Dave
Hittner).
- Numerous bugs in the HP 2100 extended arithmetic, floating point,
21MX, DMS, and IOP instructions were fixed. Bugs were also fixed
in the memory protect and DMS functions. The moving head disks
(DP, DQ) were revised to simulate the hardware more accurately.
Missing functions in DQ (address skip, read address) were added.
2.2 HP 2100 Debugging
- The HP 2100 CPU nows runs all of the CPU diagnostics.
- The peripherals run most of the peripheral diagnostics. There
is still a problem in overlapped seek operation on the disks.
See the file hp2100_diag.txt for details.
3. In Progress
These simulators are not finished and are available in a separate
Zip archive distribution.
- Interdata 16b/32b: coded, partially tested. See the file
id_diag.txt for details.
- SDS 940: coded, partially tested.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Sun Jul 14 15:20:00 2002 -0700
Notes For V2.9-11
1. New Features
1.1 GRI-909
- This is a new simulator for the GRI-909.
- It has been hand-tested; so far, no software has been discovered.
1.2 VAX
- SET CPU CONHALT will cause a HALT instruction to return to the
boot ROM console rather than to SIMH. SET CPU SIMHALT restores
the default behavior.
- BRB/W self at IPL 1F stops the simulator. This is the default
behavior of VMS at exit.
1.3 PDP-18b
- ATTACH -A PTR/PTP attaches the reader and punch in ASCII mode.
In ASCII mode, the reader automatically sets the high order bit
of incoming alphabetic data, and the punch clears the high order
bit of outgoing data.
1.4 SCP
- DO -V echoes commands from the file as they are executed.
- Under Windows, execution priority is set BELOW_NORMAL when the
simulator is running.
2. Release Notes
2.1 Bugs Fixed
- PDP-11 CPU: fixed updating of MMR0 on a memory management error.
- VAX FPA: changed function names to avoid conflict with C math library.
- 1401 MT: read end of record generates group mark without word mark.
- 1401 DP: fixed address generation and checking.
- SCP: an EXIT within a DO command will cause the simulator to exit.
3. In Progress
- Interdata 16b/32b: coded, not tested.
- SDS 940: coded, not tested.
- IBM 1620: coded, not tested.
If you would like to help with the debugging of the untested simulators,
they can be made available by special request.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
Author: Bob Supnik [email protected]
Date: Wed Dec 26 09:38:00 2001 -0800
Notes For V2.8
1. New Features
1.1 Directory and documentation
- Only common files (SCP and libraries) are in the top level
directory. Individual simulator files are in their individual
directories.
- simh_doc.txt has been split up. simh_doc.txt now documents
only SCP. The individual simulators are documented in separate
text files in their own directories.
- mingw_build.bat is a batch file for the MINGW/gcc environment
that will build all the simulators, assuming the root directory
structure is at c:\sim.
- Makefile is a UNIX make file for the gcc environment that will
build all the simulators, assuming the root directory is at
c:\sim.
1.2 SCP
- DO <file name> executes the SCP commands in the specified file.
- Replicated registers in unit structures can now be declared as
arrays for examine, modify, save, and restore. Most replicated
unit registers (for example, mag tape position registers) have
been changed to arrays.
- The ADD/REMOVE commands have been replaced by SET unit ONLINE
and SET unit OFFLINE, respectively.
- Register names that are unique within an entire simulator do
not have to be prefaced with the device name.
- The ATTACH command can attach files read only, either under
user option (-r), or because the attached file is ready only.
- The SET/SHOW capabilities have been extended. New forms include:
SET <dev> param{=value}{ param ...}
SET <unit> param{=value}{ param ...}
SHOW <dev> {param param ...}
SHOW <unit> {param param ...}
- Multiple breakpoints have been implemented. Breakpoints are
set/cleared/displayed by:
BREAK addr_list{[count]}
NOBREAK addr_list
SHOW BREAK addr_list
1.3 PDP-11 simulator
- Unibus map implemented, with 22b RP controller (URH70) or 18b
RP controller (URH11) (in debug).
- All DMA peripherals rewritten to use map.
- Many peripherals modified for source sharing with VAX.
- RQDX3 implemented.
- Bugs fixed in RK11 and RL11 write check.
1.4 PDP-10 simulator
- ITS 1-proceed implemented.
- Bugs fixed in ITS PC sampling and LPMR
1.5 18b PDP simulator
- Interrupts split out to multiple levels to allow easier
expansion.
1.5 IBM System 3 Simulator
- Written by Charles (Dutch) Owen.
1.6 VAX Simulator (in debug)
- Simulates MicroVAX 3800 (KA655) with 16MB-64MB memory, RQDX3,
RLV12, TSV11, DZV11, LPV11, PCV11.
- CDROM capability has been added to the RQDX3, to allow testing
with VMS hobbyist images.
1.7 SDS 940 Simulator (not tested)
- Simulates SDS 940, 16K-64K memory, fixed and moving head
disk, magtape, line printer, console.
1.8 Altair Z80
- Revised from Charles (Dutch) Owen's original by Peter Schorn.
- MITS 8080 with full Z80 simulation.
- 4K and 8K BASIC packages, Prolog package.
1.9 Interdata
The I4 simulator has been withdrawn for major rework. Look for
a complete 16b/32b Interdata simulator sometime next year.
2. Release Notes
2.1 SCP
SCP now allows replicated registers in unit structures to be
modelled as arrays. All replicated register declarations have
been replaced by register array declarations. As a result,
save files from prior revisions will generate errors after
restoring main memory.
2.2 PDP-11
The Unibus map code is in debug. The map was implemented primarily
to allow source sharing with the VAX, which requires a DMA map.
DMA devices work correctly with the Unibus map disabled.
The RQDX3 simulator has run a complete RSTS/E SYSGEN, with multiple
drives, and booted the completed system from scratch.
2.3 VAX
The VAX simulator will run the boot code up to the >>> prompt. It
can successfully process a SHOW DEVICE command. It runs the HCORE
instruction diagnostic. It can boot the hobbyist CD through SYSBOOT
and through the date/time dialog and restore the hobbyist CD, using
standalone backup. On the boot of the restored disk, it gets to the
date/time dialog, and then crashes.
2.4 SDS 940
The SDS 940 is untested, awaiting real code.
2.5 GCC Optimization
At -O2 and above, GCC does not correctly compile the simulators which
use setjmp-longjmp (PDP-11, PDP-10, VAX). A working hypothesis is
that optimized state maintained in registers is being used in the
setjmp processing routine. On the PDP-11 and PDP-10, all of this
state has been either made global, or volatile, to encourage GCC to
keep the state up to date in memory. The VAX is still vulnerable.
3. Work list
3.1 SCP
- Better ENABLE/DISABLE.
3.2 PDP-11 RQDX3
Software mapped mode, RCT read simulation, VMS debug.
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
To: Users
From: Bob Supnik
Subj: Simulator Usage, V2.7
Date: 30-Sep-01
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
The following copyright notice applies to both the SIMH source and binary:
Original code published in 1993-2001, written by Robert M Supnik
Copyright (c) 1993-2001, Robert M Supnik
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
ROBERT M SUPNIK BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Robert M Supnik shall not
be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from Robert M Supnik.
This memorandum documents the PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-1, other 18b PDP, Nova,
IBM 1401, HP 2100, Interdata 4, and PDP-10 simulators. These simulators are
freeware; refer to the license terms above for conditions of use. Support is
not available. The best way to fix problems or add features is to read and
modify the sources yourself. Alternately, you can send Internet mail to
[email protected], but a response is not guaranteed.
The simulators use a common command interface. The memorandum first
describes the common features of the command interface and then provides
information on each of the individual simulators.
- Compiling And Running A Simulator
The simulators have been tested on VAX VMS, Alpha VMS, Alpha UNIX, Intel
FreeBSD, Intel LINUX, Windows 9x/Me/NT/2000 (Visual C++ environment),
Macintosh 9 and X (CodeWarrior environment), and OS/2. Porting to other
environments will require changes to the operating system dependent code
in scp_tty.c and scp_sock.c.
To compile the simulators on VMS, use these commands (note that separate
compilations are required for each of the 18b PDP's):
$ cc pdp8_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c,sim_*.c ! PDP-8
$ link/exec=pdp8 pdp8_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj,sim_*.obj
$ cc pdp11_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c,sim_*.c ! PDP-11
$ link/exec=pdp11 pdp11_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj,sim_*.obj
$ cc nova_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c,sim_*.c ! Nova
$ link/exec=nova nova_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj,sim_*.obj
$ cc pdp1_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-1
$ link/exec=pdp1 pdp1_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc/define=PDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c,sim_*.c
$ link/exec=pdp{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj,sim_*.obj
$ cc i1401_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! IBM 1401
$ link/exec=i1401 i1401_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc hp2100_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! HP 2100
$ link/exec=hp2100 hp2100_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc id4_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Interdata 4
$ link/exec=id4 id4_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc h316_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Honeywell 316
$ link/exec=h316 h316_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
On version of VMS prior to 6.2, the simulators must then be defined as
foreign commands so that they can be started by name.
To compile the simulators on Alpha UNIX or any UNIX variant which supports
the POSIX compliant TERMIOS interface (including Linux and Mac OS X), use
the following commands (note that separate compilations are required for
each of the 18b PDP's):
% cc pdp8_*.c scp*.c sim_*.c -lm -o pdp8
% cc pdp11_*.c scp*.c sim_*.c -lm -o pdp11
% cc nova_*.c scp*.c sim_*.c -lm -o nova
% cc pdp1_*.c scp*.c -o pdp1
% cc -DPDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c scp*.c sim_*.c -lm -o pdp{4,7,9,15}
% cc i1401_*.c scp*.c -o i1401
% cc hp2100_*.c scp*.c -o hp2100
% cc id4_*.c scp*.c -o id4
% cc h316_*.c scp*.c -o h316
These commands should work with most UNIX variants. If your UNIX only
supports the old BSD terminal interface, add -DBSDTTY to each command.
If your UNIX automatically includes the math library, omit -lm from
the command line.
The PDP-10 simulator requires 64b support in the simulator and in the
simulator control package (SCP). To turn on 64b support, add the symbol
USE_INT64 to the command line:
% cc -DUSE_INT64 pdp10_*.c scp*.c sim_*.c -lm -o pdp10
Since 64b integer declarations vary, sim_defs.h has conditional
declarations for Windows (_int64) and Digital UNIX (long). The default
is GNU C (long long). If your compiler uses a different convention,
you will have to edit sim_defs.h and modify the conditionals.
To compile the simulators on Windows 9x/ME/NT/2000 and Visual C++,
each simulator must be set up as a separate project. Under the VC++
file menu, select New, select Project Workspace, select Console
Application, and type in the name of the simulator. In the project
files view, select Add Files To Project and add in the required files:
- all simulators: sim_defs.h, sim_rev.h, scp.c, scp_tty
- all simulators: simulator specific files (e.g., all
files beginning with nova_* for the Nova)
- PDP-10, PDP-11: dec_dz.h
- PDP-8, PDP-10, PDP-11, PDP-18b, Nova: sim_sock.h,
sim_sock.c, sim_txmr.h, sim_txmr.c
If the project requires 64b support, add the switch -DUSE_INT64 to
the C/C++ tab of the Configuration dialog. If the project includes
Telnet-based terminals, add the appropriate Winsock library to the
library search list (Wsock32.dll for VC++ V4.) The simulator should
then build properly.
To start the simulator, simply type its name. The simulator takes
one optional argument, a startup command file. If specified, this
file should contain a series of non-interactive simulator commands,
one per line. These command can be used to set up standard parameters,
for example, disk sizes.
% pdp8 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp11 <startup file>(cr) or
% nova <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp1 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp{4,7,9,15} <startup file>(cr) or
% i1401 <startup file>(cr) or
% hp2100 <startup file>(cr) or
% id4 <startup file>(cr) or
% h316 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp10 <startup file>(cr)
The simulator types out its name and version, executes the commands
in the startup file, if any, and then prompts for input with
sim>
2. Simulator Conventions
A simulator consists of a series of devices, the first of which is always
the CPU. A device consists of named registers and one or more numbered
units. Registers correspond to device state, units to device address
spaces. Thus, the CPU device might have registers like PC, ION, etc,
and a unit corresponding to main memory; a disk device might have
registers like BUSY, DONE, etc, and units corresponding to individual
disk drives. Except for main memory, device address spaces are simulated
as unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. The SHOW CONFIG
command displays the simulator configuration.
A simulator keeps time in terms of arbitrary units, usually one time unit
per instruction executed. Simulated events (such as completion of I/O)
are scheduled at some number of time units in the future. The simulator
executes synchronously, invoking event processors when simulated events
are scheduled to occur. Even asynchronous events, like keyboard input,
are handled by polling at synchronous intervals. The SHOW QUEUE command
displays the simulator event queue.
3. Commands
Simulator commands consist of a command verb, optional switches, and optional
arguments. Switches take the form:
-<letter>{<letter>...}
Multiple switches may be specified separately or together: -abcd or
-a -b -c -d are treated identically. Verbs, switches, and other
input (except for file names) are case insensitive.
Any command beginning with semicolon (;) is considered a comment and ignored.
3.1 Loading and Saving Programs
The LOAD command (abbreviation LO) loads a file in binary paper-tape
loader format:
sim> load <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as load within range) are also implementation specific.
The DUMP command (abbreviation DU) dumps memory in binary paper-
tape loader format:
sim> dump <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as dump within range) are also implementation specific.
3.2 Saving and Restoring State
The SAVE command (abbreviation SA) save the complete state of the
simulator to a file. This includes the contents of main memory and
all registers, and the I/O connections of devices:
sim> save <filename>(cr)
The RESTORE command (abbreviation REST, alternately GET) restores a
previously saved simulator state:
sim> restore <filename>(cr)
Note: SAVE file format compresses zeroes to minimize file size.
3.3 Resetting Devices
The RESET command (abbreviation RE) resets a device or the entire
simulator to a predefined condition:
sim> RESET(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET ALL(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET <device>(cr) -- reset specified device
Typically, RESET stops any in-progress I/O operation, clears any
interrupt request, and returns the device to a quiescent state. It
does not clear main memory or affect I/O connections.
3.4 Connecting and Disconnecting Devices
Except for main memory, simulated unit address spaces are simulated as
unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. Before using a
simulated unit the user must specify the file to be accessed by that
unit. The ATTACH (abbreviation AT) command associates a unit and a file:
sim> ATTACH <device><unit number> <filename>(cr)
If the file does not exist, it is created, and an appropriate message
is printed.
For Telnet-based terminal emulators, the ATTACH command associates the
master unit with a TCP/IP port:
sim> ATTACH <device><unit number> <port>(cr)
The port is a decimal number between 1 and 65535 and should not used
by standard TCP/IP protocols.
The DETACH (abbreviation DET) command breaks the association between a
unit and a file, or between a unit and a port:
sim> DETACH ALL(cr) -- detach all units
sim> DETACH <device><unit number>(cr) -- detach specified unit
The EXIT command performs an automatic DETACH ALL.
3.5 Examining and Changing State
There are four commands to examine and change state:
EXAMINE (abbreviated E) examines state
DEPOSIT (abbreviated D) changes state
IEXAMINE (interactive examine, abbreviated IE) examines state
and allows the user to interactively change it
IDEPOSIT (interactive deposit, abbreviated ID) allows the user
to interactively change state
All four commands take the form
command {modifiers} <state list>
Deposit must also include a deposit value at the end of the command.
There are four kinds of modifiers: switches, device/unit name, search
specifiers, and for EXAMINE, output file. Switches have been described
previously. A device/unit name identifies the device and unit whose
address space is to be examined or modified. If no device is specified,
the CPU (main memory)is selected; if a device but no unit is specified,
unit 0 of the device is selected.
Search specifiers provide criteria for testing addresses or registers
to see if they should be processed. A specifier consists of a logical
operator, a relational operator, or both, optionally separated by spaces.
{<logical op> <value>} <relational op> <value>
where the logical operator is & (and), | (or), or ^ (xor), and the
relational operator is = or == (equal), ! or != (not equal), >=
(greater than or equal), > (greater than), <= (less than or equal), or
< (less than). If a logical operator is specified without a relational
operator, it is ignored. If a relational operator is specified without
a logical operator, no logical operation is performed. All comparisons
are unsigned.
The output file modifier redirects command output to a file instead of
the console. An output file modifier consists of @ followed by a
valid file name.
Modifiers may be specified in any order. If multiple modifiers of the
same time are specified, later modifiers override earlier modifiers.
Note that if the device/unit name comes after the search specifier,
the values will interpreted in the radix of the CPU, rather than of the
device/unit.
The "state list" consists of one or more of the following, separated
by commas:
register the specified register
register[sub1-sub2] the specified register array locations,
start at location sub1 up to and including
location sub2
register[ALL] all locations in the specified register
array
register1-register2 all the registers starting at register1
up to and including register2
address the specified location
address1-address2 all locations starting at address1 up to
and including address2
STATE all registers in the device
ALL all locations in the unit
Switches can be used to control the format of display information:
-a display as ASCII
-c display as character string
-m display as instruction mnemonics
-o display as octal
-d display as decimal
-h display as hexidecimal
The simulators typically accept symbolic input (see simulator sections).
Examples:
sim> ex 1000-1100 -- examine 1100:1100
sim> de PC 1040 -- set PC to 1040
sim> ie 40-50 -- interactively examine 40:50
sim> ie >1000 40-50 -- interactively examine the subset
of locations 40:50 that are >1000
sim> ex rx0 50060 -- examine 50060, RX unit 0
sim> ex rx sbuf[3-6] -- examine SBUF[3] to SBUF[6] in RX
sim> de all 0 -- set main memory to 0
sim> de &77>0 0 -- set all addresses whose low order
bits are non-zero to 0
sim> ex -m @memdump.txt 0-7777 -- dump memory to file
Note: to terminate an interactive command, simply type a bad value (eg,
XYZ) when input is requested.
3.6 Running Programs
The RUN command (abbreviated RU) resets all devices, deposits its argument
(if given) in the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given,
execution starts at the current PC.
The GO command does NOT reset devices, deposits its argument (if given) in
the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given, execution starts at
the current PC.
The CONT command (abbreviated CO) does NOT reset devices and resumes
execution at the current PC.
The STEP command (abbreviated S) resumes execution at the current PC for
the number of instructions given by its argument. If no argument is
supplied, one instruction is executed.
The BOOT command (abbreviated BO) bootstraps the device and unit given
by its argument. If no unit is supplied, unit 0 is bootstrapped. The
specified unit must be attached to a file.
3.7 Stopping Programs
Programs run until the simulator detects an error or stop condition, or
until the user forces a stop condition.
3.7.1 Simulator Detected Stop Conditions
These simulator-detected conditions stop simulation:
- HALT instruction. If a HALT instruction is decoded,
simulation stops.
- Breakpoint. The IBKPT register provides a single virtual
address breakpoint. If the PC matches the contents of the
IBKPT register, simulation stops. The breakpoint is
automatically disabled for the next instruction execution.
- I/O error. If an I/O error occurs during simulation of an
I/O operation, and the device stop-on-I/O-error flag is set,
simulation usually stops.
- Processor condition. Certain processor conditions can stop
simulation; these are described with the individual simulators.
3.7.2 User Specified Stop Conditions
Typing the interrupt character stops simulation. The interrupt character
is defined by the WRU (where are you) register and is initially set to
005 (^E).
3.8 Setting Device Parameters
The SET command (abbreviated SE) changes the status of a device parameter:
sim> SET <unit> <parameter>
Most parameters are simulator and device specific. Disk drives, for
example, can usually be set write ENABLED or write LOCKED; if a device
supports multiple drive types, the SET command can be used to specify
the drive type.
All devices recognize the following parameters:
OCT sets the data radix = 8
DEC sets the data radix = 10
HEX sets the data radix = 16
3.9 Displaying Parameters and Status
The SHOW CONFIGURATION command shows the simulator configuration and the
status of all simulated devices and units.
The SHOW DEVICES command shows the configuration of all simulated devices.
The SHOW MODIFIERS command shows the modifiers available on all simulated
devices.
The SHOW command shows the status of the named simulated device.
The SHOW QUEUE command shows the state of the simulator event queue. Times
are in "simulation units", typically one unit per instruction execution,
relative to the current simulation time.
The SHOW TIME command shows the number of time units elapsed since
the last RUN command.
3.10 Altering the Simulated Configuration
For most mass storage, the DISABLE command removes the specified
device from the configuration. A DISABLEd device is invisible to running
programs. The device can still be RESET but it cannot be ATTAChed, DETACHed,
or BOOTed. ENABLE restores a disabled device to a configuration.
In devices with multiple units, the REMOVE command removes the
specified unit from the configuration. Once removed, a unit cannot be
manipulated in any way until it is added back to the configuration.
ADD adds back a unit that had been removed from the configuration.
3.11 Logging Console Output
Output to the console can be logged simultaneously to a file. Logging is
enabled by the LOG command:
sim> LOG <filename> -- log console output to file
Logging is disabled by the NOLOG command:
sim> NOLOG -- disable logging
LOG with no argument displays whether logging is enabled or disabled.
3.12 Exiting The Simulator
EXIT (synonyms QUIT and BYE) returns control to the operating system.
4. PDP-8 Features
The PDP-8 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-8/E CPU with 32KW of memory
-
KE8E extended arithmetic element (EAE) -
PTR,PTP PC8E paper tape reader/punchKM8E memory management and timeshare control
TTI,TTO KL8E console terminal
TTI1-4,TTO1-4 KL8JA additional terminals
LPT LE8E line printer
CLK DK8E line frequency clock (also PDP-8/A compatible)
RK RK8E/RK05 cartridge disk controller with four drives
RF RF08/RS08 fixed head disk controller with four platters, or
DF DF32/DS32 fixed head disk controller with four platters
RX RX8E/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
DT TC08/TU56 DECtape controller with eight drives
MT TM8E/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The RK, RF, DF, RX, DT, and MT devices can be DISABLEd. The PDP-8 can
support either a DF32 or an RF08, but not both, since they use the same
IOT's. The simulator defaults to the RF08. To change the fixed head disk,
ENABLE DF32 enable DF32, disable RF08
ENABLE RF08 enable RF08, disable DF32
The PDP-8 simulator implements one unique stop condition: if an undefined
instruction (unimplemented IOT or OPR) is decoded, and register STOP_INST
is set, the simulator halts.
The PDP-8 loader supports both RIM format and BIN format tapes. If the file
extension is .RIM, or the -r switch is specified with LOAD, the file is
assumed to be RIM format; if the file extension is not .RIM, or if the -b
switch is specified, the file is assumed to be BIN format.
4.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the EAE and the size of main
memory; the memory extension and time-share control is always included,
even if memory size is 4K.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter, including IF as high 3 bits
AC 12 accumulator
MQ 12 multiplier-quotient
L 1 link
SR 12 front panel switches
IF 3 instruction field
DF 3 data field
IB 3 instruction field buffer
SF 7 save field
UF 1 user mode flag
UB 1 user mode buffer
SC 5 EAE shift counter
GTF 1 EAE greater than flag
EMODE 1 EAE mode (0 = A, 1 = B)
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
CIF_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for CIF
PWR_INT 1 power fail interrupt
UF_INT 1 user mode violation interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
DONE 15 device done flags
ENABLE 15 device interrupt enable flags
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
4.2 Programmed I/O Devices
4.2.1 PC8E Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
RIM loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.2 PC8E Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to bewritten. Thus, by
changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.3 KL8E Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) polls the console keyboard for input. The
input side has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is required by OS/8 and is on by default.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
4.2.4 KL8E Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the simulator console window. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
4.2.5 LE8E Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be read or written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
ERR 1 error status flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 set error flag
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.6 DK8E Line-Frequency Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME 24 clock interval
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
4.2.7 KL8JA Additional Terminals (TTI1-4, TTO1-4)
Each additional terminal consists of two independent devices, TTIn and
TTOn. The entire set is modelled as a terminal multiplexor, with TTI1
as the master unit. The additional terminals perform input and output
through Telnet sessions connected to a user-specified port. The ATTACH
command specifies the port to be used:
ATTACH TTI1 <port>(cr) -- set up listening port
where port is a decimal number between 1 and 65535 that is not being used
for other TCP/IP activities.
Once TTI1 is attached and the simulator is running, the terminals listen
for connections on the specified port. They assume that the incoming
connections are Telnet connections. The connections remain open until
disconnected either by the Telnet client, or by a DETACH TTI1 command.
The SHOW TTI1 command displays the current connections to the additional
terminals.
The input devices (TTI1-4) implement these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
The output devices (TTO1-4) implement these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
The additional terminals do not support save and restore. All open
connections are lost when the simulator shuts down or TTI1 is detached.
4.3 RK8E Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK8E options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RK8E supports
the BOOT command.
The RK8E implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 12 disk address
MA 12 current memory address
CMD 12 disk command
BUSY 1 control busy flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.4 RX8E/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX8E options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX8E supports the BOOT command.
The RX8E implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 12 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
TR 1 transfer ready flag
ERR 1 error flag
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
SBUF[0:127] 8 sector buffer array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.5 Fixed Head Disks
Either the RF08 or the DF32 can be present in a configuration, but
not both.
4.5.1 RF08/RS08 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF08 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 20 current disk address
MA 12 memory address (in memory)
WC 12 word count (in memory)
WLK 32 write lock switches
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF08 supports the BOOT command. The default bootstrap is for OS/8. To
bootstrap the 4K Disk Monitor, use the BOOT -D command.
The RF08 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word transfers
are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer occurs in
a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF08 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.5.2 DF32/DS32 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The DF32 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status, disk and memory address extension
DA 12 low order disk address
MA 12 memory address (in memory)
WC 12 word count (in memory)
WLK 16 write lock switches
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The DF32 supports the BOOT command. The default bootstrap is for OS/8. To
bootstrap the 4K Disk Monitor, use the BOOT -D command.
The DF32 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word transfers
are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer occurs in
a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
DF32 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.6 TC08/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The TC08 supports
the BOOT command.
The TC08 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape images.
ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image; the user
can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-9/11/15) format
-n native (PDP-8) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
DTSA 12 status register A
DTSB 12 status register B
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENB 1 interrupt enable flag
DTF 1 DECtape flag
ERF 1 error flag
CA 12 current address (memory location 7754)
WC 12 word count (memory location 7755)
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
4.7 TM8E Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 12 command
FNC 12 function
CA 12 memory address
WC 12 word count
DB 12 data buffer
STA 12 main status
STA2 6 secondary status
DONE 1 device done flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
4.8 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-8 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-t display as (TSS/8 sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
# or -t two character TSS/8 sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-8 assembler syntax. There are four
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, field change, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} {C/Z} address
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 07777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 177. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. IOT's
for which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 0777.
Field change instructions (CIF, CDF) have the format
fldchg field
where field is an octal number in the range 0 - 7. Field change instructions
may be or'd together.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. EAE
mode A and B mnemonics may be specified regardless of the EAE mode. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
5. PDP-11 Features
The PDP-11 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU J-11 CPU with 256KB of memory
-
FP11 floating point unit (FPA) -
PTR,PTP PC11 paper tape reader/punchCIS11 commercial instruction set (CIS, off by default)
TTI,TTO DL11 console terminal
LPT LP11 line printer
CLK line frequency clock
DZ DZ11 8-line terminal multiplexor
RK RK11/RK05 cartridge disk controller with eight drives
RL RLV12/RL01(2) cartridge disk controller with four drives
RP RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Massbus style controller
with eight drives
RX RX11/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
TC TC11/TU56 DECtape controller with eight drives
TM TM11/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
TS TS11/TSV05 magnetic tape controller with one drive
The DZ, RK, RL, RP, RX, TC, TM, and TS devices can be DISABLEd. The PDP-11
can support either a TM11 or a TS11, but not both, since they use the same
I/O addresses. The simulator defaults to the TM11. To change the magtape,
ENABLE TM11 enable TM11 and disable TS11
ENABLE TS11 enable TS11 and disable TM11
The PDP-11 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- abort during exception vector fetch, and register STOP_VEC is set
- abort during exception stack push, and register STOP_SPA is set
- trap condition 'n' occurs, and register STOP_TRAP<n> is set
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-11 loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
5.1 CPU
The only CPU options are disabling of 22b addressing, the CIS instruction
set, and the size of main memory.
SET CPU 18B disable 22b addressing
SET CPU 22B enable 22b addressing (default)
SET CPU NOCIS disable CIS instructions (default)
SET CPU CIS enable CIS instructions
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96KB
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128KB
SET CPU 192K set memory size = 192KB
SET CPU 256K set memory size = 256KB
SET CPU 384K set memory size = 384KB
SET CPU 512K set memory size = 512KB
SET CPU 768K set memory size = 768KB
SET CPU 1024K (or 1M) set memory size = 1024KB
SET CPU 2048K (or 2M) set memory size = 2048KB
SET CPU 3072K (or 3M) set memory size = 3072KB
SET CPU 4096K (or 4M) set memory size = 4096KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 256KB.
These switches are recognized when examining or depositing in CPU memory:
-v interpret address as virtual
-d if mem mgt enabled, force data space
-k if mem mgt enabled, force kernel mode
-s if mem mgt enabled, force supervisor mode
-u if mem mgt enabled, force user mode
-p if mem mgt enabled, force previous mode
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..R5 16 R0..R5, first register set
R10..R15 16 R0..R5, second register set
KSP 16 kernel stack pointer
SSP 16 supervisor stack pointer
USP 16 user stack pointer
PSW 16 processor status word
CM 2 current mode, PSW<15:14>
PM 2 previous mode, PSW<13:12>
RS 2 register set, PSW<11>
IPL 3 interrupt priority level, PSW<7:5>
T 1 trace bit, PSW<4>
N 1 negative flag, PSW<3>
Z 1 zero flag, PSW<2>
V 1 overflow flag, PSW<1>
C 1 carry flag, PSW<0>
SR 16 front panel switches
DR 16 front panel display
MEMERR 16 memory error register
CCR 16 cache control register
MAINT 16 maintenance register
HITMISS 16 hit/miss register
CPUERR 16 CPU error register
PIRQ 16 programmed interrupt requests
FAC0H..FAC5H 32 FAC0..FAC5, high 32 bits
FAC0L..FAC5L 32 FAC0..FAC5, low 32 bits
FPS 16 floating point status
FEA 16 floating exception address
FEC 4 floating exception code
MMR0..3 16 memory management registers 0..3
{K/S/U}{I/D}{PAR/PDR}{0..7}
16 memory management registers
INT 32 interrupt pending flags
TRAP 18 trap pending flags
WAIT 0 wait state flag
WAIT_ENABLE 0 wait state enable flag
STOP_TRAPS 18 stop on trap flags
STOP_VECA 1 stop on read abort in trap or interrupt
STOP_SPA 1 stop on stack push abort in trap or interrupt
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (1 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
5.2 Programmed I/O Devices
5.2.1 PC11 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
BUSY 1 busy flag (CSR<11>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.2 PC11 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.3 KL11 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) polls the console keyboard for input. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
5.2.4 KL11 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the simulator console window. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
5.2.5 LP11 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.6 Line-Time Clock (CLK)
The clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
TIME 24 clock frequency
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
5.2.7 DZ11 Terminal Multiplexor (DZ)
The DZ11 is an 8-line terminal multiplexor. The terminal lines perform
input and output through Telnet sessions connected to a user-specified
port. The ATTACH command specifies the port to be used:
ATTACH {-am} DZ <port>(cr) -- set up listening port
where port is a decimal number between 1 and 65535 that is not being used
for other TCP/IP activities. The optional switch -m turns on the DZ11's
modem controls; the optional switch -a turns on active disconnects
(disconnect session if computer clears Data Terminal Ready).
Once the DZ is attached and the simulator is running, the DZ will listen
for connections on the specified port. It assumes that the incoming
connections are Telnet connections. The connection remains open until
disconnected either by the simulated program or by the Telnet client.
The SHOW DZ command displays the current connections to the DZ.
The DZ11 implements these registers:
name size comments
CSR 16 control/status register
RBUF 16 receive buffer
LPR 16 line parameter register
TCR 16 transmission control register
MSR 16 modem status register
TDR 16 transmit data register
SAENB 1 silo alarm enabled
MDMTCL 1 modem control enabled
AUTODS 1 autodisconnect enabled
RPOS0..7 32 count of characters received
TPOS0..7 32 count of characters transmitted
The DZ11 does not support save and restore. All open connections are
lost when the simulator shuts down or the DZ is detached.
5.3 RK11/RK05 Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RK11 supports
the BOOT command.
The RK11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RKCS 16 control/status
RKDA 16 disk address
RKBA 16 memory address
RKWC 16 word count
RKDS 16 drive status
RKER 16 error status
INTQ 9 interrupt queue
DRVN 3 number of last selected drive
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.4 RX11/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX11 supports the BOOT command.
The RX11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 8 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXERR 8 error code
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
TR 1 transfer ready flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<5>)
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
SBUF[0:127] 8 sector buffer array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
5.5 RL11(V12)/RL01,RL02 Cartridge Disk (RL)
RL11 options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to RL01, RL02, or autosize, and to write a DEC standard
044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RLn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RLn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RLn RL01 set size to RL01
SET RLn RL02 set size to RL02
SET RLn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RL11 supports the
BOOT command.
The RL11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RLCS 16 control/status
RLDA 16 disk address
RLBA 16 memory address
RLBAE 6 memory address extension (RLV12)
RLMP..RLMP2 16 multipurpose register queue
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.6 RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Disk Pack Drives (RP)
The RP controller implements a "Massbus style" 22b direct interface for
large disk drives. It is more abstract than other device simulators, with
just enough detail to run operating system drivers. In addition, the RP
controller conflates the details of the RM series controllers with the RP
series controllers, although there were detailed differences.
RP options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to one of seven disk types, or autosize, and to write
a DEC standard 044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RPn RM03 set size to RM03
SET RPn RM05 set size to RM05
SET RPn RM80 set size to RM80
SET RPn RP04 set size to RP04
SET RPn RP06 set size to RP06
SET RPn RP07 set size to RP07
SET RPn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RPn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RP controller supports
the BOOT command.
The RP controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RPCS1 16 control/status 1
RPWC 16 word count
RPBA 16 bus address
RPDA 16 desired surface, sector
RPCS2 16 control/status 2
RPOF 16 offset
RPDC 8 desired cylinder
RPER2 16 error status 2
RPER3 16 error status 3
RPEC1 16 ECC syndrome 1
RPEC2 16 ECC syndrome 2
RPMR 16 maintenance register
RPDB 16 data buffer
RPBAE 6 bus address extension
RPCS3 16 control/status 3
RPIFF 1 transfer complete interrupt request flop
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
SC 1 special condition (CSR1<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR1<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR1<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
RPDS0..7 16 drive status, drives 0-7
RPDE0..7 16 drive error, drives 0-7
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.7 TC11/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The TC11 supports
the BOOT command.
The TC11 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape images.
ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image; the user
can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-8) format
-n native (PDP-9/11/15) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
TCST 16 status register
TCCM 16 command register
TCWC 16 word count register
TCBA 16 bus address register
TCDT 16 data register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
CTIME 31 time to complete transport stop
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
5.8 TM11 Magnetic Tape (TM)
TM options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked.
SET TMn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET TMn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The TM11 supports the BOOT command. The bootstrap supports both original
and DEC standard boot formats. Originally, a tape bootstrap read and
executed the first record on tape. To allow for ANSI labels, the DEC
standard bootstrap skipped the first record and read and executed the second.
The DEC standard is the default; to bootstrap an original format tape, use
the -o switch.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
MTS 16 status
MTC 16 command
MTCMA 16 memory address
MTBRC 16 byte/record count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 device done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 delay
UST0..7 16 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
5.8 TS11/TSV05 Magnetic Tape (TS)
The TS actually implements the TSV05, with 22-bit addressing, but will
work with TS11 drivers. TS options include the ability to make the unit
write enabled or write locked.
SET TS LOCKED set unit write locked
SET TS ENABLED set unit write enabled
The TS11 supports the BOOT command. The bootstrap supports only DEC
standard boot formats. To allow for ANSI labels, the DEC standard bootstrap
skipped the first record and read and executed the second.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
TSSR 16 status register
TSBA 16 bus address register
TSDBX 16 data buffer extension register
CHDR 16 command packet header
CADL 16 command packet low address or count
CADH 16 command packet high address
CLNT 16 command packet length
MHDR 16 message packet header
MRFC 16 message packet residual frame count
MXS0 16 message packet extended status 0
MXS1 16 message packet extended status 1
MXS2 16 message packet extended status 2
MXS3 16 message packet extended status 3
MXS4 16 message packet extended status 4
WADL 16 write char packet low address
WADH 16 write char packet high address
WLNT 16 write char packet length
WOPT 16 write char packet options
WXOPT 16 write char packet extended options
ATTN 1 attention message pending
BOOT 1 boot request pending
OWNC 1 if set, tape owns command buffer
OWNM 1 if set, tape owns message buffer
TIME 24 delay
POS 31 position
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error fatal tape error
5.10 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-11 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-11 assembler syntax. There are sixteen
instruction classes:
class operands examples comments
no operands none HALT, RESET
3b literal literal, 0 - 7 SPL
6b literal literal, 0 - 077 MARK
8b literal literal, 0 - 0377 EMT, TRAP
register register RTS
sop specifier SWAB, CLR, ASL
reg-sop register, specifier JSR, XOR, MUL
fop flt specifier ABSf, NEGf
ac-fop flt reg, flt specifier LDf, MULf
ac-sop flt reg, specifier LDEXP, STEXP
ac-moded sop flt reg, specifier LDCif, STCfi
dop specifier, specifier MOV, ADD, BIC
cond branch address BR, BCC, BNE
sob register, address SOB
cc clear cc clear instructions CLC, CLV, CLZ, CLN combinable
cc set cc set instructions SEC, SEV, SEZ, SEN combinable
For floating point opcodes, F and D variants, and I and L variants, may be
specified regardless of the state of FPS.
The syntax for specifiers is as follows:
syntax specifier displacement comments
Rn 0n -
Fn 0n - only in flt reg classes
(Rn) 1n -
@(Rn) 7n 0 equivalent to @0(Rn)
(Rn)+ 2n -
@(Rn)+ 3n -
-(Rn) 4n -
@-(Rn) 5n -
{+/-}d(Rn) 6n {+/-}d
@{+/-}d(Rn) 7n {+/-}d
#n 27 n
@#n 37 n
.+/-n 67 +/-n - 4
@.+/-n 77 +/-n - 4
{+/-}n 67 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, 37 and n
@{+/-}n 77 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, invalid
6. Nova Features
The Nova simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Nova CPU with 32KW of memory
-
PTR,PTP paper tape reader/punchhardware multiply/divide
TTI,TTO console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 second terminal
LPT line printer
PLT plotter
CLK real-time clock
DK head-per-track disk controller
DP moving head disk controller with four drives
MT magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The TTI1/TTO1, PLT, DK, DP, and MT devices can be DISABLEd.
The Nova simulator implements these unique stop conditions:
- reference to undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
an interrupt
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The Nova loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
6.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the optional instructions
and the size of main memory.
SET CPU NOVA4 enable Nova4 instructions
SET CPU NOVA3 enable Nova3 instructions
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NONE disable all optional instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
(MDV = unsigned multiply/divide instructions)
(Nova 3 = unsigned multiply/divide, stack, trap instructions)
(Nova 4 = unsigned and signed multiply/divide, stack, byte, trap instructions)
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter
AC0..AC3 16 accumulators 0..3
C 1 carry
SR 16 front panel switches
PI 16 priority interrupt mask
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
PWR 1 power fail interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
BUSY 15 device busy flags
DONE 15 device done flags
DISABLE 15 device interrupt disable flags
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined IOT
INDMAX 15 maximum number of nested indirects
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
6.2 Programmed I/O Devices
6.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input polls the console keyboard for input. Terminal
input options include the ability to set ANSI mode or limited Dasher
compatibility mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI or TTO changes both devices. In Dasher mode, carriage
return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed to backspace.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
6.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output writes to the simulator console window. Terminal
output options include the the ability to set ANSI mode or limited
Dasher compatibility mode:
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI or TTO changes both devices. In Dasher mode, carriage
return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed to backspace.
The terminal output implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
6.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SELECT 2 selected clock interval
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME0 24 clock frequency, select = 0
TIME1 24 clock frequency, select = 1
TIME2 24 clock frequency, select = 2
TIME3 24 clock frequency, select = 3
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
6.2.7 Plotter (PTP)
The plotter (PLT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the plotter.
The plotter implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.8 Second Terminal (TTI1, TTO1)
The second terminal consists of two independent devices, TTI1 and TTO1.
The additional terminal performs input and output through a Telnet session
connecting into a user-specified port. The ATTACH command specifies the
port to be used:
ATTACH TTI1 <port>(cr) -- set up listening port
where port is a decimal number between 1 and 65535 that is not being used
for other TCP/IP activities.
Once TTI1 is attached and the simulator is running, the terminal listens
for a connection on the specified port. It assumes that the incoming
connection is a Telnet connection. The connection remain opens until
disconnected by the Telnet client, or by a DETACH TTI1 command.
The second terminal has two options, recognized on both devices, for
setting limited Dasher-compatibility mode or ANSI mode:
SET TTI1 ANSI normal mode
SET TTI1 DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO1 ANSI normal mode
SET TTO1 DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI1 or TTO1 changes both devices. In Dasher mode, carriage
return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed to backspace.
The SHOW TTI1 command displays the current connection to the second
terminal.
The second terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
The second terminal output implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
6.3 Fixed Head Disk (DK)
The fixed head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
STAT 16 status
DA 16 disk address
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 device disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK 8 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational delay, per sector
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The fixed head disk controller supports the BOOT command.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Fixed head disk data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file
and OS I/O errors cannot occur.
6.4 Moving Head Disk (DP)
Moving head disk options include the ability to make units write enabled or
write locked, and to select the type of drive:
SET DPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET DPn FLOPPY set unit n to floppy disk
SET DPn D31 set unit n to Diablo 31
SET DPn D44 set unit n to Diablo 44
SET DPn C111 set unit n to Century 111
SET DPn C114 set unit n to Century 114
SET DPn 6225 set unit n to 6225
SET DPn 6099 set unit n to 6099
SET DPn 6227 set unit n to 6227
SET DPn 6070 set unit n to 6070
SET DPn 6103 set unit n to 6103
SET DPn 4231 set unit n to 4231
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The moving head
disk controller supports the BOOT command.
All drives have 256 16b words per sector. The other disk parameters are:
drive cylinders surfaces sectors size (MW) DG models
floppy 77 1 8 .158 6038
D31 203 2 12 1.247 4047, 4237, 4238
D44 408 4 12 5.014 4234, 6045
C111 203 10 6 3.118 4048
C114 203 20 12 12.472 4057, 2314
6225 20 2 245 2.508
6099 32 4 192 6.291
6227 20 6 245 7.526
6070 24 4 408 10.027
6103 32 8 192 12.583
4231 23 19 411 45.979
The moving head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FCCY 16 flags, command, cylinder
USSC 16 unit, surface, sector, count
STAT 16 status
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.5 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The magnetic
tape controller supports the BOOT command.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CU 16 command, unit
MA 16 memory address
WC 16 word count
STA1 16 status word 1
STA2 16 status word 2
EP 1 extended polling mode (not supported)
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
CTIME 24 controller delay
RTIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 32 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The Nova simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Nova assembler syntax. There are three
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {ac,}{@}address{,index}
LDA and STA require an initial register; ISZ, DSZ, JSR, and JMP do not.
The syntax for addresses and indices is as follows:
syntax mode displacement comments
0 <= n < 0400 0 n
{+/-}n >= 0400 1 {+/-}n - PC must be in range [-200, 177]
invalid on disk
.+/-n 1 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,2 2 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,3 3 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
IOT instructions have one of four formats
syntax example
iot HALT
iot reg INTA
iot device SKPDN
iot reg,device DOAS
Devices may be specified as mnemonics or as numbers in the range 0 - 077.
Operate instructions have the format
opcode{#} reg,reg{,skip}
In all Nova instructions, blanks may be substituted for commas as field
delimiters.
7. PDP-1 Features
The PDP-1 is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-1 CPU with up to 64KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO Flexowriter typewriter input/output
LPT Type 62 line printer
The PDP-1 simulator implements the following unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-1 loader supports RIM format tapes. The DUMP command is not
implemented.
7.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of hardware multiply/divide and the
size of main memory.
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NOMDV disable multiply/divide
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
AC 18 accumulator
IO 18 IO register
OV 1 overflow flag
PF 6 program flags<1:6>
SS 6 sense switches<1:6>
TW 18 test word (front panel switches)
EXTM 1 extend mode
IOSTA 18 IO status register
SBON 1 sequence break enable
SBRQ 1 sequence break request
SBIP 1 sequence break in progress
IOH 1 I/O halt in progress
IOC 1 I/O continue
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last transfer
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
SBS_INIT 1 initial state of sequence break enable
EXTM_INIT 1 initial state of extend mode
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
7.2 Programmed I/O Devices
7.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from or a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
RIM loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) polls the console keyboard for input. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
7.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the simulator console window.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
7.2.5 Type 62 Line Printer (LPT)
The paper line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
PNT 1 printing done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.3 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-1 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as FIODEC character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character FIODEC string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses modified PDP-1 assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, shift, skip, operate, IOT, and
LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} address
where I signifies indirect reference. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 0177777.
Shift instructions have the format
shift shift_count
The shift count is an octal number in the range 0-9.
Skip instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, SZA, SZS4. Skip
instructions may be or'd together
skip skip skip...
The sense of a skip can be inverted by including the mnemonic I.
Operate instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, CLA, CLI. Operate
instructions may be or'd together
opr opr opr...
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, TYI, TYO. IOT
instructions may include an octal numeric modifier or the modifier I:
iot modifier
The simulator does not check the legality of skip, operate, or IOT
combinations.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW {I} immediate
where immediate is in the range 0 to 07777.
7.4 Character Sets
The PDP-1's console was a Frieden Flexowriter; its character encoding
was known as FIODEC. The PDP-1's line printer used a modified Hollerith
character set. The following table provides equivalences between ASCII
characters and the PDP-1's I/O devices. In the console table, UC stands
for upper case.
PDP-1 PDP-1
ASCII console line printer
000 - 007 none none
bs 075 none
tab 036 none
012 - 014 none none
cr 077 none
016 - 037 none none
space 000 000
! {OR} UC+005 none
" UC+001 none
{IMPLIES} UC+004 none
$ none none
% none none
& {AND} UC+006 none
' UC+002 none
( 057 057
) 055 055
-
{TIMES} UC+073 072 -
, 033 033UC+054 074 -
. 073 073054 054
/ 021 021
0 020 020
1 001 001
2 002 002
3 003 003
4 004 004
5 005 005
6 006 006
7 007 007
8 010 010
9 011 011
: none none
; none none
< UC+007 034
= UC+033 053
? UC+021 037UC+010 034
@ {MID DOT} 040 {MID DOT} 040
A UC+061 061
B UC+062 062
C UC+063 063
D UC+064 064
E UC+065 065
F UC+066 066
G UC+067 067
H UC+070 070
I UC+071 071
J UC+041 041
K UC+042 042
L UC+043 043
M UC+044 044
N UC+045 045
O UC+046 046
P UC+047 047
Q UC+050 050
R UC+051 051
S UC+022 022
T UC+023 023
U UC+024 024
V UC+025 025
W UC+026 026
X UC+027 027
Y UC+030 030
Z UC+031 031
[ UC+057 none
\ {OVERLINE} 056 {OVERLINE} 056
] UC+055 none
^ {UP ARROW} UC+011 {UP ARROW} 035
_ UC+040 UC+040
` {RT ARROW} UC+020 036
a 061 none
b 062 none
c 063 none
d 064 none
e 065 none
f 066 none
g 067 none
h 070 none
i 071 none
j 041 none
k 042 none
l 043 none
m 044 none
n 045 none
o 046 none
p 047 none
q 050 none
r 051 none
s 022 none
t 023 none
u 024 none
v 025 none
w 026 none
x 027 none
y 030 none
z 031 none
{ none none
| UC+056 076
} none none
~ UC+003 013
del 075 none
- 18b PDP Features
The other four 18b PDP's (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, PDP-15) are very similar
and are configured as follows:
system device simulates
name(s)
PDP-4 CPU PDP-4 CPU with 8KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR28 console terminal (Baudot code)
LPT Type 62 line printer (Hollerith code)
CLK integral real-time clock
PDP-7 CPU PDP-7 CPU with 32KW of memory
- Type 177 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- Type 148 memory extension
PTR,PTP Type 444 paper tape reader/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
LPT Type 647 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
DRM Type 24 serial drum
PDP-9 CPU PDP-9 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE09A extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KF09A automatic priority interrupt (API)
- KG09B memory extension
- KP09A power detection
- KX09A memory protection
PTR,PTP PC09A paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 LT09A second console terminal
LPT Type 647E line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RF RF09/RS09 fixed-head disk
DT TC02/TU55 DECtape
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
PDP-15 CPU PDP-15 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE15 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KA15 automatic priority interrupt (API)
- KF15 power detection
- KM15 memory protection
PTR,PTP PC15 paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 35 console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 LT15 second console terminal
LPT LP15 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RP RP15/RP02 disk pack
RF RF15/RS09 fixed-head disk
DT TC15/TU56 DECtape
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
The DRM, RF, RP, DT, and MT devices can be DISABLEd.
The 18b PDP simulators implement several unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
The PDP-4 and PDP-7 loaders support only RIM format tapes. The PDP-9
and PDP-15 support both RIM and BIN format tapes. If the file extension
is .RIM, or the -r switch is specified with LOAD, the file is assumed to
be RIM format; if the file extension is not .RIM, or if the -b switch is
specified, the file is assumed to be BIN format.
8.1 CPU
The CPU options are the presence of the EAE, the presense of the API (for
the PDP-9 and PDP-15), and the size of main memory.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU API enable API
SET CPU NOAPI disable API
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
SET CPU 80K set memory size = 80K
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96K
SET CPU 112K set memory size = 112K
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128K
Memory sizes greater than 8K are only available on the PDP-7, PDP-9, and
PDP-15; memory sizes greater than 32KW are only available on the PDP-15.
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 8K for the PDP-4, 32K
for the PDP-7 and PDP-9, and 128K for the PDP-15.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
system name size comments
all PC addr program counter
7,9 PC 15 program counter
15 PC 17 program counter
all AC 18 accumulator
7,9,15 MQ 18 multiplier-quotient
7,9,15 SC 6 shift counter
7,9,15 EAE_AC_SIGN 1 EAE AC sign
all L 1 link
7,9 EXTM 1 extend mode
9 EXTM_INIT 1 extend mode value after reset
15 BANKM 1 bank mode
15 BANKM_INIT 1 bank mode value after reset
7 TRAPM 1 trap mode
9,15 USMD 1 user mode
9,15 USMDBUF 1 user mode buffer
9,15 BR addr memory protection bounds
7,9,15 TRAPP 1 trap pending
9,15 NEXM 1 non-existent memory violation
9,15 PRVN 1 privilege violation
7,9 EMIRP 1 EMIR instruction pending
9,15 RESTP 1 DBR or RES instruction pending
15 XR 18 index register
15 LR 18 limit register
all SR 18 front panel switches
all INT 32 interrupt requests
all IORS 18 IORS register
all ION 1 interrupt enable
all ION_DELAY 2 interrupt enable delay
all OLDPC addr PC prior to last transfer
all STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
all BREAK 18 breakpoint address (777777 to disable)
all WRU 8 interrupt character
"addr" signifies the address width of the system (13b for the PDP-4, 15b for
the PDP-7 and PDP-9, 17b for the PDP-15).
8.2 Programmed I/O Devices
8.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
On the PDP-4 and PDP-7, the paper tape reader supports the BOOT command.
BOOT PTR copies the RIM loader into memory and starts it running, while
BOOT -F PTR copies the funny format binary loader into memory and starts
it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The ppaper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) polls the console keyboard for input. The
input side has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case.
The PDP-9 and PDP-15 operate the console terminal (TTI/TTO), by default,
as half duplex. For backward compatibility, on the PDP-9 and PDP-15
the first terminal input has a second option, FDX; when set, it operates
the terminal input in full-duplex mode. The second terminal is always
full duplex.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
8.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the simulator console window. The
terminal output has one option, UC; when set, it suppresses lower case
output (so that ALTMODE is not echoed as }).
The terminal output implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of chararacters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
8.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The PDP-4 used a Type 62 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
The PDP-7 and PDP-7 used a Type 647 printer controller, with these
registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable (PDP-9 only)
ERR 1 error flag
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
The PDP-15 used an LP15 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status register
MA 18 DMA memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable
LCNT 8 line counter
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:131] 8 line buffer
For all three models, error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 clock enable
TIME 24 clock frequency
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
8.2.7 Second Terminal (TTI1, TTO1)
The second terminal consists of two independent devices, TTI1 and TTO1.
The second terminal performs input and output through a Telnet session
connected to a user-specified port. The ATTACH command specifies the
port to be used:
ATTACH TTI1 <port>(cr) -- set up listening port
where port is a decimal number between 1 and 65535 that is not being used
for other TCP/IP activities.
Once TTI1 is attached and the simulator is running, the terminal listens
for a connection on the specified port. It assumes that the incoming
connection is a Telnet connection. The connection remain opens until
disconnected by the Telnet client, or by a DETACH TTI1 command.
The second terminal input has one option, UC; when set, it automatically
converts lower case input to upper case. The second terminal output also
has one option, UC; when set, it suppresses lower case output (so that
ALTMODE is not echoed as }).
The SHOW TTI1 command displays the current connection to the second
terminal.
The second terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
The second terminal output implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of chararacters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
8.3 RP15/RP02 Disk Pack (RP)
RP15 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status A
STB 18 status B
DA 18 disk address
MA 18 current memory address
WC 18 word count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
BUSY 1 control busy flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.4 Type 24 Serial Drum (DRM)
The serial drum (DRM) implements these registers:
name size comments
DA 9 drum address (sector number)
MA 15 current memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag
WLK 32 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational latency, per word
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Drum data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.5 RF09/RF15/RS09 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF09/RF15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status
DA 21 current disk address
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
BUF 18 data buffer (diagnostic only)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK0..7 16 write lock switches for disks 0..7
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF09/RF15 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word
transfers are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer
occurs in a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF15/RF09 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.6 TC02/TU55 and TC15/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The TC02/TC15 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape
images. ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image;
the user can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-8) format
-n native (PDP-9/11/15) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
DTSA 12 status register A
DTSB 12 status register B
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENB 1 interrupt enable flag
DTF 1 DECtape flag
ERF 1 error flag
CA 18 current address (memory location 30)
WC 18 word count (memory location 31)
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
8.7 TC59/TU10 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 18 command
STA 18 main status
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
8.8 Symbolic Display and Input
The 18b PDP simulators implement symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional switch:
-p display as packed ASCII (five 7b ASCII
characters in two 18b words)
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional input mode:
# or -p five character packed ASCII string in
two 18b words
Instruction input uses standard 18b PDP assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, EAE, index (PDP-15 only), IOT,
operate, and LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I/@} address{,X}
where I (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9) /@ (PDP-15) signifies indirect reference,
and X signifies indexing (PDP-15 in page mode only). The address is an
octal number in the range 0 - 017777 (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, and PDP-15 in
bank mode) or 0 - 07777 (PDP-15 in page mode).
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
IOT's may also include the number 10, signifying clear the accumulator
iot 10
The simulator does not check the legality of IOT combinations. IOT's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 07777.
EAE instructions have the format
eae {+/- shift count}
EAE instructions may be or'd together
eae eae eae...
The simulator does not check the legality of EAE combinations. EAE's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as EAE n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 037777.
Index instructions (PDP-15 only) have the format
index {immediate}
The immediate, if allowed, must be in the range of -0400 to +0377.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW immediate
where immediate is in the range of 0 to 017777.
8.8 Character Sets
The PDP-4's console was an ASR-28 Teletype; its character encoding was
Baudot. The PDP-4's line printer used a modified Hollerith character
set. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's consoles were KSR-33 Teletypes; their
character sets were basically ASCII. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's line
printers used sixbit encoding (ASCII codes 040 - 0137 masked to six
bits). The PDP-15's I/O devices were all ASCII. The following table
provides equivalences between ASCII characters and the PDP-4's I/O devices.
In the console table, FG stands for figures (upper case).
PDP-4 PDP-4
ASCII console line printer
000 - 006 none none
bell FG+024 none
010 - 011 none none
lf 010 none
013 - 014 none none
cr 002 none
016 - 037 none none
space 004 000
! FG+026 none
" FG+021 none
FG+005 none
$ FG+062 none
% none none
& FG+013 none
' FG+032 none
( FG+036 057
) FG+011 055
-
none 072 -
, FG+006 033none 074 -
. FG+007 073FG+030 054
/ FG+027 021
0 FG+015 020
1 FG+035 001
2 FG+031 002
3 FG+020 003
4 FG+012 004
5 FG+001 005
6 FG+025 006
7 FG+034 007
8 FG+014 010
9 FG+003 011
: FG+016 none
; FG+017 none
< none 034
= none 053
? FG+023 037none 034
@ none {MID DOT} 040
A 030 061
B 023 062
C 016 063
D 022 064
E 020 065
F 026 066
G 013 067
H 005 070
I 014 071
J 032 041
K 036 042
L 011 043
M 007 044
N 006 045
O 003 046
P 015 047
Q 035 050
R 012 051
S 024 022
T 001 023
U 034 024
V 017 025
W 031 026
X 027 027
Y 025 030
Z 021 031
[ none none
\ none {OVERLINE} 056
] none none
^ none {UP ARROW} 035
_ none UC+040
0140 - 0177 none none
- IBM 1401 Features
The IBM 1401 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU IBM 1401 CPU with 16K of memory
CDR,CDP IBM 1402 card reader/punch
LPT IBM 1403 line printer
INQ IBM 1407 inquiry terminal
MT IBM 729 7-track magnetic tape controller with six drives
The IBM 1401 simulator implements many unique stop conditions. On almost
any kind of error the simulator stops:
unimplemented opcode
reference to non-existent memory
reference to non-existent device
no word mark under opcode
invalid A address
invalid B address
invalid instruction length
invalid modifier character
invalid branch address
invalid magtape unit number
invalid magtape record length
write to locked magtape drive
skip to unpunched carriage control tape channel
card reader hopper empty
address register wrap-around
single character A field in MCE
single character B field in MCE
hanging $ in MCE with EPE enabled
I/O check with I/O stop switch set
The LOAD and DUMP commands are not implemented.
9.1 CPU
The CPU options include a number of special features and the size of main
memory. Note that the Modify Address special feature is always included
when memory size is greater than 4K.
SET CPU XSA enable advanced programming special feature
SET CPU NOXSA disable advanced programming
SET CPU HLE enable high/low/equal special feature
SET CPU NOHLE disable high/low/equal
SET CPU BBE enable branch on bit equal special feature
SET CPU NOBBE disable branch on bit equal
SET CPU MR enable move record special feature
SET CPU NOMR disable move record
SET CPU EPE enable extended print edit special feature
SET CPU NOEPE disable extended print edit
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initially, memory size is 16K, and all special
features are enabled.
Memory is implemented as 7 bit BCD characters, as follows:
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
word B bit A bit 8 4 2 1
mark <-- zone --> <-------- digit -------->
In BCD, the decimal digits 0-9 are (octal) values 012, 001, 002, 003, 004,
005, 006, 007, 010, 011, respectively. Signs are encoded in the zone bits,
with 00, 01, and 11 being positive, and 10 being negative.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor. The 1401 has no
interrupt system.
name size comments
IS 14 instruction storage address register (PC)
AS 14 A storage address register
BS 14 B storage address register
ASERR 1 AS invalid flag
BSERR 1 BS invalid flag
SSA 1 sense switch A
SSB 1 sense switch B
SSC 1 sense switch C
SSD 1 sense switch D
SSE 1 sense switch E
SSF 1 sense switch F
SSG 1 sense switch G
EQU 1 equal compare indicator
UNEQ 1 unequal compare indicator
HIGH 1 high compare indicator
LOW 1 low compare indicator
OVF 1 overflow indicator
IOCHK 1 I/O check switch
PRCHK 1 process check switch
OLDIS 1 IS prior to last branch
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (1000000 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
9.2 1402 Card Reader/Punch (CDR, CDP, STKR)
The IBM 1402 card/reader punch is simulated as three independent devices:
the card reader (CDR), the card punch (CDP), and the reader and punch
stackers (STKR). STRK units 0, 1, 2, and 4 correspond to the reader
normal stacker, reader stacker 1, shared stacker 2/8, and punch stacker
4, respectively.
The card reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT CDR reads a card image
into locations 1-80, sets a word mark under location 1, clears storage,
and then transfers control to location 1.
The card reader reads data from disk files, while the punch and stackers
write data to disk files. Cards are simulated as ASCII text lines with
terminating newlines; column binary is not supported. For each unit,
the POS register specifies the number of the next data item to be read or
written. Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance these
devices.
The reader/punch registers are:
device name size comments
CDR LAST 1 last card indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
S1 1 stacker 1 select flag
S2 1 stacker 2 select flag
POS 31 position
TIME 24 delay window for stacker select
BUF[0:79] 8 reader buffer
CDP ERR 1 error indicator
S4 1 stacker 4 select flag
S8 1 stacker 8 select flag
STKR POS0 31 position, normal reader stack
POS1 31 position, reader stacker 1
POS2 31 position, shared stacker 2/8
POS4 31 position, punch stacker 4
Error handling is as follows:
device error processed as
reader end of file if SSA set, set LAST indicator
on next Read, report error and stop
reader,punch not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
stacker not attached ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
9.3 1403 Line Printer (LPT)
The IBM 1403 line printer (LPT) writes its data, converted to ASCII, to
a disk file. The line printer supports three different print character
sets or "chains":
SET LPT PCF full 64 character chain
SET LPT PCA 48 character business chain
SET LPT PCH 48 character FORTRAN chain
In addition, the line printer can be programmed with a carriage control
tape. The LOAD command loads a new carriage control tape:
LOAD <file> load carriage control tape file
The format of a carriage control tape consists of multiple lines. Each
line contains an optional repeat count, enclosed in parentheses, optionally
followed by a series of column numbers separated by commas. Column numbers
must be between 1 and 12; a column number of zero denotes top of form. The
following are all legal carriage control specifications:
<blank line> no punch
(5) 5 lines with no punches
1,5,7,8 columns 1, 5, 7, 8 punched
(10)2 10 lines with column 2 punched
1,0 column 1 punched; top of form
The default form is 66 lines long, with column 1 and the top of form mark
on line 1, and the rest blank.
The line printer registers are:
name size comments
LINES 8 number of newlines after next print
LFLAG 1 carriage control flag (1 = skip, 0 = space)
CCTP 8 carriage control tape pointer
CCTL 8 carriage control tape length (read only)
ERR 1 error indicator
POS 31 position
CCT[0:131] 32 carriage control tape array
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.4 1407 Inquiry Terminal (INQ)
The IBM 1407 inquiry terminal (INQ) is a half-duplex console. It polls
the console keyboard periodically for inquiry requests. The inquiry
terminal registers are:
name size comments
INQC 7 inquiry request character (initially ESC)
INR 1 inquiry request indicator
INC 1 inquiry cleared indicator
TIME 24 polling interval
When the 1401 CPU requests input from the keyboard, the message [Enter]
is printed out, followed by a new line. The CPU hangs waiting for input
until either the return/enter key is pressed, or the inquiry request
character is typed in. The latter cancels the type-in and sets INC.
The inquiry terminal has no errors.
9.5 729 Magnetic Tape (MT)
The magnetic tape controller supports six drives, numbered 1 through 6.
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The magnetic
tape simulator supports the BOOT command. BOOT MT reads the first
record off tape, starting at location 1, and then branches to it.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
END 1 end of file indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
PAR 1 parity error indicator
POS1..6 31 position, drives 1..6
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The IBM 1401 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-c display as single character
(BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII for others)
-s display as wordmark terminated BCD string
(CPU only)
-m display instruction mnemonics
(CPU only)
In a CPU character display, word marks are denoted by ~.
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or " or -c or -s characters (BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII
for others)
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input is free format, with spaces separating fields. There
are six instruction formats: 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, and 8 characters:
1 character opcode
2 character opcode 'modifier
4 character opcode address
5 character opcode address 'modifier
7 character opcode address address
8 character opcode address address 'modifier
Addresses are always decimal, except for special I/O addresses in the A
field, which may be specified as %xy, where x denotes the device and y
the unit number.
For the CPU, string input may encompass multiple characters. A word mark
is denoted by ~ and must precede the character to be marked. All other
devices can only accept single character input, without word marks.
9.7 Character Sets
The IBM 1401 used a 6b character code called BCD (binary coded decimal).
Some of the characters have no equivalent in ASCII and require different
representations:
BCD ASCII IBM 1401 print
code representation character chains
00 space
01 1
02 2
03 3
04 4
05 5
06 6
07 7
10 8
11 9
12 0
13 # = in H chain
14 @ ' in H chain
15 : blank in A, H chains
16 > blank in A, H chains
17 ( tape mark blank in A, H chains
20 ^ alternate blank blank in A, H chains
21 /
22 S
23 T
24 U
25 V
26 W
27 X
30 Y
31 Z
32 ' record mark
33 ,
34 % ( in H chain
35 = word mark blank in A, H chains
36 \ blank in A, H chains
37 + blank in A, H chains
40 -
41 J
42 K
43 L
44 M
45 N
46 O
47 P
50 Q
51 R
52 !
53 $
54 *
55 ] blank in A, H chains
56 ; blank in A, H chains
57 _ delta blank in A, H chains
60 &
61 A
62 B
63 C
64 D
65 E
66 F
67 G
70 H
71 I
72 ?
73 .
74 ) lozenge
75 [ blank in A, H chains
76 < blank in A, H chains
77 " group mark blank in A, H chains
10. HP2100 Features
The HP2100 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU 2116, 2100, or 21MX CPU with 32KW memory
DMA0, DMA1 dual channel DMA controller
PTR,PTP 12597A paper tape reader/punch
TTY 12631C buffered teleprinter
LPT 12653A line printer
CLK 12539A/B/C time base generator
DP 12557A cartridge disk controller with four drives
MT 12559C magnetic tape controller with one drives
The HP2100 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is et
- reference to an undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect references are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The HP2100 loader supports standard absolute binary format. The DUMP
command is not implemented.
10.1 CPU
CPU options include choice of instruction set and memory size.
SET CPU 2116 2116 instructions
SET CPU 2100 2100 instructions
SET CPU 21MX 21MX instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
P 15 program counter
A 16 A register
B 16 B register
X 16 X index register (21MX)
Y 16 Y index register (21MX)
S 16 switch/display register
E 1 extend flag
O 1 overflow flag
ION 1 interrupt enable flag
ION_DEFER 1 interrupt defer flag
IADDR 6 most recent interrupting device
MPCTL 1 memory protection enable (2100, 21MX)
MPFLG 1 memory protection flag (2100, 21MX)
MPFBF 1 memory protection flag buffer (2100, 21MX)
MFENCE 15 memory protection fence (2100, 21MX)
MADDR 16 memory protection error address (2100, 21MX)
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined device
INDMAX 1 indirect address limit
OLDP 15 PC prior to last JMP, JSB, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
10.2 DMA Controllers
The HP2100 includes two DMA channel controllers (DMA0 and DMA1). Each
DMA channel has the following visible state:
name size comments
CMD 1 channel enabled
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
CW1 1 command word 1
CW2 1 command word 2
CW3 1 command word 3
10.3 Variable Device Assignments
On the HP2100, I/O device take their device numbers from the backplane
slot they are plugged into. Thus, device number assignments vary
considerably from system to system, and software package to software
package. The HP2100 simulator supports dynamic device reassignment
with the command:
SET <controller> DEVNO
This initiates a dialog that displays the current device number and
allows the user to assign a new one:
Device number: old <new>(cr)
The new device number must be in the range 010..077 (octal) and must
not be currently assigned to another device. For devices with two
device numbers, only the lower numbered device number can be changed;
the higher is automatically set to the lower + 1.
10.4 Programmed I/O Devices
10.4.1 12597A-002 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
absolute binary loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 reader enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.2 12597A-005 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 punch enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.3 12631C Buffered Teleprinter (TTY)
The console teleprinter has three units: keyboard (unit 0), printer
(unit 1), and punch (unit 2). The keyboard reads from the console
keyboard; the printer writes to the simulator console window. The
punch writes to a disk file. The keyboard has one option, UC; when
set, it automatically converts lower case input to upper case. This
is on by default.
The terminal implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
MODE 16 mode
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters input
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TPOS 31 number of characters printed
TTIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
PPOS 31 position in the punch output file
STOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling for the punch is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.4 12653A Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 printer enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
CTIME 24 time between characters
PTIME 24 time for a print operation
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.5 12539A/B/C Time Base Generator (CLK)
The time base generator (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SEL 3 time base select
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
ERR 1 error flag
TIME0..TIME7 31 clock intervals, select = 0..7
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
10.5 12557A Cartridge Disk (DP)
The 12557A cartridge disk has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a 128-word (one sector)
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the four
disk drives. Disk drives can be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
IBUF 16 input buffer
OBUF 16 output buffer
BPTR 7 sector buffer pointer
CMD 1 channel enable
CTL 1 interrupt enable
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
OBUF 16 output buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
RARC 8 record address register cylinder
RARH 2 record address register head
RARS 4 record address register sector
CNT 5 check record count
CMD 1 controller enable
CTL 1 interrupt enable
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
EOC 1 end of cylinder pending
CTIME 24 command delay time
STIME 24 seek delay time, per cylinder
XTIME 24 interword transfer time
STA0 16 drive 0 status
STA1 16 drive 1 status
STA2 16 drive 2 status
STA3 16 drive 3 status
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.6 12559C Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make the unit write enabled
or write locked.
SET MT LOCKED set unit write locked
SET MT ENABLED set unit write enabled
The 12559C mag tape drive has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a maximum record sized
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the tape
unit
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
FLG 1 channel ready
BPTR 16 buffer pointer (reads and writes)
BMAX 16 buffer size (writes)
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FNC 8 current function
STA 9 tape status
BUF 8 buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
DTF 1 data transfer flop
FSVC 1 first service flop
POS 31 magtape position
CTIME 24 command delay time
XTIME 24 interword transfer delay time
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.7 Symbolic Display and Input
The HP2100 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard HP2100 assembler syntax. There are seven
instruction classes: memory reference, I/O, shift, alter skip, extended
shift, extended memory reference, extended two address reference.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {C/Z} address{,I}
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 077777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 01777. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions have the format
io device{,C}
where C signifies that the device flag is to be cleared. The device is an
octal number in the range 0 - 77.
Shift and alter/skip instructions have the format
sub-op sub-op sub-op...
The simulator checks that the combination of sub-opcodes is legal.
Extended shift instructions have the format
extshift count
where count is an octal number in the range 1 - 020.
Extended memory reference instructions have the format
extmemref address{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 077777.
Extended two address instructions have the format
ext2addr addr1{,I},addr2{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. Both address 1 and address 2 are
octal numbers in the range 0 - 077777.
11. Interdata 4 Features
The Interdata 4 simulator is not fully debugged. Lack of documentation
and software makes checkout very difficult. The simulator is included in
the hopes that a fellow enthusiast may be able to provide software or
additional documentation to facilitate further debug.
The Interdata 4 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Interdata 4 CPU with 64KB memory
PT paper tape reader/punch
TT console terminal
The Interdata 4 simulator implements one unique stop condition:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is set
The LOAD and DUMP command are not implemented.
11.1 CPU
The only CPU options are memory size:
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8KB
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64KB.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..RF 16 general registers
F0, F2..FE 32 floating point registers
PSW 16 processor status word
CC 4 condition codes, PSW<12:15>
SR 16 switch register
DR 16 display register low 16 bits
DR1 16 display register high 16 bits
DRMOD 1 display mode
DRPOS 2 display pointer position
SRPOS 1 switch pointer position
IRQ0..IRQ7 32 interrupt requests
IEN0..IEN7 32 interrupt enables
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last branch or interrupt
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
11.2 Paper Tape Reader/Punch (PT)
The paper tape reader and punch (PT units 0 and 1) read data from or
write data to disk files. The RPOS and PPOS registers specify the
number of the next data item to be read and written, respectively.
Thus, by changing RPOS or PPOS, the user can backspace or advance
these devices.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
so-called '50 loader' into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RBUF 8 reader buffer
RPOS 31 reader position in the input file
RTIME 24 time from reader start to interrupt
RSTOP_IOE 1 reader stop on I/O error
PBUF 8 punch buffer
PPOS 31 punch position in the output file
PTIME 24 time from punch start to interrupt
PSTOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
IREQ 1 paper tape interrupt request
IENB 1 paper tape interrupt enable
RUN 1 paper tape running
SLEW 1 paper tape reader slew mode
BUSY 1 paper tape busy
RW 1 paper tape read/write mode
Error handling is as follows:
type error STOP_IOE processed as
in,out not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in,out OS I/O error x report error and stop
11.3 Teletype (TT)
The teletype keyboard reads from the console keyboard; the teletype
printer writes to the simulator console window. The keyboard has
one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower case
input to upper case. This is on by default.
name size comments
KBUF 8 keyboard buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters output
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TBUF 8 output buffer
TPOS 31 number of characters output
TTIME 24 time from output start to interrupt
IREQ 1 teletype interrupt request
IENB 1 teletype interrupt enable
HDPX 1 teletype half-duplex
BUSY 1 teletype busy
RW 1 teletype read/write mode
11.4 Symbolic Display and Input
The Interdata 4 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Interdata 4 assembler syntax. There are
four instruction classes: register, memory, register-register, register-
memory.
Register instructions have the format
rop regnum
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F.
Memory instructions have the format
mop address{(index)}
where address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and the index register
is a hex digit, optinally preceded by R, between 0 and F.
Register-register instructions have the format
rrop regnum,regnum
where the register numbers are hex digits, optionally preceded by R,
between 1 and F.
Register-memory instructions have the format
rmop regnum,address{(index)}
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F, the address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and
the index register is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R, between
1 and F.
- PDP-10 Features
The PDP-10 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU KS10 CPU with 1MW of memory
PAG paging unit (translation maps)
UBA Unibus adapters (translation maps)
FE console
TIM timer
PTR,PTP PC11 paper tape reader/punch
DZ DZ11 8-line terminal multiplexor
LP20 LP20 line printer
RP RH11/RP04/RP05/RP06/RP07/RM03/RM05/RM80 controller with
eight drives
TU RH11/TM02/TU45 controller with eight drives
The PTR/PTP are initially DISABLEd. The DZ11 can also be DISABLEd.
The PDP-10 simulator implements several unique stop condition:
- illegal instruction (000) in kernel mode
- indirect addressing nesting exceeds limit
- execute chaining exceeds limit
- page fail or other error in interrupt sequence
- illegal instruction in interrupt sequence
- invalid vector pointer in interrupt sequence
- invalid Unibus adapter number
- non-existent exec or user page table address
The PDP-10 loader supports RIM10B format paper tapes, SAV binary files, and
EXE binary files. LOAD switches -r, -s, -e specify RIM10, SAV, EXE format,
respectively. If no switch is specified, the LOAD command checks the file
extension; .RIM, .SAV, .EXE specify RIM10, SAV, EXE format, respectively.
If no switch specified, and no extension matches, the LOAD command checks
the file format to try to determine the file type.
12.1 CPU
The CPU options allow the user to specify standard microcode, standard
microcode with a bug fix for a boostrap problem in TOPS-20 V4.1, or ITS
microcode
SET CPU STANDARD Standard microcode
SET CPU TOPS20V41 Standard microcode with TOPS-20 V4.1 bug fix
SET CPU ITS ITS compatible microcode
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 18 program counter
FLAGS 18 processor flags (<13:17> unused)
AC0..AC17 36 accumulators
IR 36 instruction register
EBR 18 executive base register
PGON 1 paging enabled flag
T20P 1 TOPS-20 paging
UBR 18 user base register
CURAC 3 current AC block
PRVAC 3 previous AC block
SPT 36 shared pointer table
CST 36 core status table
PUR 36 process update register
CSTM 36 CST mask
HSB 18 halt status block address
DBR1 18 descriptor base register 1 (ITS)
DBR2 18 descriptor base register 2 (ITS)
DBR3 18 descriptor base register 3 (ITS)
DBR4 18 descriptor base register 4 (ITS)
PIENB 7 PI levels enabled
PIACT 7 PI levels active
PIPRQ 7 PI levels with program requests
PIIOQ 7 PI levels with IO requests
PIAPR 7 PI levels with APR requests
APRENB 8 APR flags enabled
APRFLG 8 APR flags active
APRLVL 3 PI level for APR interrupt
IND_MAX 8 indirect address nesting limit
XCT_MAX 8 execute chaining limit
OLDPC 18 PC prior to last transfer instruction
BREAK 19 breakpoint address (1777777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
REG[0:127] 36 fast memory blocks
12.2 Pager
The pager contains the page maps for executive and user mode. The
executive page map is the memory space for unit 0, the user page map the
memory space for unit 1. A page map entry is 32 bits wide and has the
following format:
bit content
--- -------
31 page is writeable
30 entry is valid
29:19 mbz
18:9 physical page base address
8:0 mbz
The pager has no registers.
12.3 Unibus Adapters
The Unibus adapters link the system I/O devices to the CPU. Unibus
adapter 1 (UBA1) is unit 0, and Unibus adapter 3 is unit 1. The
adapter's Unibus map is the memory space of the corresponding unit.
The Unibus Adapter has the following registers:
name size comments
INTREQ 32 interrupt requests
UB1CS 16 Unibus adapter 1 control/status
UB3CS 16 Unibus adapter 3 control/status
12.4 Front End (FE)
The front end is the system console. The keyboard input is unit 0,
the console output is unit 1. It supports two options:
SET FE STOP halts the PDP-10 operating system
SET FE CTLC simulates typing ^C (for Windoze)
The front end has the following registers:
name size comments
IBUF 8 input buffer
ICOUNT 31 count of input characters
ITIME 24 keyboard polling interval
OBUF 8 output buffer
OCOUNT 31 count of output characters
OTIME 24 console output response time
12.5 Timer (TIM)
The timer (TIM) implements the system timer, the interval timer, and
the time of day clock used to get the date and time at system startup.
Because most PDP-10 software is not Y2K compliant, the timer implements
one option
SET TIM NOY2K software not Y2K compliant, limit time of
day clock to 1999 (default)
SET TIM Y2K software is Y2K compliant
The timer has the following registers:
name size comments
TIMBASE 59 time base (double precision)
TTG 36 time to go (remaining time) for interval
PERIOD 36 reset value for interval
QUANT 36 quantum timer (ITS only)
TIME 24 tick delay
DIAG 1 use fixed tick delay instead of autocalibration
Unless the DIAG flag is set, the timer autocalibrates; the tick delay
is adjusted up or down so that the time base tracks actual elapsed time.
This may cause time-dependent diagnostics to report errors.
12.6 PC11 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
BUSY 1 busy flag (CSR<11>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.7 PC11 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input or output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.8 DZ11 Terminal Multiplexor (DZ)
The DZ11 is an 8-line terminal multiplexor. The terminal lines perform
input and output through Telnet sessions connected to a user-specified
port. The ATTACH command specifies the port to be used:
ATTACH {-am} DZ <port>(cr) -- set up listening port
where port is a decimal number between 1 and 65535 that is not being used
for other TCP/IP activities. The optional switch -m turns on the DZ11's
modem controls; the optional switch -a turns on active disconnects
(disconnect session if computer clears Data Terminal Ready).
ATTACH {-m} DZ <port>(cr) -- set up listening port
where port is a decimal number between 1 and 65535 that is not being used
for other TCP/IP activities. The optional switch -m turns on the DZ11's
modem controls; the optional switch -a turns on active disconnects
(disconnect session if computer clears Data Terminal Ready).
Once the DZ is attached and the simulator is running, the DZ will listen
for connections on the specified port. It assumes that the incoming
connections are Telnet connections. The connection remains open until
disconnected either by the simulated program or by the Telnet client.
The SHOW DZ command displays the current connections to the DZ.
The DZ11 implements these registers:
name size comments
CSR 16 control/status register
RBUF 16 receive buffer
LPR 16 line parameter register
TCR 16 transmission control register
MSR 16 modem status register
TDR 16 transmit data register
SAENB 1 silo alarm enabled
MDMTCL 1 modem control enabled
AUTODS 1 autodisconnect enabled
RPOS0..7 32 count of characters received
TPOS0..7 32 count of characters transmitted
The DZ11 does not support save and restore. All open connections are
lost when the simulator shuts down or the DZ is detached.
12.9 RH11 Adapter, RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 drives (RP)
The RP controller implements the Massbus 18b (RH11) direct interface for
large disk drives. It is more abstract than other device simulators, with
just enough detail to run operating system drivers. In addition, the RP
controller conflates the details of the RM series controllers with the RP
series controllers, although there were detailed differences.
RP options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to one of seven disk types, or autosize:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RPn RM03 set size to RM03
SET RPn RM05 set size to RM05
SET RPn RM80 set size to RM80
SET RPn RP04 set size to RP04
SET RPn RP06 set size to RP06
SET RPn RP07 set size to RP07
SET RPn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file.
Note that TOPS-10 V7.03 only supported the RP06 and RM03; V7.04 added
support for the RP07. Units can be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RPCS1 16 control/status 1
RPWC 16 word count
RPBA 16 bus address
RPDA 16 desired surface, sector
RPCS2 16 control/status 2
RPOF 16 offset
RPDC 8 desired cylinder
RPER2 16 error status 2
RPER3 16 error status 3
RPEC1 16 ECC syndrome 1
RPEC2 16 ECC syndrome 2
RPMR 16 maintenance register
RPDB 16 data buffer
RPIFF 1 transfer complete interrupt request flop
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
SC 1 special condition (CSR1<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR1<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR1<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
RPDS0..7 16 drive status, drives 0-7
RPDE0..7 16 drive error, drives 0-7
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.10 RH11 Adapter, TM02 Formatter, TU45 Magnetic Tape (TU)
The magnetic tape simulator simulates an RH11 Massbus adapter with one
TM02 formatter and up to eight TU45 drives. Magnetic tape options include
the ability to make units write enabled or locked.
SET TUn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET TUn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
MTCS1 16 control/status 1
MTBA 16 memory address
MTWC 16 word count
MTFC 16 frame count
MTCS2 16 control/status 2
MTFS 16 formatter status
MTER 16 error status
MTCC 16 check character
MTDB 16 data buffer
MTMR 16 maintenance register
MTTC 16 tape control register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 delay
UST0..7 16 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
12.11 LP20 DMA Line Printer (LP20)
The LP20 is a DMA-based line printer controller. There is one
line printer option to clear the vertical forms unit (VFU).
SET LP20 VFUCLEAR clear the vertical forms unit
The LP20 implements these registers:
name size comments
LPCSA 16 control/status register A
LPCSB 16 control/status register B
LPBA 16 bus address register
LPBC 12 byte count register
LPPAGC 12 page count register
LPRDAT 12 RAM data register
LPCBUF 8 character buffer register
LPCOLC 8 column counter register
LPPDAT 8 printer data register
LPCSUM 8 checksum register
DVPTR 7 vertical forms unit pointer
DVLNT 7 vertical forms unit length
INT 1 interrupt request
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
POS 31 position in output file
TIME 24 response time
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TXRAM[0:255] 12 translation RAM
DAVFU[0:142] 12 vertical forms unit array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.12 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-10 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-p display as packed (seven bit) string
-m display instruction mnemonics
-v interpret address as virtual
-e force executive mode
-u force user mode
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c sixbit string
# or -p packed seven bit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-10 assembler syntax. There are three
instruction classes: memory reference, memory reference with AC, and I/O.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {@}address{(index)}
memory reference with AC instructions have the format
memac ac,{@}address{(index)}
and I/O instructions have the format
io device,{@}address{(index)}
where @ signifies indirect. The address is a signed octal number in the
range 0 - 0777777. The ac and index are unsigned octal numbers in the
range 0-17. The device is either a recognized device mnemonic (APR, PI,
TIM) or an octal number in the range 0 - 0177.
The simulator recognizes the standard MACRO alternate mnemonics (CLEAR
for SETZ, OR for IORI), the individual definitions for JRST and JFCL
variants, and the extended instruction mnemonics.
- H316/H516 Features
The Honeywell 316/516 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU H316/H516 CPU with 16/32KW memory
PTR 316/516-50 paper tape reader
PTP 316/516-52 paper tape punch
TTY 316/516-33 console terminal
CLK 316/516-12 real time clock
LPT 316/516 line printer
The H316/H516 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is et
- reference to an undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect references are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The H316/H516 loader is not implemented.
13.1 CPU
CPU options include choice of instruction set and memory size.
SET CPU HSA high speed arithmetic instructions
SET CPU NOHSA no high speed arithmetic instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
P 15 program counter
A 16 A register
B 16 B register
X 16 index register
SC 16 shift count
C 1 carry flag
EXT 1 extend flag
PME 1 previous mode extend flag
EXT_OFF 1 extend off pending flag
DP 1 double precision flag
SS1..4 1 sense switches 1..4
ION 1 interrupts enabled
INODEF 1 interrupts not deferred
INTREQ 16 interrupt requests
DEVRDY 16 device ready flags (read only)
DEVENB 16 device interrupt enable flags (read only)
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined device
INDMAX 1 indirect address limit
OLDP 15 PC prior to last JMP, JSB, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
13.2 Programmed I/O Devices
13.2.1 316/516-50 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
absolute binary loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INTREQ 1 device interrupt request
READY 1 device ready
ENABLE 1 device interrupts enabled
POS 31 position in the input or output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
13.2.2 316/516-52 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INTREQ 1 device interrupt request
READY 1 device ready
ENABLE 1 device interrupts enabled
POWER 1 device powered up
POS 31 position in the input or output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
PWRTIME 24 time from I/O request to power up
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
13.2.3 316/516-33 Console Teletype (TTY)
The terminal reads from the console keyboard and writes to the
simulator console window. The terminal has one option, UC; when
set, the terminal automatically converts lower case input to upper
case. This is on by default.
The terminal these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
MODE 1 read/write mode
INTREQ 1 device interrupt request
READY 1 device ready
ENABLE 1 device interrupts enabled
KPOS 31 number of characters input
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TPOS 31 number of characters output
TTIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
13.2.4 316/516-12 Real Time Clock (CLK)
The real time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
INTREQ 1 device interrupt request
READY 1 device ready
ENABLE 1 device interrupts enabled
TIME 24 clock interval
13.2.5 316/5116 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
WDPOS 6 word position in current scan
DRPOS 6 drum position
CRPOS 1 carriage position
XFER 1 transfer ready flag
PRDN 1 print done flag
INTREQ 1 device interrupt request
ENABLE 1 device interrupt enable
SVCST 2 service state
SVCCH 2 service channel
BUF 8 buffer
POS 31 number of characters output
XTIME 24 delay between transfers
ETIME 24 delay at end of scan
PTIME 24 delay for shuttle/line advance
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
13.3 Symbolic Display and Input
The H316/H516 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard H316/H516 assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, I/O, control, shift, skip, and
operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref{*} {C/Z} address{,1}
where * signifies indirect, C a current sector reference, Z a sector zero
reference, and 1 indexed. The address is an octal number in the range 0 -
077777; if C or Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range
0 - 0777. Normally, C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the
address what mode to use. However, when referencing memory outside the CPU
(eg, disks), there is no valid PC, and C must be used to specify current
sector addressing.
I/O instructions have the format
io pulse+device
The pulse+device is an octal number in the range 0 - 01777.
Control and operate instructions consist of a single opcode
opcode
Shift instructions have the format
shift n
where n is an octal number in the range 0-77.
Skip instructions have the format
sub-op sub-op sub-op...
The simulator checks that the combination of sub-opcodes is legal.
Appendix 1: File Representations
All file representations are little endian. On big endian hosts, the
simulator automatically performs any required byte swapping.
- Hard Disks
Hard disks are represented as unstructured binary files of 16b data items for
the 12b and 16b simulators, of 32b data items for the 18b and 32b simulators,
and 64b for the 36b simulators.
- Floppy Disks
PDP-8 and PDP-11 floppy disks are represented as unstructured binary files
of 8b data items. They are nearly identical to the floppy disk images for
Doug Jones' PDP-8 simulator but lack the initial 256 byte header. A utility
for converting between the two formats is easily written.
- Magnetic Tapes
Magnetic tapes are represented as unstructured binary files of 8b data
items. Each record consists of a 32b record header, in little endian
format, followed by n 8b bytes of data, followed by a repeat of the 32b
record header. The high order bit of the record header is used as an
error flag; the remaining 31b are the byte count of the record. If
the byte count is odd, the record is padded to even length; the pad
byte is undefined.
Magnetic tapes are endian independent and consistent across simulator
families. A magtape produced by the Nova simulator will appear to
have its 16b words byte swapped if read by the PDP-11 simulator.
- Line Printers
Line printer output is represented by an ASCII file of lines separated by
the newline character. Overprinting is represented by a line ending in
return rather than newline.
- DECtapes
DECtapes are structured as fixed length blocks. PDP-9/11/15 DECtapes
use 578 blocks of 256 32b words. Each 32b word contains 18b (6 lines)
of data. PDP-8 DECtapes use 1474 blocks of 129 16b words. Each 16b
word contains 12b (4 lines) of data. Note that PDP-8 OS/8 does not use
the 129th word of each block, and OS/8 DECtape dumps contain only 128
words per block. A utility, DTOS8CVT.C, is provided to convert OS/8
DECtape dumps to simulator format.
A known problem in DECtape format is that when a block is recorded in
one direction and read in the other, the bits in a word are scrambled
(to the complement obverse). The PDP-11 deals with this problem by
performing an automatic complement obverse on reverse writes and reads.
The other systems leave this problem to software.
The simulator represents this difference as follows. On the PDP-11, all
data is represented in normal form. Data reads and writes are not direction
sensitive; read all and write all are direction sensitive. Real DECtapes
that are read forward will generate images with the correct representation
of the data.
On the other systems, forward write creates data in normal form, while
reverse write creates data in complement obverse form. Forward read (and
read all) performs no transformations, while reverse read (and read all)
changes data to the complement obverse. Real DECtapes that are read forward
will generate data in normal form for blocks written forward, and complement
obverse data for blocks written in reverse, corresponding to the simulator
format.
Appendix 2: Debug Status
The debug status of each simulated CPU and device is as follows:
system PDP-8 PDP-11 Nova PDP-1 18b PDP
device
CPU y y y y y
FPU - y - - -
CIS - h - - -
console y y y y y
paper tape y y y h y
card reader - - - - -
line printer y y y h y
clock y y y - h
hard disk y y y - h
fixed disk y/both - h - h
floppy disk y y y - -
DECtape y y - - d
mag tape h y/both y - h
system 1401 2100 Id4 PDP-10 H316
device
CPU d y h y h
FPU - - h y -
CIS - - - y -
console h y h y h
paper tape - h h h h
card reader h h - - -
line printer h - - y h
clock - h - y h
hard disk - h - y -
fixed disk - h - - -
floppy disk - - - - -
DECtape - - - - -
mag tape h h - y -
legend: y = runs operating system or sample program
d = runs diagnostics
h = runs hand-generated test cases
n = untested
- = not applicable
Revision History (since Rev 1.1)
Rev 2.7, Sep, 01
Added DZ11 (from Thord Nilson and Art Krewat)
to PDP-11, PDP-10
Added additional terminals to PDP-8
Added TSS/8 packed character format to PDP-8
Added sim_sock and sim_tmxr libraries
Added sim_qcount and simulator exit detach all facilities
Added Macintosh sim_sock support (from Peter Schorn)
Added simulator revision level, SHOW version
Changed int64/uint64 to t_int64/t_uint64 for Windoze
Fixed bug in PDP-11 interrupt acknowledge
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 TS NXM check, boot code, error status;
added extended characteristics and status
Fixed bug in PDP-11 TC stop, stop all functions
Fixed receive interrupt while disconnected bug in DZ11
Fixed multi-unit operation bugs, interrupt bugs in
PDP-11 RP, PDP-10 RP, PDP-10 TU
Fixed carrier detect bug in PDP-11, PDP-10 DZ
Fixed bug in PDP-8 reset routine
Fixed conditional in PDP-18b CPU
Fixed SC = 0 bug in PDP-18b EAE
Fixed bug in PDP-7 LPT
Upgraded Nova second terminal to use sim_tmxr
Upgraded PDP-18b second terminal to use sim_tmxr
Upgraded PDP-11 LTC to full KW11-L
Removed hack multiple console support
Rev 2.6b, Aug, 01
Added H316/516 simulator
Added Macintosh support from Louis Chrétien, Peter Schorn,
and Ben Supnik
Added bad block table option to PDP-11 RL, RP
Removed register in declarations
Fixed bugs found by Peter Schorn
-- endian error in PDP-10, PDP-11 RP
-- space reverse error in PDP-11 TS
-- symbolic input in 1401
Fixed bug in PDP-1 RIM loader found by Derek Peschel
Fixed bug in Nova fixed head disk
Rev 2.6a, Jun, 01
Added PDP-9, PDP-15 API option
Added PDP-9, PDP-15 second terminal
Added PDP-10 option for TOPS-20 V4.1 bug fix
Added PDP-10 FE CTRL-C option for Windoze
Added console logging
Added multiple console support
Added comment recognition
Increased size of string buffers for long path names
Fixed bug in big-endian I/O found by Dave Conroy
Fixed DECtape reset in PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-9/15
Fixed RIM loader PC handling in PDP-9/15
Fixed indirect pointers in PDP-10 paging
Fixed SSC handling in PDP-10 TM02/TU45
Fixed JMS to non-existent memory in PDP-8
Fixed error handling on command file
Rev 2.6, May, 01
Added ENABLE/DISABLE devices
Added SHOW DEVICES
Added examination/modification of register arrays
Added PDP-10 simulator
Added clock autocalibration to SCP, Nova, PDP-8, PDP-11,
PDP-18b
Added PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-9/15 DECtape
Added PDP-8 DF32
Added 4k Disk Monitor boot to PDP-8 RF08 and DF32
Added PDP-4/7 funny format loader support
Added extension handling to the PDP-8 and -9/15 loaders
Added PDP-11 TS11/TSV05
Added integer interval timer to SCP
Added filename argument to LOAD/DUMP
Revised magtape and DECtape bootstraps to rewind
before first instruction
Fixed 3 cycle data break sequence in PDP-8 RF
Fixed 3 cycle data break sequence in 18b PDP LP, MT, RF
Fixed CS1.TRE write, CS2.MXF,UPE write, and CS2.UAI in
PDP-11 RP
Fixed 4M memory size definition in PDP-11
Fixed attach bug in RESTORE
Fixed detach bug for buffered devices
Updated copyright notices, fixed comments
Rev 2.5a, Dec, 00
Added CMD flop to HP paper tape and line printer
Added status input for HP paper tape punch and TTY
Added Dutch Owens' 1401 mag tape boot routine
Added Bruce Ray's Nova plotter and second terminal modules
Added Charles Owen's Eclipse CPU support
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 RIM/BIN loader support
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 extend/bank initial state registers
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 half/full duplex support
Moved software documentation to a separate file
Fixed SCP handling of devices without units
Fixed FLG, FBF initialization in many HP peripherals
Fixed 1401 bugs found by Dutch Owens
-- 4, 7 char NOPs are legal
-- 1 char B is chained BCE
-- MCE moves whole character, not digit, after first
Fixed Nova bugs found by Bruce Ray
-- traps implemented on Nova 3 as well as Nova 4
-- DIV and DIVS 0/0 set carry
-- RETN sets SP from FP at outset
-- IORST does not clear carry
-- Nova 4 implements two undocumented instructions
Fixed bugs in 18b PDP's
-- XCT indirect address calculation
-- missing index instructions in PDP-15
-- bank mode handling in PDP-15
Rev 2.5, Nov, 00
Removed Digital and Compaq from copyrights, as
authorized by Compaq Sr VP Bill Strecker
Revised save/restore format for 64b simulators
Added examine to file
Added unsigned integer data types to sim_defs
Added Nova 3 and Nova 4 instructions to Nova CPU
Added HP2100
Added Interdata 4
Fixed indirect loop through autoinc/dec in Nova CPU
Fixed MDV enabled test in Nova CPU
Rev 2.4, Jan, 99
Placed all sources under X11-like open source license
Added DUMP command, revised sim_load interface
Added SHOW MODIFIERS command
Revised magtape format to include record error flag
Fixed 64b problems in SCP
Fixed big endian problem in PDP-11 bad block routine
Fixed interrupt on error bug in PDP-11 RP/RM disks
Fixed ROL/ROR inversion in PDP-11 symbolic routines
Rev 2.3d, Sep, 98
Added BeOS support
Added radix commands and switches
Added PDP-11 CIS support
Added RT11 V5.3 to distribution kits
Fixed "shift 32" bugs in SCP, PDP-11 floating point
Fixed bug in PDP-11 paper tape reader
Fixed bug in ^D handling
Rev 2.3c, May, 98
Fixed bug in PDP-11 DIV overflow check
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 magtape bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 magtape unit select
Replaced UNIX V7 disk images
Rev 2.3b, May, 98
Added switch recognition to all simulator commands
Added RIM loader to PDP-8 paper tape reader and loader
Added second block bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Fixed bug in PDP-8 RF bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 symbolic display
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 floating point (LDEXP, STEXP,
MODf, STCfi, overflow handling)
Rev 2.3a, Nov, 97
Added search capability
Added bad block table command to PDP-11 disks
Added bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Added additional Nova moving head disks
Added RT-11 sample software
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 RM/RP disks
Fixed bugs in Nova moving head disks
Fixed endian dependence in 18b PDP RIM loader
Rev 2.3, Mar, 97
Added PDP-11 RP
Added PDP-1
Changed UNIX terminal I/O to TERMIOS
Changed magtape format to double ended
Changed PDP-8 current page mnemonic from T to C
Added endian independent I/O routines
Added precise integer data types
Fixed bug in sim_poll_kbd
Fixed bug in PDP-8 binary loader
Fixed bugs in TM11 magtape
Fixed bug in RX11 bootstrap
Fixed bug in 18b PDP ADD
Fixed bug in 18b PDP paper tape reader
Fixed bug in PDP-4 console
Fixed bug in PDP-4,7 line printer
Rev 2.2d, Dec, 96
Added ADD/REMOVE commands
Added unit enable/disable support to device simulators
Added features for IBM 1401 project
Added switch recognition for symbolic input
Fixed bug in variable length IEXAMINE
Fixed LCD bug in RX8E
Initial changes for Win32
Added IBM 1401
Rev 2.2b, Apr, 96
Added PDP-11 dynamic memory size support
Rev 2.2a, Feb, 96
New endian independent magtape format
Rev 2.2 Jan, 96
Added register buffers for save/restore
Added 18b PDP's
Guaranteed TTI, CLK times are non-zero
Fixed breakpoint/RUN interaction bug
Fixed magnetic tape backspace to EOF bug
Fixed ISZ/DCA inversion in PDP-8 symbol table
Fixed sixbit conversion in PDP-8 examine/deposit
Fixed origin increment bug in PDP-11 binary loader
Fixed GCC longjmp optimization bug in PDP-11 CPU
Fixed unit number calculation bug in SCP and in
Nova, PDP-11, 18b PDP moving head disks
Rev 2.1 Dec, 95
Fixed PTR bug (setting done on EOF) in PDP-8, Nova
Fixed RX bug (setting error on INIT if drive 1 is
not attached) in PDP-8, PDP-11
Fixed RF treatment of photocell flag in PDP-8
Fixed autosize bug (always chose smallest disk if new
file) in PDP-11, Nova
Fixed not attached bug (reported as not attachable) in
most mass storage devices
Fixed Nova boot ROMs
Fixed bug in RESTORE (didn't requeue if delay = 0)
Fixed bug in RESTORE (clobbered device position)
Declared static constant arrays as static const
Added PDP-8, Nova magnetic tape simulators
Added Dasher mode to Nova terminal simulator
Added LINUX support
Rev 2.0 May, 95
Added symbolic assembly/disassembly
Acknowledgements
SIMH would not have been possible without help from around the world. I
would like to acknowledge the help of the following people, all of whom
donated their time and talent to this "computer archaeology" project:
Bill Ackerman PDP-1 consulting
Winfried Bergmann Linux port testing
Phil Budne Solaris port testing
Max Burnet PDP information, documentation, and software
James Carpenter LINUX port testing
Chip Charlot PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Louis Chrétien Macintosh porting
Dave Conroy HP 21xx documentation
L Peter Deutsch PDP-1 LISP software
Ethan Dicks PDP-11 2.9 BSD debugging
Carl Friend Nova and Interdata documentation, and RDOS software
Megan Gentry PDP-11 integer debugging, make file
Dave Gesswein PDP-8 and PDP-9.15 documentation, PDP-8 DECtape and
paper tape images, PDP-9/15 DECtape images
Dick Greeley PDP-8 OS/8 and PDP-10 TOPS-10/20 legal permissions
Gordon Greene PDP-1 LISP machine readable source
Lynne Grettum PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Franc Grootjen PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Doug Gwyn Portability debugging
Kevin Handy TS11/TSV05 documentation
Ken Harrenstein PDP-10 simulator
Bill Haygood PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Wolfgang Helbig DZ11 simulator implementation
Mark Hittinger PDP-10 debugging
Jay Jaeger IBM 1401 information
Doug Jones PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Al Kossow HP 21xx, Varian 620, TI 990, DEC documentation and software
Arthur Krewat DZ11 update for the PDP-10
Mirian Crzig Lennox ITS and DZ11 debugging
Don Lewine Nova documentation and legal permissions
Tim Litt PDP-10 hardware documentation and schematics,
tape images, and software sources
Tim Markson DZ11 debugging
Scott McGregor PDP-11 UNIX legal permissions
Jeff Moffatt HP 2100 information, documentation, and software
Alec Muffett Solaris port testing
Thord Nilson DZ11 implementation
Charles Owen Nova moving head disk debugging, Altair simulator,
IBM 1401 diagnostics, debugging, and magtape boot
Derek Peschel PDP-10 debugging
Paul Pierce IBM 1401 diagnostics, media recovery
Hans Pufal PDP-10 debugging
Bruce Ray Software, documentation, bug fixes, and new devices
for the Nova
Craig St Clair PDP documentation
Richard Schedler Public repository maintenance
Peter Schorn Macintosh porting
Stephen Schultz PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Olaf Seibert NetBSD port testing
Brian & Barry Silverman PDP-1 simulator and software
Tim Shoppa Nova documentation, RDOS software, PDP-10 and PDP-11
software archive
Michael Somos PDP-1 debugging
Hans-Michael Stahl OS/2 port testing, TERMIOS implementation
Tim Stark PDP-10 simulator
Larry Stewart Initial suggestion for the project
Bill Strecker Permission to revert copyrights
Chris Suddick PDP-11 floating point debugging
Ben Supnik Macintosh timing routine
Ben Thomas VMS character-by-character I/O routines
Warren Toomey PDP-11 UNIX software
Deb Toivonen DEC documentation
Mike Umbricht DEC documentation, H316 documentation and schematics
Leendert Van Doorn PDP-11 UNIX V6 debugging, TERMIOS implementation
David Waks PDP-8 ESI-X and PDP-7 SIM8 software
Tom West Nova documentation
Adrian Wise H316 simulator, documentation, and software
John Wilson PDP-11 simulator and software
Joe Young RP debugging on Ultrix-11 and BSD
In addition, the following companies have graciously licensed their
software at no cost for hobbyist use:
Data General Corporation
Digital Equipment Corporation
Compaq Computer Corporation
Mentec Corporation
The Santa Cruz Operation
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
To: Users
From: Bob Supnik
Subj: Simulator Usage, V2.6b
Date: 15-Sep-01
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
The following copyright notice applies to both the SIMH source and binary:
Original code published in 1993-2001, written by Robert M Supnik
Copyright (c) 1993-2001, Robert M Supnik
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
ROBERT M SUPNIK BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Robert M Supnik shall not
be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from Robert M Supnik.
This memorandum documents the PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-1, other 18b PDP, Nova,
IBM 1401, HP 2100, Interdata 4, and PDP-10 simulators. These simulators are
freeware; refer to the license terms above for conditions of use. Support is
not available. The best way to fix problems or add features is to read and
modify the sources yourself. Alternately, you can send Internet mail to
[email protected], but a response is not guaranteed.
The simulators use a common command interface. The memorandum first
describes the common features of the command interface and then provides
information on each of the individual simulators.
- Compiling And Running A Simulator
The simulators have been tested on VAX VMS, Alpha VMS, Alpha UNIX, Intel
FreeBSD, Intel LINUX, Windows 9x/Me/NT/2000 (Visual C++ environment),
Macintosh 9 and X (CodeWarrior environment), and OS/2. Porting to other
environments will require changes to the operating system dependent code
in scp_tty.c and scp_sock.c.
To compile the simulators on VMS, use these commands (note that separate
compilations are required for each of the 18b PDP's):
$ cc pdp8_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-8
$ link/exec=pdp8 pdp8_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc pdp11_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-11
$ link/exec=pdp11 pdp11_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc nova_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Nova
$ link/exec=nova nova_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc pdp1_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-1
$ link/exec=pdp1 pdp1_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc/define=PDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c
$ link/exec=pdp{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc i1401_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! IBM 1401
$ link/exec=i1401 i1401_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc hp2100_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! HP 2100
$ link/exec=hp2100 hp2100_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc id4_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Interdata 4
$ link/exec=id4 id4_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
On version of VMS prior to 6.2, the simulators must then be defined as
foreign commands so that they can be started by name.
To compile the simulators on Alpha UNIX or any UNIX variant which supports
the POSIX compliant TERMIOS interface (including Linux and Mac OS X), use
the following commands (note that separate compilations are required for
each of the 18b PDP's):
% cc pdp8_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp8
% cc pdp11_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp11
% cc nova_*.c scp*.c -lm -o nova
% cc pdp1_*.c scp*.c -o pdp1
% cc -DPDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp{4,7,9,15}
% cc i1401_*.c scp*.c -o i1401
% cc hp2100_*.c scp*.c -o hp2100
% cc id4_*.c scp*.c -o id4
These commands should work with most UNIX variants. If your UNIX only
supports the old BSD terminal interface, add -DBSDTTY to each command.
If your UNIX automatically includes the math library, omit -lm from
the command line.
The PDP-10 simulator requires 64b support in the simulator and in the
simulator control package (SCP). To turn on 64b support, add the symbol
USE_INT64 to the command line:
% cc -DUSE_INT64 pdp10_*.c,scp*.c -lm -o pdp10
Since 64b integer declarations vary, sim_defs.h has conditional
declarations for Windows (_int64) and Digital UNIX (long). The default
is GNU C (long long). If your compiler uses a different convention,
you will have to edit sim_defs.h and modify the conditionals.
To compile the simulators on Windows 9x/ME/NT/2000 and Visual C++,
each simulator must be set up as a separate project. Under the VC++
file menu, select New, select Project Workspace, select Console
Application, and type in the name of the simulator. In the project
files view, select Add Files To Project and add in all the files for
that simulator (e.g., all files beginning nova_ for the Nova), plus
sim_defs.h, scp.c, and scp_tty.c. If the project requires the DZ11,
also add in scp_sock.h and scp_sock.c. If the project requires a
command line switch, add the switches to the C/C++ tab of the
Configuration dialog. The simulator should then build properly.
To start the simulator, simply type its name. The simulator takes
one optional argument, a startup command file. If specified, this
file should contain a series of non-interactive simulator commands,
one per line. These command can be used to set up standard parameters,
for example, disk sizes.
% pdp8 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp11 <startup file>(cr) or
% nova <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp1 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp{4,7,9,15} <startup file>(cr) or
% i1401 <startup file>(cr) or
% hp2100 <startup file>(cr) or
% id4 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp10 <startup file>(cr)
The simulator types out its name and version, executes the commands
in the startup file, if any, and then prompts for input with
sim>
2. Simulator Conventions
A simulator consists of a series of devices, the first of which is always
the CPU. A device consists of named registers and one or more numbered
units. Registers correspond to device state, units to device address
spaces. Thus, the CPU device might have registers like PC, ION, etc,
and a unit corresponding to main memory; a disk device might have
registers like BUSY, DONE, etc, and units corresponding to individual
disk drives. Except for main memory, device address spaces are simulated
as unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. The SHOW CONFIG
command displays the simulator configuration.
A simulator keeps time in terms of arbitrary units, usually one time unit
per instruction executed. Simulated events (such as completion of I/O)
are scheduled at some number of time units in the future. The simulator
executes synchronously, invoking event processors when simulated events
are scheduled to occur. Even asynchronous events, like keyboard input,
are handled by polling at synchronous intervals. The SHOW QUEUE command
displays the simulator event queue.
3. Commands
Simulator commands consist of a command verb, optional switches, and optional
arguments. Switches take the form:
-<letter>{<letter>...}
Multiple switches may be specified separately or together: -abcd or
-a -b -c -d are treated identically. Verbs, switches, and other
input (except for file names) are case insensitive.
Any command beginning with semicolon (;) is considered a comment and ignored.
3.1 Loading and Saving Programs
The LOAD command (abbreviation LO) loads a file in binary paper-tape
loader format:
sim> load <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as load within range) are also implementation specific.
The DUMP command (abbreviation DU) dumps memory in binary paper-
tape loader format:
sim> dump <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as dump within range) are also implementation specific.
3.2 Saving and Restoring State
The SAVE command (abbreviation SA) save the complete state of the
simulator to a file. This includes the contents of main memory and
all registers, and the I/O connections of devices:
sim> save <filename>(cr)
The RESTORE command (abbreviation REST, alternately GET) restores a
previously saved simulator state:
sim> restore <filename>(cr)
Note: SAVE file format compresses zeroes to minimize file size.
3.3 Resetting Devices
The RESET command (abbreviation RE) resets a device or the entire
simulator to a predefined condition:
sim> RESET(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET ALL(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET <device>(cr) -- reset specified device
Typically, RESET stops any in-progress I/O operation, clears any
interrupt request, and returns the device to a quiescent state. It
does not clear main memory or affect I/O connections.
3.4 Connecting and Disconnecting Devices
Except for main memory, simulated unit address spaces are simulated as
unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. Before using a
simulated unit the user must specify the file to be accessed by that
unit. The ATTACH (abbreviation AT) command associates a unit and a file:
sim> ATTACH <device><unit number> <filename>(cr)
If the file does not exist, it is created, and an appropriate message
is printed.
The DETACH (abbreviation DET) command breaks the association between a
unit and a file and closes the file:
sim> DETACH ALL(cr) -- detach all units
sim> DETACH <device><unit number>(cr) -- detach specified unit
The EXIT command performs an automatic DETACH ALL.
3.5 Examining and Changing State
There are four commands to examine and change state:
EXAMINE (abbreviated E) examines state
DEPOSIT (abbreviated D) changes state
IEXAMINE (interactive examine, abbreviated IE) examines state
and allows the user to interactively change it
IDEPOSIT (interactive deposit, abbreviated ID) allows the user
to interactively change state
All four commands take the form
command {modifiers} <state list>
Deposit must also include a deposit value at the end of the command.
There are four kinds of modifiers: switches, device/unit name, search
specifiers, and for EXAMINE, output file. Switches have been described
previously. A device/unit name identifies the device and unit whose
address space is to be examined or modified. If no device is specified,
the CPU (main memory)is selected; if a device but no unit is specified,
unit 0 of the device is selected.
Search specifiers provide criteria for testing addresses or registers
to see if they should be processed. A specifier consists of a logical
operator, a relational operator, or both, optionally separated by spaces.
{<logical op> <value>} <relational op> <value>
where the logical operator is & (and), | (or), or ^ (xor), and the
relational operator is = or == (equal), ! or != (not equal), >=
(greater than or equal), > (greater than), <= (less than or equal), or
< (less than). If a logical operator is specified without a relational
operator, it is ignored. If a relational operator is specified without
a logical operator, no logical operation is performed. All comparisons
are unsigned.
The output file modifier redirects command output to a file instead of
the console. An output file modifier consists of @ followed by a
valid file name.
Modifiers may be specified in any order. If multiple modifiers of the
same time are specified, later modifiers override earlier modifiers.
Note that if the device/unit name comes after the search specifier,
the values will interpreted in the radix of the CPU, rather than of the
device/unit.
The "state list" consists of one or more of the following, separated
by commas:
register the specified register
register[sub1-sub2] the specified register array locations,
start at location sub1 up to and including
location sub2
register[ALL] all locations in the specified register
array
register1-register2 all the registers starting at register1
up to and including register2
address the specified location
address1-address2 all locations starting at address1 up to
and including address2
STATE all registers in the device
ALL all locations in the unit
Switches can be used to control the format of display information:
-a display as ASCII
-c display as character string
-m display as instruction mnemonics
-o display as octal
-d display as decimal
-h display as hexidecimal
The simulators typically accept symbolic input (see simulator sections).
Examples:
sim> ex 1000-1100 -- examine 1100:1100
sim> de PC 1040 -- set PC to 1040
sim> ie 40-50 -- interactively examine 40:50
sim> ie >1000 40-50 -- interactively examine the subset
of locations 40:50 that are >1000
sim> ex rx0 50060 -- examine 50060, RX unit 0
sim> ex rx sbuf[3-6] -- examine SBUF[3] to SBUF[6] in RX
sim> de all 0 -- set main memory to 0
sim> de &77>0 0 -- set all addresses whose low order
bits are non-zero to 0
sim> ex -m @memdump.txt 0-7777 -- dump memory to file
Note: to terminate an interactive command, simply type a bad value (eg,
XYZ) when input is requested.
3.6 Running Programs
The RUN command (abbreviated RU) resets all devices, deposits its argument
(if given) in the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given,
execution starts at the current PC.
The GO command does NOT reset devices, deposits its argument (if given) in
the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given, execution starts at
the current PC.
The CONT command (abbreviated CO) does NOT reset devices and resumes
execution at the current PC.
The STEP command (abbreviated S) resumes execution at the current PC for
the number of instructions given by its argument. If no argument is
supplied, one instruction is executed.
The BOOT command (abbreviated BO) bootstraps the device and unit given
by its argument. If no unit is supplied, unit 0 is bootstrapped. The
specified unit must be attached to a file.
3.7 Stopping Programs
Programs run until the simulator detects an error or stop condition, or
until the user forces a stop condition.
3.7.1 Simulator Detected Stop Conditions
These simulator-detected conditions stop simulation:
- HALT instruction. If a HALT instruction is decoded,
simulation stops.
- Breakpoint. The IBKPT register provides a single virtual
address breakpoint. If the PC matches the contents of the
IBKPT register, simulation stops. The breakpoint is
automatically disabled for the next instruction execution.
- I/O error. If an I/O error occurs during simulation of an
I/O operation, and the device stop-on-I/O-error flag is set,
simulation usually stops.
- Processor condition. Certain processor conditions can stop
simulation; these are described with the individual simulators.
3.7.2 User Specified Stop Conditions
Typing the interrupt character stops simulation. The interrupt character
is defined by the WRU (where are you) register and is initially set to
005 (^E).
3.8 Setting Device Parameters
The SET command (abbreviated SE) changes the status of a device parameter:
sim> SET <unit> <parameter>
Most parameters are simulator and device specific. Disk drives, for
example, can usually be set write ENABLED or write LOCKED; if a device
supports multiple drive types, the SET command can be used to specify
the drive type.
All devices recognize the following parameters:
OCT sets the data radix = 8
DEC sets the data radix = 10
HEX sets the data radix = 16
3.9 Displaying Parameters and Status
The SHOW CONFIGURATION command shows the simulator configuration and the
status of all simulated devices and units.
The SHOW DEVICES command shows the configuration of all simulated devices.
The SHOW MODIFIERS command shows the modifiers available on all simulated
devices.
The SHOW command shows the status of the named simulated device.
The SHOW QUEUE command shows the state of the simulator event queue. Times
are in "simulation units", typically one unit per instruction execution,
relative to the current simulation time.
The SHOW TIME command shows the number of time units elapsed since
the last RUN command.
3.10 Altering the Simulated Configuration
For most mass storage, the DISABLE command removes the specified
device from the configuration. A DISABLEd device is invisible to running
programs. The device can still be RESET but it cannot be ATTAChed, DETACHed,
or BOOTed. ENABLE restores a disabled device to a configuration.
In devices with multiple units, the REMOVE command removes the
specified unit from the configuration. Once removed, a unit cannot be
manipulated in any way until it is added back to the configuration.
ADD adds back a unit that had been removed from the configuration.
3.11 Logging Console Output
Output to the console can be logged simultaneously to a file. Logging is
enabled by the LOG command:
sim> LOG <filename> -- log console output to file
Logging is disabled by the NOLOG command:
sim> NOLOG -- disable logging
LOG with no argument displays whether logging is enabled or disabled.
3.12 Exiting The Simulator
EXIT (synonyms QUIT and BYE) returns control to the operating system.
4. PDP-8 Features
The PDP-8 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-8/E CPU with 32KW of memory
-
KE8E extended arithmetic element (EAE) -
PTR,PTP PC8E paper tape reader/punchKM8E memory management and timeshare control
TTI,TTO KL8E console terminal
LPT LE8E line printer
CLK DK8E line frequency clock (also PDP-8/A compatible)
RK RK8E/RK05 cartridge disk controller with four drives
RF RF08/RS08 fixed head disk controller with four platters, or
DF DF32/DS32 fixed head disk controller with four platters
RX RX8E/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
DT TC08/TU56 DECtape controller with eight drives
MT TM8E/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The RK, RF, DF, RX, DT, and MT devices can be DISABLEd. The PDP-8 can
support either a DF32 or an RF08, but not both, since they use the same
IOT's. The simulator defaults to the RF08. To change the fixed head disk,
ENABLE DF32 enable DF32, disable RF08
ENABLE RF08 enable RF08, disable DF32
The PDP-8 simulator implements one unique stop condition: if an undefined
instruction (unimplemented IOT or OPR) is decoded, and register STOP_INST
is set, the simulator halts.
The PDP-8 loader supports both RIM format and BIN format tapes. If the file
extension is .RIM, or the -r switch is specified with LOAD, the file is
assumed to be RIM format; if the file extension is not .RIM, or if the -b
switch is specified, the file is assumed to be BIN format.
4.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the EAE and the size of main
memory; the memory extension and time-share control is always included,
even if memory size is 4K.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter, including IF as high 3 bits
AC 12 accumulator
MQ 12 multiplier-quotient
L 1 link
SR 12 front panel switches
IF 3 instruction field
DF 3 data field
IB 3 instruction field buffer
SF 7 save field
UF 1 user mode flag
UB 1 user mode buffer
SC 5 EAE shift counter
GTF 1 EAE greater than flag
EMODE 1 EAE mode (0 = A, 1 = B)
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
CIF_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for CIF
PWR_INT 1 power fail interrupt
UF_INT 1 user mode violation interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
DONE 15 device done flags
ENABLE 15 device interrupt enable flags
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
4.2 Programmed I/O Devices
4.2.1 PC8E Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
RIM loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.2 PC8E Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to bewritten. Thus, by
changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.3 KL8E Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. The
input side has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is required by OS/8 and is on by default.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
4.2.4 KL8E Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
4.2.5 LE8E Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be read or written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
ERR 1 error status flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 set error flag
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.6 DK8E Line-Frequency Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME 24 clock interval
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
4.3 RK8E Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK8E options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RK8E supports
the BOOT command.
The RK8E implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 12 disk address
MA 12 current memory address
CMD 12 disk command
BUSY 1 control busy flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.4 RX8E/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX8E options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX8E supports the BOOT command.
The RX8E implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 12 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
TR 1 transfer ready flag
ERR 1 error flag
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
SBUF[0:127] 8 sector buffer array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.5 Fixed Head Disks
Either the RF08 or the DF32 can be present in a configuration, but
not both.
4.5.1 RF08/RS08 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF08 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 20 current disk address
MA 12 memory address (in memory)
WC 12 word count (in memory)
WLK 32 write lock switches
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF08 supports the BOOT command. The default bootstrap is for OS/8. To
bootstrap the 4K Disk Monitor, use the BOOT -D command.
The RF08 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word transfers
are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer occurs in
a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF08 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.5.2 DF32/DS32 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The DF32 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status, disk and memory address extension
DA 12 low order disk address
MA 12 memory address (in memory)
WC 12 word count (in memory)
WLK 16 write lock switches
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The DF32 supports the BOOT command. The default bootstrap is for OS/8. To
bootstrap the 4K Disk Monitor, use the BOOT -D command.
The DF32 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word transfers
are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer occurs in
a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
DF32 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.6 TC08/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The TC08 supports
the BOOT command.
The TC08 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape images.
ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image; the user
can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-9/11/15) format
-n native (PDP-8) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
DTSA 12 status register A
DTSB 12 status register B
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENB 1 interrupt enable flag
DTF 1 DECtape flag
ERF 1 error flag
CA 12 current address (memory location 7754)
WC 12 word count (memory location 7755)
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
4.7 TM8E Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 12 command
FNC 12 function
CA 12 memory address
WC 12 word count
DB 12 data buffer
STA 12 main status
STA2 6 secondary status
DONE 1 device done flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
4.8 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-8 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-8 assembler syntax. There are four
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, field change, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} {C/Z} address
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 07777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 177. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. IOT's
for which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 0777.
Field change instructions (CIF, CDF) have the format
fldchg field
where field is an octal number in the range 0 - 7. Field change instructions
may be or'd together.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. EAE
mode A and B mnemonics may be specified regardless of the EAE mode. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
5. PDP-11 Features
The PDP-11 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU J-11 CPU with 256KB of memory
-
FP11 floating point unit (FPA) -
PTR,PTP PC11 paper tape reader/punchCIS11 commercial instruction set (CIS, off by default)
TTI,TTO DL11 console terminal
LPT LP11 line printer
CLK line frequency clock
RK RK11/RK05 cartridge disk controller with eight drives
RL RLV12/RL01(2) cartridge disk controller with four drives
RP RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Massbus style controller
with eight drives
RX RX11/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
TC TC11/TU56 DECtape controller with eight drives
TM TM11/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
TS TS11/TSV05 magnetic tape controller with one drive
The RK, RL, RP, RX, TC, TM, and TS devices can be DISABLEd. The PDP-11 can
support either a TM11 or a TS11, but not both, since they use the same I/O
addresses. The simulator defaults to the TM11. To change the magtape,
ENABLE TM11 enable TM11 and disable TS11
ENABLE TS11 enable TS11 and disable TM11
The PDP-11 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- abort during exception vector fetch, and register STOP_VEC is set
- abort during exception stack push, and register STOP_SPA is set
- trap condition 'n' occurs, and register STOP_TRAP<n> is set
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-11 loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
5.1 CPU
The only CPU options are disabling of 22b addressing, the CIS instruction
set, and the size of main memory.
SET CPU 18B disable 22b addressing
SET CPU 22B enable 22b addressing (default)
SET CPU NOCIS disable CIS instructions (default)
SET CPU CIS enable CIS instructions
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96KB
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128KB
SET CPU 192K set memory size = 192KB
SET CPU 256K set memory size = 256KB
SET CPU 384K set memory size = 384KB
SET CPU 512K set memory size = 512KB
SET CPU 768K set memory size = 768KB
SET CPU 1024K (or 1M) set memory size = 1024KB
SET CPU 2048K (or 2M) set memory size = 2048KB
SET CPU 3072K (or 3M) set memory size = 3072KB
SET CPU 4096K (or 4M) set memory size = 4096KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 256KB.
These switches are recognized when examining or depositing in CPU memory:
-v interpret address as virtual
-d if mem mgt enabled, force data space
-k if mem mgt enabled, force kernel mode
-s if mem mgt enabled, force supervisor mode
-u if mem mgt enabled, force user mode
-p if mem mgt enabled, force previous mode
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..R5 16 R0..R5, first register set
R10..R15 16 R0..R5, second register set
KSP 16 kernel stack pointer
SSP 16 supervisor stack pointer
USP 16 user stack pointer
PSW 16 processor status word
CM 2 current mode, PSW<15:14>
PM 2 previous mode, PSW<13:12>
RS 2 register set, PSW<11>
IPL 3 interrupt priority level, PSW<7:5>
T 1 trace bit, PSW<4>
N 1 negative flag, PSW<3>
Z 1 zero flag, PSW<2>
V 1 overflow flag, PSW<1>
C 1 carry flag, PSW<0>
SR 16 front panel switches
DR 16 front panel display
MEMERR 16 memory error register
CCR 16 cache control register
MAINT 16 maintenance register
HITMISS 16 hit/miss register
CPUERR 16 CPU error register
PIRQ 16 programmed interrupt requests
FAC0H..FAC5H 32 FAC0..FAC5, high 32 bits
FAC0L..FAC5L 32 FAC0..FAC5, low 32 bits
FPS 16 floating point status
FEA 16 floating exception address
FEC 4 floating exception code
MMR0..3 16 memory management registers 0..3
{K/S/U}{I/D}{PAR/PDR}{0..7}
16 memory management registers
INT 32 interrupt pending flags
TRAP 18 trap pending flags
WAIT 0 wait state flag
WAIT_ENABLE 0 wait state enable flag
STOP_TRAPS 18 stop on trap flags
STOP_VECA 1 stop on read abort in trap or interrupt
STOP_SPA 1 stop on stack push abort in trap or interrupt
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (1 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
5.2 Programmed I/O Devices
5.2.1 PC11 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
BUSY 1 busy flag (CSR<11>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.2 PC11 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.3 KL11 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
5.2.4 KL11 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
5.2.5 LP11 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.6 Line-Time Clock (CLK)
The clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
TIME 24 clock frequency
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
5.3 RK11/RK05 Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RK11 supports
the BOOT command.
The RK11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RKCS 16 control/status
RKDA 16 disk address
RKBA 16 memory address
RKWC 16 word count
RKDS 16 drive status
RKER 16 error status
INTQ 9 interrupt queue
DRVN 3 number of last selected drive
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.4 RX11/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX11 supports the BOOT command.
The RX11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 8 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXERR 8 error code
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
TR 1 transfer ready flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<5>)
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
SBUF[0:127] 8 sector buffer array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
5.5 RL11(V12)/RL01,RL02 Cartridge Disk (RL)
RL11 options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to RL01, RL02, or autosize, and to write a DEC standard
044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RLn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RLn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RLn RL01 set size to RL01
SET RLn RL02 set size to RL02
SET RLn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RL11 supports the
BOOT command.
The RL11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RLCS 16 control/status
RLDA 16 disk address
RLBA 16 memory address
RLBAE 6 memory address extension (RLV12)
RLMP..RLMP2 16 multipurpose register queue
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.6 RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Disk Pack Drives (RP)
The RP controller implements a "Massbus style" 22b direct interface for
large disk drives. It is more abstract than other device simulators, with
just enough detail to run operating system drivers. In addition, the RP
controller conflates the details of the RM series controllers with the RP
series controllers, although there were detailed differences.
RP options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to one of seven disk types, or autosize, and to write
a DEC standard 044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RPn RM03 set size to RM03
SET RPn RM05 set size to RM05
SET RPn RM80 set size to RM80
SET RPn RP04 set size to RP04
SET RPn RP06 set size to RP06
SET RPn RP07 set size to RP07
SET RPn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RP controller supports
the BOOT command.
The RP controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RPCS1 16 control/status 1
RPCS2 16 control/status 2
RPCS3 16 control/status 3
RPWC 16 word count
RPBA 16 bus address
RPBAE 6 bus address extension
RPDA 16 desired surface, sector
RPDC 8 desired cylinder
RPOF 16 offset
RPDS0..7 16 drive status, drives 0-7
RPDE0..7 16 drive error, drives 0-7
RPER2 16 error status 2
RPER3 16 error status 3
RPDB 16 data buffer
RPMR 16 maintenance register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
SC 1 special condition (CSR1<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR1<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR1<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.7 TC11/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The TC11 supports
the BOOT command.
The TC11 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape images.
ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image; the user
can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-8) format
-n native (PDP-9/11/15) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
TCST 16 status register
TCCM 16 command register
TCWC 16 word count register
TCBA 16 bus address register
TCDT 16 data register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
CTIME 31 time to complete transport stop
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
5.8 TM11 Magnetic Tape (TM)
TM options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked.
SET TMn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET TMn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The TM11 supports the BOOT command. The bootstrap supports both original
and DEC standard boot formats. Originally, a tape bootstrap read and
executed the first record on tape. To allow for ANSI labels, the DEC
standard bootstrap skipped the first record and read and executed the second.
The DEC standard is the default; to bootstrap an original format tape, use
the -o switch.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
MTS 16 status
MTC 16 command
MTCMA 16 memory address
MTBRC 16 byte/record count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 device done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 delay
UST0..7 16 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
5.8 TS11/TSV05 Magnetic Tape (TS)
The TS actually implements the TSV05, with 22-bit addressing, but will
work with TS11 drivers. TS options include the ability to make the unit
write enabled or write locked.
SET TS LOCKED set unit write locked
SET TS ENABLED set unit write enabled
The TS11 supports the BOOT command. The bootstrap supports only DEC
standard boot formats. To allow for ANSI labels, the DEC standard bootstrap
skipped the first record and read and executed the second.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
TSSR 16 status register
TSBA 16 bus address register
TSDBX 16 data buffer extension register
CHDR 16 command packet header
CADL 16 command packet low address or count
CADH 16 command packet high address
CLNT 16 command packet length
MHDR 16 message packet header
MRFC 16 message packet residual frame count
MXS0 16 message packet extended status 0
MXS1 16 message packet extended status 1
MXS2 16 message packet extended status 2
MXS3 16 message packet extended status 3
MXS4 16 message packet extended status 4
WADL 16 write char packet low address
WADH 16 write char packet high address
WLNT 16 write char packet length
WOPT 16 write char packet options
ATTN 1 attention message pending
BOOT 1 boot request pending
OWNC 1 if set, tape owns command buffer
OWNM 1 if set, tape owns message buffer
TIME 24 delay
POS 31 position
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error fatal tape error
5.10 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-11 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-11 assembler syntax. There are sixteen
instruction classes:
class operands examples comments
no operands none HALT, RESET
3b literal literal, 0 - 7 SPL
6b literal literal, 0 - 077 MARK
8b literal literal, 0 - 0377 EMT, TRAP
register register RTS
sop specifier SWAB, CLR, ASL
reg-sop register, specifier JSR, XOR, MUL
fop flt specifier ABSf, NEGf
ac-fop flt reg, flt specifier LDf, MULf
ac-sop flt reg, specifier LDEXP, STEXP
ac-moded sop flt reg, specifier LDCif, STCfi
dop specifier, specifier MOV, ADD, BIC
cond branch address BR, BCC, BNE
sob register, address SOB
cc clear cc clear instructions CLC, CLV, CLZ, CLN combinable
cc set cc set instructions SEC, SEV, SEZ, SEN combinable
For floating point opcodes, F and D variants, and I and L variants, may be
specified regardless of the state of FPS.
The syntax for specifiers is as follows:
syntax specifier displacement comments
Rn 0n -
Fn 0n - only in flt reg classes
(Rn) 1n -
@(Rn) 7n 0 equivalent to @0(Rn)
(Rn)+ 2n -
@(Rn)+ 3n -
-(Rn) 4n -
@-(Rn) 5n -
{+/-}d(Rn) 6n {+/-}d
@{+/-}d(Rn) 7n {+/-}d
#n 27 n
@#n 37 n
.+/-n 67 +/-n - 4
@.+/-n 77 +/-n - 4
{+/-}n 67 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, 37 and n
@{+/-}n 77 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, invalid
6. Nova Features
The Nova simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Nova CPU with 32KW of memory
-
PTR,PTP paper tape reader/punchhardware multiply/divide
TTI,TTO console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 second terminal
LPT line printer
PLT plotter
CLK real-time clock
DK head-per-track disk controller
DP moving head disk controller with four drives
MT magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The TTI1/TTO1, PLT, DK, DP, and MT devices can be DISABLEd.
The Nova simulator implements these unique stop conditions:
- reference to undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
an interrupt
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The Nova loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
6.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the optional instructions
and the size of main memory.
SET CPU NOVA4 enable Nova4 instructions
SET CPU NOVA3 enable Nova3 instructions
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NONE disable all optional instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
(MDV = unsigned multiply/divide instructions)
(Nova 3 = unsigned multiply/divide, stack, trap instructions)
(Nova 4 = unsigned and signed multiply/divide, stack, byte, trap instructions)
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter
AC0..AC3 16 accumulators 0..3
C 1 carry
SR 16 front panel switches
PI 16 priority interrupt mask
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
PWR 1 power fail interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
BUSY 15 device busy flags
DONE 15 device done flags
DISABLE 15 device interrupt disable flags
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined IOT
INDMAX 15 maximum number of nested indirects
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
6.2 Programmed I/O Devices
The Nova can have two terminals (TTI/TTO, TTI1/TTO1). At any moment
only one terminal is active. It can receive input from the keyboard;
it can output to the simulator window. The inactive console cannot
receive input from the keyboard and outputs to an internal buffer
(maximum 4K characters).
Control is switched among terminals with a SET TTI{n} CONSOLE or SET
TTO{n} CONSOLE command:
At startup, active console is TTI/TTO
SET TTI1 CONSOLE Active console is now TTI1/TTO1
SET TTO CONSOLE Active console is now TTI/TTO
When control is switched to an inactive terminal, any buffered output
is printed when simulation resumes.
6.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI, TTI1)
The active terminal input polls the console keyboard for input. The
inactive terminal input cannot receive characters. Terminal input
options include the ability to set limited Dasher compatibility mode
or ANSI standard mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI (TTI1) or TTO (TTO1) changes both devices. In Dasher
mode, carriage return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed
to backspace.
The terminal inputs implement these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
6.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO, TTO1)
The active terminal output writes to the simulator window. The inactive
terminal output buffers characters. Terminal output options include the
the ability to set limited Dasher compatibility mode or ANSI mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI (TTI1) or TTO (TTO1) changes both devices. In Dasher
mode, carriage return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed
to backspace.
The terminal outputs implement these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
6.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SELECT 2 selected clock interval
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME0 24 clock frequency, select = 0
TIME1 24 clock frequency, select = 1
TIME2 24 clock frequency, select = 2
TIME3 24 clock frequency, select = 3
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
6.2.7 Plotter (PTP)
The plotter (PLT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the plotter.
The plotter implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.3 Fixed Head Disk (DK)
The fixed head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
STAT 16 status
DA 16 disk address
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 device disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK 8 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational delay, per sector
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The fixed head disk controller supports the BOOT command.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Fixed head disk data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file
and OS I/O errors cannot occur.
6.4 Moving Head Disk (DP)
Moving head disk options include the ability to make units write enabled or
write locked, and to select the type of drive:
SET DPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET DPn FLOPPY set unit n to floppy disk
SET DPn D31 set unit n to Diablo 31
SET DPn D44 set unit n to Diablo 44
SET DPn C111 set unit n to Century 111
SET DPn C114 set unit n to Century 114
SET DPn 6225 set unit n to 6225
SET DPn 6099 set unit n to 6099
SET DPn 6227 set unit n to 6227
SET DPn 6070 set unit n to 6070
SET DPn 6103 set unit n to 6103
SET DPn 4231 set unit n to 4231
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The moving head
disk controller supports the BOOT command.
All drives have 256 16b words per sector. The other disk parameters are:
drive cylinders surfaces sectors size (MW) DG models
floppy 77 1 8 .158 6038
D31 203 2 12 1.247 4047, 4237, 4238
D44 408 4 12 5.014 4234, 6045
C111 203 10 6 3.118 4048
C114 203 20 12 12.472 4057, 2314
6225 20 2 245 2.508
6099 32 4 192 6.291
6227 20 6 245 7.526
6070 24 4 408 10.027
6103 32 8 192 12.583
4231 23 19 411 45.979
The moving head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FCCY 16 flags, command, cylinder
USSC 16 unit, surface, sector, count
STAT 16 status
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.5 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The magnetic
tape controller supports the BOOT command.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CU 16 command, unit
MA 16 memory address
WC 16 word count
STA1 16 status word 1
STA2 16 status word 2
EP 1 extended polling mode (not supported)
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
CTIME 24 controller delay
RTIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 32 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The Nova simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Nova assembler syntax. There are three
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {ac,}{@}address{,index}
LDA and STA require an initial register; ISZ, DSZ, JSR, and JMP do not.
The syntax for addresses and indices is as follows:
syntax mode displacement comments
0 <= n < 0400 0 n
{+/-}n >= 0400 1 {+/-}n - PC must be in range [-200, 177]
invalid on disk
.+/-n 1 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,2 2 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,3 3 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
IOT instructions have one of four formats
syntax example
iot HALT
iot reg INTA
iot device SKPDN
iot reg,device DOAS
Devices may be specified as mnemonics or as numbers in the range 0 - 077.
Operate instructions have the format
opcode{#} reg,reg{,skip}
In all Nova instructions, blanks may be substituted for commas as field
delimiters.
7. PDP-1 Features
The PDP-1 is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-1 CPU with up to 64KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO Flexowriter typewriter input/output
LPT Type 62 line printer
The PDP-1 simulator implements the following unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-1 loader supports RIM format tapes. The DUMP command is not
implemented.
7.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of hardware multiply/divide and the
size of main memory.
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NOMDV disable multiply/divide
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
AC 18 accumulator
IO 18 IO register
OV 1 overflow flag
PF 6 program flags<1:6>
SS 6 sense switches<1:6>
TW 18 test word (front panel switches)
EXTM 1 extend mode
IOSTA 18 IO status register
SBON 1 sequence break enable
SBRQ 1 sequence break request
SBIP 1 sequence break in progress
IOH 1 I/O halt in progress
IOC 1 I/O continue
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last transfer
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
SBS_INIT 1 initial state of sequence break enable
EXTM_INIT 1 initial state of extend mode
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
7.2 Programmed I/O Devices
7.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from or a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
RIM loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTO) reads from the controling console port.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
7.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
7.2.5 Type 62 Line Printer (LPT)
The paper line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
PNT 1 printing done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.3 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-1 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as FIODEC character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character FIODEC string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses modified PDP-1 assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, shift, skip, operate, IOT, and
LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} address
where I signifies indirect reference. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 0177777.
Shift instructions have the format
shift shift_count
The shift count is an octal number in the range 0-9.
Skip instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, SZA, SZS4. Skip
instructions may be or'd together
skip skip skip...
The sense of a skip can be inverted by including the mnemonic I.
Operate instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, CLA, CLI. Operate
instructions may be or'd together
opr opr opr...
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, TYI, TYO. IOT
instructions may include an octal numeric modifier or the modifier I:
iot modifier
The simulator does not check the legality of skip, operate, or IOT
combinations.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW {I} immediate
where immediate is in the range 0 to 07777.
7.4 Character Sets
The PDP-1's console was a Frieden Flexowriter; its character encoding
was known as FIODEC. The PDP-1's line printer used a modified Hollerith
character set. The following table provides equivalences between ASCII
characters and the PDP-1's I/O devices. In the console table, UC stands
for upper case.
PDP-1 PDP-1
ASCII console line printer
000 - 007 none none
bs 075 none
tab 036 none
012 - 014 none none
cr 077 none
016 - 037 none none
space 000 000
! {OR} UC+005 none
" UC+001 none
{IMPLIES} UC+004 none
$ none none
% none none
& {AND} UC+006 none
' UC+002 none
( 057 057
) 055 055
-
{TIMES} UC+073 072 -
, 033 033UC+054 074 -
. 073 073054 054
/ 021 021
0 020 020
1 001 001
2 002 002
3 003 003
4 004 004
5 005 005
6 006 006
7 007 007
8 010 010
9 011 011
: none none
; none none
< UC+007 034
= UC+033 053
? UC+021 037UC+010 034
@ {MID DOT} 040 {MID DOT} 040
A UC+061 061
B UC+062 062
C UC+063 063
D UC+064 064
E UC+065 065
F UC+066 066
G UC+067 067
H UC+070 070
I UC+071 071
J UC+041 041
K UC+042 042
L UC+043 043
M UC+044 044
N UC+045 045
O UC+046 046
P UC+047 047
Q UC+050 050
R UC+051 051
S UC+022 022
T UC+023 023
U UC+024 024
V UC+025 025
W UC+026 026
X UC+027 027
Y UC+030 030
Z UC+031 031
[ UC+057 none
\ {OVERLINE} 056 {OVERLINE} 056
] UC+055 none
^ {UP ARROW} UC+011 {UP ARROW} 035
_ UC+040 UC+040
` {RT ARROW} UC+020 036
a 061 none
b 062 none
c 063 none
d 064 none
e 065 none
f 066 none
g 067 none
h 070 none
i 071 none
j 041 none
k 042 none
l 043 none
m 044 none
n 045 none
o 046 none
p 047 none
q 050 none
r 051 none
s 022 none
t 023 none
u 024 none
v 025 none
w 026 none
x 027 none
y 030 none
z 031 none
{ none none
| UC+056 076
} none none
~ UC+003 013
del 075 none
- 18b PDP Features
The other four 18b PDP's (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, PDP-15) are very similar
and are configured as follows:
system device simulates
name(s)
PDP-4 CPU PDP-4 CPU with 8KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR28 console terminal (Baudot code)
LPT Type 62 line printer (Hollerith code)
CLK integral real-time clock
PDP-7 CPU PDP-7 CPU with 32KW of memory
- Type 177 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- Type 148 memory extension
PTR,PTP Type 444 paper tape reader/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
LPT Type 647 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
DRM Type 24 serial drum
PDP-9 CPU PDP-9 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE09A extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KF09A automatic priority interrupt (API)
- KG09B memory extension
- KP09A power detection
- KX09A memory protection
PTR,PTP PC09A paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 LT09A second console terminal
LPT Type 647E line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RF RF09/RS09 fixed-head disk
DT TC02/TU55 DECtape
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
PDP-15 CPU PDP-15 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE15 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KA15 automatic priority interrupt (API)
- KF15 power detection
- KM15 memory protection
PTR,PTP PC15 paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 35 console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 LT15 second console terminal
LPT LP15 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RP RP15/RP02 disk pack
RF RF15/RS09 fixed-head disk
DT TC15/TU56 DECtape
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
The DRM, RF, RP, DT, and MT devices can be DISABLEd.
The 18b PDP simulators implement several unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
The PDP-4 and PDP-7 loaders support only RIM format tapes. The PDP-9
and PDP-15 support both RIM and BIN format tapes. If the file extension
is .RIM, or the -r switch is specified with LOAD, the file is assumed to
be RIM format; if the file extension is not .RIM, or if the -b switch is
specified, the file is assumed to be BIN format.
8.1 CPU
The CPU options are the presence of the EAE, the presense of the API (for
the PDP-9 and PDP-15), and the size of main memory.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU API enable API
SET CPU NOAPI disable API
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
SET CPU 80K set memory size = 80K
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96K
SET CPU 112K set memory size = 112K
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128K
Memory sizes greater than 8K are only available on the PDP-7, PDP-9, and
PDP-15; memory sizes greater than 32KW are only available on the PDP-15.
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 8K for the PDP-4, 32K
for the PDP-7 and PDP-9, and 128K for the PDP-15.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
system name size comments
all PC addr program counter
7,9 PC 15 program counter
15 PC 17 program counter
all AC 18 accumulator
7,9,15 MQ 18 multiplier-quotient
7,9,15 SC 6 shift counter
7,9,15 EAE_AC_SIGN 1 EAE AC sign
all L 1 link
7,9 EXTM 1 extend mode
9 EXTM_INIT 1 extend mode value after reset
15 BANKM 1 bank mode
15 BANKM_INIT 1 bank mode value after reset
7 TRAPM 1 trap mode
9,15 USMD 1 user mode
9,15 USMDBUF 1 user mode buffer
9,15 BR addr memory protection bounds
7,9,15 TRAPP 1 trap pending
9,15 NEXM 1 non-existent memory violation
9,15 PRVN 1 privilege violation
7,9 EMIRP 1 EMIR instruction pending
9,15 RESTP 1 DBR or RES instruction pending
15 XR 18 index register
15 LR 18 limit register
all SR 18 front panel switches
all INT 32 interrupt requests
all IORS 18 IORS register
all ION 1 interrupt enable
all ION_DELAY 2 interrupt enable delay
all OLDPC addr PC prior to last transfer
all STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
all BREAK 18 breakpoint address (777777 to disable)
all WRU 8 interrupt character
"addr" signifies the address width of the system (13b for the PDP-4, 15b for
the PDP-7 and PDP-9, 17b for the PDP-15).
8.2 Programmed I/O Devices
The PDP-9 and PDP-15 have two terminals (TTI/TTO, TTI1/TTO1). At any
moment, only one terminal is active. It can receive input from the
keyboard; it can output to the simulator window. The inactive console
cannot receive input from the keyboard and outputs to an internal buffer
(maximum 4K characters).
Control is switched among terminals with a SET TTI{n} CONSOLE or SET
TTO{n} CONSOLE command:
At startup, active console is TTI/TTO
SET TTI1 CONSOLE Active console is now TTI1/TTO1
SET TTO CONSOLE Active console is now TTI/TTO
When control is switched to an inactive terminal, any buffered output
is printed when simulation resumes.
8.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
On the PDP-4 and PDP-7, the paper tape reader supports the BOOT command.
BOOT PTR copies the RIM loader into memory and starts it running, while
BOOT -F PTR copies the funny format binary loader into memory and starts
it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The ppaper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI, TTI1)
The active terminal input polls the console keyboard for input. The
inactive terminal input cannot receive characters. The terminal inputs
have one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower case input
to upper case.
The PDP-9 and PDP-15 operated the primary terminal (TTI/TTO), by default,
as half-duplex. For backward compatibility, on the PDP-9 and PDP-15
the first terminal input has a second option, FDX; when set, it operates
the terminal input in full-duplex mode. The second terminal is always
full duplex.
The terminal inputs implement these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
8.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO, TTO1)
The active terminal output writes to the simulator window. The inactive
terminal output buffers characters. The terminal outputs have one option,
UC; when set, it suppresses lower case output (so that ALTMODE is not
echoed as }).
The terminal outputs implement these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of chararacters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
8.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The PDP-4 used a Type 62 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
The PDP-7 and PDP-7 used a Type 647 printer controller, with these
registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable (PDP-9 only)
ERR 1 error flag
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
The PDP-15 used an LP15 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status register
MA 18 DMA memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable
LCNT 8 line counter
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:131] 8 line buffer
For all three models, error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 clock enable
TIME 24 clock frequency
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
8.3 RP15/RP02 Disk Pack (RP)
RP15 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status A
STB 18 status B
DA 18 disk address
MA 18 current memory address
WC 18 word count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
BUSY 1 control busy flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.4 Type 24 Serial Drum (DRM)
The serial drum (DRM) implements these registers:
name size comments
DA 9 drum address (sector number)
MA 15 current memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag
WLK 32 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational latency, per word
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Drum data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.5 RF09/RF15/RS09 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF09/RF15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status
DA 21 current disk address
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
BUF 18 data buffer (diagnostic only)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK0..7 16 write lock switches for disks 0..7
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF09/RF15 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word
transfers are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer
occurs in a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF15/RF09 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.6 TC02/TU55 and TC15/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The TC02/TC15 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape
images. ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image;
the user can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-8) format
-n native (PDP-9/11/15) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
DTSA 12 status register A
DTSB 12 status register B
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENB 1 interrupt enable flag
DTF 1 DECtape flag
ERF 1 error flag
CA 18 current address (memory location 30)
WC 18 word count (memory location 31)
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
8.7 TC59/TU10 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 18 command
STA 18 main status
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
8.8 Symbolic Display and Input
The 18b PDP simulators implement symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional switch:
-p display as packed ASCII (five 7b ASCII
characters in two 18b words)
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional input mode:
# or -p five character packed ASCII string in
two 18b words
Instruction input uses standard 18b PDP assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, EAE, index (PDP-15 only), IOT,
operate, and LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I/@} address{,X}
where I (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9) /@ (PDP-15) signifies indirect reference,
and X signifies indexing (PDP-15 in page mode only). The address is an
octal number in the range 0 - 017777 (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, and PDP-15 in
bank mode) or 0 - 07777 (PDP-15 in page mode).
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
IOT's may also include the number 10, signifying clear the accumulator
iot 10
The simulator does not check the legality of IOT combinations. IOT's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 07777.
EAE instructions have the format
eae {+/- shift count}
EAE instructions may be or'd together
eae eae eae...
The simulator does not check the legality of EAE combinations. EAE's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as EAE n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 037777.
Index instructions (PDP-15 only) have the format
index {immediate}
The immediate, if allowed, must be in the range of -0400 to +0377.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW immediate
where immediate is in the range of 0 to 017777.
8.8 Character Sets
The PDP-4's console was an ASR-28 Teletype; its character encoding was
Baudot. The PDP-4's line printer used a modified Hollerith character
set. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's consoles were KSR-33 Teletypes; their
character sets were basically ASCII. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's line
printers used sixbit encoding (ASCII codes 040 - 0137 masked to six
bits). The PDP-15's I/O devices were all ASCII. The following table
provides equivalences between ASCII characters and the PDP-4's I/O devices.
In the console table, FG stands for figures (upper case).
PDP-4 PDP-4
ASCII console line printer
000 - 006 none none
bell FG+024 none
010 - 011 none none
lf 010 none
013 - 014 none none
cr 002 none
016 - 037 none none
space 004 000
! FG+026 none
" FG+021 none
FG+005 none
$ FG+062 none
% none none
& FG+013 none
' FG+032 none
( FG+036 057
) FG+011 055
-
none 072 -
, FG+006 033none 074 -
. FG+007 073FG+030 054
/ FG+027 021
0 FG+015 020
1 FG+035 001
2 FG+031 002
3 FG+020 003
4 FG+012 004
5 FG+001 005
6 FG+025 006
7 FG+034 007
8 FG+014 010
9 FG+003 011
: FG+016 none
; FG+017 none
< none 034
= none 053
? FG+023 037none 034
@ none {MID DOT} 040
A 030 061
B 023 062
C 016 063
D 022 064
E 020 065
F 026 066
G 013 067
H 005 070
I 014 071
J 032 041
K 036 042
L 011 043
M 007 044
N 006 045
O 003 046
P 015 047
Q 035 050
R 012 051
S 024 022
T 001 023
U 034 024
V 017 025
W 031 026
X 027 027
Y 025 030
Z 021 031
[ none none
\ none {OVERLINE} 056
] none none
^ none {UP ARROW} 035
_ none UC+040
0140 - 0177 none none
- IBM 1401 Features
The IBM 1401 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU IBM 1401 CPU with 16K of memory
CDR,CDP IBM 1402 card reader/punch
LPT IBM 1403 line printer
INQ IBM 1407 inquiry terminal
MT IBM 729 7-track magnetic tape controller with six drives
The IBM 1401 simulator implements many unique stop conditions. On almost
any kind of error the simulator stops:
unimplemented opcode
reference to non-existent memory
reference to non-existent device
no word mark under opcode
invalid A address
invalid B address
invalid instruction length
invalid modifier character
invalid branch address
invalid magtape unit number
invalid magtape record length
write to locked magtape drive
skip to unpunched carriage control tape channel
card reader hopper empty
address register wrap-around
single character A field in MCE
single character B field in MCE
hanging $ in MCE with EPE enabled
I/O check with I/O stop switch set
The LOAD and DUMP commands are not implemented.
9.1 CPU
The CPU options include a number of special features and the size of main
memory. Note that the Modify Address special feature is always included
when memory size is greater than 4K.
SET CPU XSA enable advanced programming special feature
SET CPU NOXSA disable advanced programming
SET CPU HLE enable high/low/equal special feature
SET CPU NOHLE disable high/low/equal
SET CPU BBE enable branch on bit equal special feature
SET CPU NOBBE disable branch on bit equal
SET CPU MR enable move record special feature
SET CPU NOMR disable move record
SET CPU EPE enable extended print edit special feature
SET CPU NOEPE disable extended print edit
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initially, memory size is 16K, and all special
features are enabled.
Memory is implemented as 7 bit BCD characters, as follows:
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
word B bit A bit 8 4 2 1
mark <-- zone --> <-------- digit -------->
In BCD, the decimal digits 0-9 are (octal) values 012, 001, 002, 003, 004,
005, 006, 007, 010, 011, respectively. Signs are encoded in the zone bits,
with 00, 01, and 11 being positive, and 10 being negative.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor. The 1401 has no
interrupt system.
name size comments
IS 14 instruction storage address register (PC)
AS 14 A storage address register
BS 14 B storage address register
ASERR 1 AS invalid flag
BSERR 1 BS invalid flag
SSA 1 sense switch A
SSB 1 sense switch B
SSC 1 sense switch C
SSD 1 sense switch D
SSE 1 sense switch E
SSF 1 sense switch F
SSG 1 sense switch G
EQU 1 equal compare indicator
UNEQ 1 unequal compare indicator
HIGH 1 high compare indicator
LOW 1 low compare indicator
OVF 1 overflow indicator
IOCHK 1 I/O check switch
PRCHK 1 process check switch
OLDIS 1 IS prior to last branch
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (1000000 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
9.2 1402 Card Reader/Punch (CDR, CDP, STKR)
The IBM 1402 card/reader punch is simulated as three independent devices:
the card reader (CDR), the card punch (CDP), and the reader and punch
stackers (STKR). STRK units 0, 1, 2, and 4 correspond to the reader
normal stacker, reader stacker 1, shared stacker 2/8, and punch stacker
4, respectively.
The card reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT CDR reads a card image
into locations 1-80, sets a word mark under location 1, clears storage,
and then transfers control to location 1.
The card reader reads data from disk files, while the punch and stackers
write data to disk files. Cards are simulated as ASCII text lines with
terminating newlines; column binary is not supported. For each unit,
the POS register specifies the number of the next data item to be read or
written. Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance these
devices.
The reader/punch registers are:
device name size comments
CDR LAST 1 last card indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
S1 1 stacker 1 select flag
S2 1 stacker 2 select flag
POS 31 position
TIME 24 delay window for stacker select
BUF[0:79] 8 reader buffer
CDP ERR 1 error indicator
S4 1 stacker 4 select flag
S8 1 stacker 8 select flag
STKR POS0 31 position, normal reader stack
POS1 31 position, reader stacker 1
POS2 31 position, shared stacker 2/8
POS4 31 position, punch stacker 4
Error handling is as follows:
device error processed as
reader end of file if SSA set, set LAST indicator
on next Read, report error and stop
reader,punch not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
stacker not attached ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
9.3 1403 Line Printer (LPT)
The IBM 1403 line printer (LPT) writes its data, converted to ASCII, to
a disk file. The line printer supports three different print character
sets or "chains":
SET LPT PCF full 64 character chain
SET LPT PCA 48 character business chain
SET LPT PCH 48 character FORTRAN chain
In addition, the line printer can be programmed with a carriage control
tape. The LOAD command loads a new carriage control tape:
LOAD <file> load carriage control tape file
The format of a carriage control tape consists of multiple lines. Each
line contains an optional repeat count, enclosed in parentheses, optionally
followed by a series of column numbers separated by commas. Column numbers
must be between 1 and 12; a column number of zero denotes top of form. The
following are all legal carriage control specifications:
<blank line> no punch
(5) 5 lines with no punches
1,5,7,8 columns 1, 5, 7, 8 punched
(10)2 10 lines with column 2 punched
1,0 column 1 punched; top of form
The default form is 66 lines long, with column 1 and the top of form mark
on line 1, and the rest blank.
The line printer registers are:
name size comments
LINES 8 number of newlines after next print
LFLAG 1 carriage control flag (1 = skip, 0 = space)
CCTP 8 carriage control tape pointer
CCTL 8 carriage control tape length (read only)
ERR 1 error indicator
POS 31 position
CCT[0:131] 32 carriage control tape array
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.4 1407 Inquiry Terminal (INQ)
The IBM 1407 inquiry terminal (INQ) is a half-duplex console. It polls
the controling keyboard of the simulator periodically for inquiry requests.
The inquiry terminal registers are:
name size comments
INQC 7 inquiry request character (initially ESC)
INR 1 inquiry request indicator
INC 1 inquiry cleared indicator
TIME 24 polling interval
When the 1401 CPU requests input from the keyboard, the message [Enter]
is printed out, followed by a new line. The CPU hangs waiting for input
until either the return/enter key is pressed, or the inquiry request
character is typed in. The latter cancels the type-in and sets INC.
The inquiry terminal has no errors.
9.5 729 Magnetic Tape (MT)
The magnetic tape controller supports six drives, numbered 1 through 6.
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The magnetic
tape simulator supports the BOOT command. BOOT MT reads the first
record off tape, starting at location 1, and then branches to it.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
END 1 end of file indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
PAR 1 parity error indicator
POS1..6 31 position, drives 1..6
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The IBM 1401 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-c display as single character
(BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII for others)
-s display as wordmark terminated BCD string
(CPU only)
-m display instruction mnemonics
(CPU only)
In a CPU character display, word marks are denoted by ~.
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or " or -c or -s characters (BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII
for others)
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input is free format, with spaces separating fields. There
are six instruction formats: 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, and 8 characters:
1 character opcode
2 character opcode 'modifier
4 character opcode address
5 character opcode address 'modifier
7 character opcode address address
8 character opcode address address 'modifier
Addresses are always decimal, except for special I/O addresses in the A
field, which may be specified as %xy, where x denotes the device and y
the unit number.
For the CPU, string input may encompass multiple characters. A word mark
is denoted by ~ and must precede the character to be marked. All other
devices can only accept single character input, without word marks.
9.7 Character Sets
The IBM 1401 used a 6b character code called BCD (binary coded decimal).
Some of the characters have no equivalent in ASCII and require different
representations:
BCD ASCII IBM 1401 print
code representation character chains
00 space
01 1
02 2
03 3
04 4
05 5
06 6
07 7
10 8
11 9
12 0
13 # = in H chain
14 @ ' in H chain
15 : blank in A, H chains
16 > blank in A, H chains
17 ( tape mark blank in A, H chains
20 ^ alternate blank blank in A, H chains
21 /
22 S
23 T
24 U
25 V
26 W
27 X
30 Y
31 Z
32 ' record mark
33 ,
34 % ( in H chain
35 = word mark blank in A, H chains
36 \ blank in A, H chains
37 + blank in A, H chains
40 -
41 J
42 K
43 L
44 M
45 N
46 O
47 P
50 Q
51 R
52 !
53 $
54 *
55 ] blank in A, H chains
56 ; blank in A, H chains
57 _ delta blank in A, H chains
60 &
61 A
62 B
63 C
64 D
65 E
66 F
67 G
70 H
71 I
72 ?
73 .
74 ) lozenge
75 [ blank in A, H chains
76 < blank in A, H chains
77 " group mark blank in A, H chains
10. HP2100 Features
The HP2100 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU 2116, 2100, or 21MX CPU with 32KW memory
DMA0, DMA1 dual channel DMA controller
PTR,PTP 12597A paper tape reader/punch
TTY 12631C buffered teleprinter
LPT 12653A line printer
CLK 12539A/B/C time base generator
DP 12557A cartridge disk controller with four drives
MT 12559C magnetic tape controller with one drives
The HP2100 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is et
- reference to an undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect references are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The HP2100 loader supports standard absolute binary format. The DUMP
command is not implemented.
10.1 CPU
CPU options include choice of instruction set and memory size.
SET CPU 2116 2116 instructions
SET CPU 2100 2100 instructions
SET CPU 21MX 21MX instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
P 15 program counter
A 16 A register
B 16 B register
X 16 X index register (21MX)
Y 16 Y index register (21MX)
S 16 switch/display register
E 1 extend flag
O 1 overflow flag
ION 1 interrupt enable flag
ION_DEFER 1 interrupt defer flag
IADDR 6 most recent interrupting device
MPCTL 1 memory protection enable (2100, 21MX)
MPFLG 1 memory protection flag (2100, 21MX)
MPFBF 1 memory protection flag buffer (2100, 21MX)
MFENCE 15 memory protection fence (2100, 21MX)
MADDR 16 memory protection error address (2100, 21MX)
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined device
INDMAX 1 indirect address limit
OLDP 15 PC prior to last JMP, JSB, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
10.2 DMA Controllers
The HP2100 includes two DMA channel controllers (DMA0 and DMA1). Each
DMA channel has the following visible state:
name size comments
CMD 1 channel enabled
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
CW1 1 command word 1
CW2 1 command word 2
CW3 1 command word 3
10.3 Variable Device Assignments
On the HP2100, I/O device take their device numbers from the backplane
slot they are plugged into. Thus, device number assignments vary
considerably from system to system, and software package to software
package. The HP2100 simulator supports dynamic device reassignment
with the command:
SET <controller> DEVNO
This initiates a dialog that displays the current device number and
allows the user to assign a new one:
Device number: old <new>(cr)
The new device number must be in the range 010..077 (octal) and must
not be currently assigned to another device. For devices with two
device numbers, only the lower numbered device number can be changed;
the higher is automatically set to the lower + 1.
10.4 Programmed I/O Devices
10.4.1 12597A-002 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
absolute binary loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 reader enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.2 12597A-005 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 punch enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.3 12631C Buffered Teleprinter (TTY)
The console teleprinter has three units: keyboard (unit 0), printer
(unit 1), and punch (unit 2). The keyboard reads from, and the
printer writes to, the controlling console port. The punch writes
to a disk file. The keyboard has one option, UC; when set, it
automatically converts lower case input to upper case. This is on
by default.
The terminal implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
MODE 16 mode
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters input
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TPOS 31 number of characters printed
TTIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
PPOS 31 position in the punch output file
STOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling for the punch is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.4 12653A Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 printer enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
CTIME 24 time between characters
PTIME 24 time for a print operation
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.5 12539A/B/C Time Base Generator (CLK)
The time base generator (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SEL 3 time base select
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
ERR 1 error flag
TIME0..TIME7 31 clock intervals, select = 0..7
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
10.5 12557A Cartridge Disk (DP)
The 12557A cartridge disk has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a 128-word (one sector)
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the four
disk drives. Disk drives can be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
IBUF 16 input buffer
OBUF 16 output buffer
BPTR 7 sector buffer pointer
CMD 1 channel enable
CTL 1 interrupt enable
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
OBUF 16 output buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
RARC 8 record address register cylinder
RARH 2 record address register head
RARS 4 record address register sector
CNT 5 check record count
CMD 1 controller enable
CTL 1 interrupt enable
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
EOC 1 end of cylinder pending
CTIME 24 command delay time
STIME 24 seek delay time, per cylinder
XTIME 24 interword transfer time
STA0 16 drive 0 status
STA1 16 drive 1 status
STA2 16 drive 2 status
STA3 16 drive 3 status
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.6 12559C Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make the unit write enabled
or write locked.
SET MT LOCKED set unit write locked
SET MT ENABLED set unit write enabled
The 12559C mag tape drive has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a maximum record sized
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the tape
unit
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
FLG 1 channel ready
BPTR 16 buffer pointer (reads and writes)
BMAX 16 buffer size (writes)
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FNC 8 current function
STA 9 tape status
BUF 8 buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
DTF 1 data transfer flop
FSVC 1 first service flop
POS 31 magtape position
CTIME 24 command delay time
XTIME 24 interword transfer delay time
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.7 Symbolic Display and Input
The HP2100 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard HP2100 assembler syntax. There are seven
instruction classes: memory reference, I/O, shift, alter skip, extended
shift, extended memory reference, extended two address reference.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {C/Z} address{,I}
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 077777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 01777. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions have the format
io device{,C}
where C signifies that the device flag is to be cleared. The device is an
octal number in the range 0 - 77.
Shift and alter/skip instructions have the format
sub-op sub-op sub-op...
The simulator checks that the combination of sub-opcodes is legal.
Extended shift instructions have the format
extshift count
where count is an octal number in the range 1 - 020.
Extended memory reference instructions have the format
extmemref address{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 077777.
Extended two address instructions have the format
ext2addr addr1{,I},addr2{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. Both address 1 and address 2 are
octal numbers in the range 0 - 077777.
11. Interdata 4 Features
The Interdata 4 simulator is not fully debugged. Lack of documentation
and software makes checkout very difficult. The simulator is included in
the hopes that a fellow enthusiast may be able to provide software or
additional documentation to facilitate further debug.
The Interdata 4 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Interdata 4 CPU with 64KB memory
PT paper tape reader/punch
TT console terminal
The Interdata 4 simulator implements one unique stop condition:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is set
The LOAD and DUMP command are not implemented.
11.1 CPU
The only CPU options are memory size:
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8KB
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64KB.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..RF 16 general registers
F0, F2..FE 32 floating point registers
PSW 16 processor status word
CC 4 condition codes, PSW<12:15>
SR 16 switch register
DR 16 display register low 16 bits
DR1 16 display register high 16 bits
DRMOD 1 display mode
DRPOS 2 display pointer position
SRPOS 1 switch pointer position
IRQ0..IRQ7 32 interrupt requests
IEN0..IEN7 32 interrupt enables
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last branch or interrupt
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
11.2 Paper Tape Reader/Punch (PT)
The paper tape reader and punch (PT units 0 and 1) read data from or
write data to disk files. The RPOS and PPOS registers specify the
number of the next data item to be read and written, respectively.
Thus, by changing RPOS or PPOS, the user can backspace or advance
these devices.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
so-called '50 loader' into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RBUF 8 reader buffer
RPOS 31 reader position in the input file
RTIME 24 time from reader start to interrupt
RSTOP_IOE 1 reader stop on I/O error
PBUF 8 punch buffer
PPOS 31 punch position in the output file
PTIME 24 time from punch start to interrupt
PSTOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
IREQ 1 paper tape interrupt request
IENB 1 paper tape interrupt enable
RUN 1 paper tape running
SLEW 1 paper tape reader slew mode
BUSY 1 paper tape busy
RW 1 paper tape read/write mode
Error handling is as follows:
type error STOP_IOE processed as
in,out not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in,out OS I/O error x report error and stop
11.3 Teletype (TT)
The teletype reads and writes to the controlling console port. The
keyboard has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is on by default.
name size comments
KBUF 8 keyboard buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters output
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TBUF 8 output buffer
TPOS 31 number of characters output
TTIME 24 time from output start to interrupt
IREQ 1 teletype interrupt request
IENB 1 teletype interrupt enable
HDPX 1 teletype half-duplex
BUSY 1 teletype busy
RW 1 teletype read/write mode
11.4 Symbolic Display and Input
The Interdata 4 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Interdata 4 assembler syntax. There are
four instruction classes: register, memory, register-register, register-
memory.
Register instructions have the format
rop regnum
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F.
Memory instructions have the format
mop address{(index)}
where address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and the index register
is a hex digit, optinally preceded by R, between 0 and F.
Register-register instructions have the format
rrop regnum,regnum
where the register numbers are hex digits, optionally preceded by R,
between 1 and F.
Register-memory instructions have the format
rmop regnum,address{(index)}
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F, the address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and
the index register is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R, between
1 and F.
- PDP-10 Features
The PDP-10 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU KS10 CPU with 1MW of memory
PAG paging unit (translation maps)
UBA Unibus adapters (translation maps)
FE console
TIM timer
PTR,PTP PC11 paper tape reader/punch
LP20 LP20 line printer
RP RH11/RP04/RP05/RP06/RP07/RM03/RM05/RM80 controller with
eight drives
TU RH11/TM02/TU45 controller with eight drives
The PTR/PTP are initially DISABLEd. No other device can be DISABLEd.
The PDP-10 simulator implements several unique stop condition:
- illegal instruction (000) in kernel mode
- indirect addressing nesting exceeds limit
- execute chaining exceeds limit
- page fail or other error in interrupt sequence
- illegal instruction in interrupt sequence
- invalid vector pointer in interrupt sequence
- invalid Unibus adapter number
- non-existent exec or user page table address
The PDP-10 loader supports RIM10B format paper tapes, SAV binary files, and
EXE binary files. LOAD switches -r, -s, -e specify RIM10, SAV, EXE format,
respectively. If no switch is specified, the LOAD command checks the file
extension; .RIM, .SAV, .EXE specify RIM10, SAV, EXE format, respectively.
If no switch specified, and no extension matches, the LOAD command checks
the file format to try to determine the file type.
12.1 CPU
The CPU options allow the user to specify standard microcode, standard
microcode with a bug fix for a boostrap problem in TOPS-20 V4.1, or ITS
microcode
SET CPU STANDARD Standard microcode
SET CPU TOPS20V41 Standard microcode with TOPS-20 V4.1 bug fix
SET CPU ITS ITS compatible microcode
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 18 program counter
FLAGS 18 processor flags (<13:17> unused)
AC0..AC17 36 accumulators
IR 36 instruction register
EBR 18 executive base register
PGON 1 paging enabled flag
T20P 1 TOPS-20 paging
UBR 18 user base register
CURAC 3 current AC block
PRVAC 3 previous AC block
SPT 36 shared pointer table
CST 36 core status table
PUR 36 process update register
CSTM 36 CST mask
HSB 18 halt status block address
DBR1 18 descriptor base register 1 (ITS)
DBR2 18 descriptor base register 2 (ITS)
DBR3 18 descriptor base register 3 (ITS)
DBR4 18 descriptor base register 4 (ITS)
PIENB 7 PI levels enabled
PIACT 7 PI levels active
PIPRQ 7 PI levels with program requests
PIIOQ 7 PI levels with IO requests
PIAPR 7 PI levels with APR requests
APRENB 8 APR flags enabled
APRFLG 8 APR flags active
APRLVL 3 PI level for APR interrupt
IND_MAX 8 indirect address nesting limit
XCT_MAX 8 execute chaining limit
OLDPC 18 PC prior to last transfer instruction
BREAK 19 breakpoint address (1777777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
REG[0:127] 36 fast memory blocks
12.2 Pager
The pager contains the page maps for executive and user mode. The
executive page map is the memory space for unit 0, the user page map the
memory space for unit 1. A page map entry is 32 bits wide and has the
following format:
bit content
--- -------
31 page is writeable
30 entry is valid
29:19 mbz
18:9 physical page base address
8:0 mbz
The pager has no registers.
12.3 Unibus Adapters
The Unibus adapters link the system I/O devices to the CPU. Unibus
adapter 1 (UBA1) is unit 0, and Unibus adapter 3 is unit 1. The
adapter's Unibus map is the memory space of the corresponding unit.
The Unibus Adapter has the following registers:
name size comments
INTREQ 32 interrupt requests
UB1CS 16 Unibus adapter 1 control/status
UB3CS 16 Unibus adapter 3 control/status
12.4 Front End (FE)
The front end is the system console. The keyboard input is unit 0,
the console output is unit 1. It supports two options:
SET FE STOP halts the PDP-10 operating system
SET FE CTLC simulates typing ^C (for Windoze)
The front end has the following registers:
name size comments
IBUF 8 input buffer
ICOUNT 31 count of input characters
ITIME 24 keyboard polling interval
OBUF 8 output buffer
OCOUNT 31 count of output characters
OTIME 24 console output response time
12.5 Timer (TIM)
The timer (TIM) implements the system timer, the interval timer, and
the time of day clock used to get the date and time at system startup.
Because most PDP-10 software is not Y2K compliant, the timer implements
one option
SET TIM NOY2K software not Y2K compliant, limit time of
day clock to 1999 (default)
SET TIM Y2K software is Y2K compliant
The timer has the following registers:
name size comments
TIMBASE 59 time base (double precision)
TTG 36 time to go (remaining time) for interval
PERIOD 36 reset value for interval
QUANT 36 quantum timer (ITS only)
TIME 24 tick delay
DIAG 1 use fixed tick delay instead of autocalibration
Unless the DIAG flag is set, the timer autocalibrates; the tick delay
is adjusted up or down so that the time base tracks actual elapsed time.
This may cause time-dependent diagnostics to report errors.
12.6 PC11 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
BUSY 1 busy flag (CSR<11>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.7 PC11 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input or output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.8 RH11 Adapter, RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 drives (RP)
The RP controller implements the Massbus 18b (RH11) direct interface for
large disk drives. It is more abstract than other device simulators, with
just enough detail to run operating system drivers. In addition, the RP
controller conflates the details of the RM series controllers with the RP
series controllers, although there were detailed differences.
RP options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to one of seven disk types, or autosize:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RPn RM03 set size to RM03
SET RPn RM05 set size to RM05
SET RPn RM80 set size to RM80
SET RPn RP04 set size to RP04
SET RPn RP06 set size to RP06
SET RPn RP07 set size to RP07
SET RPn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file.
Note that TOPS-10 V7.03 only supported the RP06 and RM03; V7.04 added
support for the RP07. Units can be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RPCS1 16 control/status 1
RPCS2 16 control/status 2
RPCS3 16 control/status 3
RPWC 16 word count
RPBA 16 bus address
RPBAE 6 bus address extension
RPDA 16 desired surface, sector
RPDC 8 desired cylinder
RPOF 16 offset
RPDS0..7 16 drive status, drives 0-7
RPDE0..7 16 drive error, drives 0-7
RPER2 16 error status 2
RPER3 16 error status 3
RPDB 16 data buffer
RPMR 16 maintenance register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
SC 1 special condition (CSR1<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR1<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR1<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.9 RH11/TM02/TU45 Magnetic Tape (TU)
The magnetic tape simulator simulates an RH11 Massbus adapter with one
TM02 formatter and up to eight TU45. Magnetic tape options include the
ability to make units write enabled or locked.
SET TUn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET TUn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
MTCS1 16 control/status 1
MTBA 16 memory address
MTWC 16 word count
MTFC 16 frame count
MTCS2 16 control/status 2
MTFS 16 formatter status
MTER 16 error status
MTCC 16 check character
MTDB 16 data buffer
MTMR 16 maintenance register
MTTC 16 tape control register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 delay
UST0..7 16 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
12.10 LP20 DMA Line Printer (LP20)
The LP20 is a DMA-based line printer controller. There is one
line printer option to clear the vertical forms unit (VFU).
SET LP20 VFUCLEAR clear the vertical forms unit
The LP20 implements these registers:
name size comments
LPCSA 16 control/status register A
LPCSB 16 control/status register B
LPBA 16 bus address register
LPBC 12 byte count register
LPPAGC 12 page count register
LPRDAT 12 RAM data register
LPCBUF 8 character buffer register
LPCOLC 8 column counter register
LPPDAT 8 printer data register
LPCSUM 8 checksum register
DVPTR 7 vertical forms unit pointer
DVLNT 7 vertical forms unit length
INT 1 interrupt request
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
POS 31 position in output file
TIME 24 response time
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TXRAM[0:255] 12 translation RAM
DAVFU[0:142] 12 vertical forms unit array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.11 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-10 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-p display as packed (seven bit) string
-m display instruction mnemonics
-v interpret address as virtual
-e force executive mode
-u force user mode
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c sixbit string
# or -p packed seven bit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-10 assembler syntax. There are three
instruction classes: memory reference, memory reference with AC, and I/O.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {@}address{(index)}
memory reference with AC instructions have the format
memac ac,{@}address{(index)}
and I/O instructions have the format
io device,{@}address{(index)}
where @ signifies indirect. The address is a signed octal number in the
range 0 - 0777777. The ac and index are unsigned octal numbers in the
range 0-17. The device is either a recognized device mnemonic (APR, PI,
TIM) or an octal number in the range 0 - 0177.
The simulator recognizes the standard MACRO alternate mnemonics (CLEAR
for SETZ, OR for IORI), the individual definitions for JRST and JFCL
variants, and the extended instruction mnemonics.
- H316/H516 Features
The Honeywell 316/516 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU H316/H516 CPU with 16/32KW memory
PTR 316/516-50 paper tape reader
PTP 316/516-52 paper tape punch
TTY 316/516-33 console terminal
CLK 316/516-12 real time clock
LPT 316/516 line printer
The H316/H516 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is et
- reference to an undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect references are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The H316/H516 loader is not implemented.
13.1 CPU
CPU options include choice of instruction set and memory size.
SET CPU HSA high speed arithmetic instructions
SET CPU NOHSA no high speed arithmetic instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
P 15 program counter
A 16 A register
B 16 B register
X 16 index register
SC 16 shift count
C 1 carry flag
EXT 1 extend flag
PME 1 previous mode extend flag
EXT_OFF 1 extend off pending flag
DP 1 double precision flag
SS1..4 1 sense switches 1..4
ION 1 interrupts enabled
INODEF 1 interrupts not deferred
INTREQ 16 interrupt requests
DEVRDY 16 device ready flags (read only)
DEVENB 16 device interrupt enable flags (read only)
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined device
INDMAX 1 indirect address limit
OLDP 15 PC prior to last JMP, JSB, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
13.2 Programmed I/O Devices
13.2.1 316/516-50 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
absolute binary loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INTREQ 1 device interrupt request
READY 1 device ready
ENABLE 1 device interrupts enabled
POS 31 position in the input or output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
13.2.2 316/516-52 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INTREQ 1 device interrupt request
READY 1 device ready
ENABLE 1 device interrupts enabled
POWER 1 device powered up
POS 31 position in the input or output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
PWRTIME 24 time from I/O request to power up
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
13.2.3 316/516-33 Console Teletype (TTY)
The terminal reads and writes to the controlling console port. It has
one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower case input
to upper case. This is on by default.
The terminal these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
MODE 1 read/write mode
INTREQ 1 device interrupt request
READY 1 device ready
ENABLE 1 device interrupts enabled
KPOS 31 number of characters input
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TPOS 31 number of characters output
TTIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
13.2.4 316/516-12 Real Time Clock (CLK)
The real time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
INTREQ 1 device interrupt request
READY 1 device ready
ENABLE 1 device interrupts enabled
TIME 24 clock interval
13.2.5 316/5116 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
WDPOS 6 word position in current scan
DRPOS 6 drum position
CRPOS 1 carriage position
XFER 1 transfer ready flag
PRDN 1 print done flag
INTREQ 1 device interrupt request
ENABLE 1 device interrupt enable
SVCST 2 service state
SVCCH 2 service channel
BUF 8 buffer
POS 31 number of characters output
XTIME 24 delay between transfers
ETIME 24 delay at end of scan
PTIME 24 delay for shuttle/line advance
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
13.3 Symbolic Display and Input
The H316/H516 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard H316/H516 assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, I/O, control, shift, skip, and
operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref{*} {C/Z} address{,1}
where * signifies indirect, C a current sector reference, Z a sector zero
reference, and 1 indexed. The address is an octal number in the range 0 -
077777; if C or Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range
0 - 0777. Normally, C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the
address what mode to use. However, when referencing memory outside the CPU
(eg, disks), there is no valid PC, and C must be used to specify current
sector addressing.
I/O instructions have the format
io pulse+device
The pulse+device is an octal number in the range 0 - 01777.
Control and operate instructions consist of a single opcode
opcode
Shift instructions have the format
shift n
where n is an octal number in the range 0-77.
Skip instructions have the format
sub-op sub-op sub-op...
The simulator checks that the combination of sub-opcodes is legal.
Appendix 1: File Representations
All file representations are little endian. On big endian hosts, the
simulator automatically performs any required byte swapping.
- Hard Disks
Hard disks are represented as unstructured binary files of 16b data items for
the 12b and 16b simulators, of 32b data items for the 18b and 32b simulators,
and 64b for the 36b simulators.
- Floppy Disks
PDP-8 and PDP-11 floppy disks are represented as unstructured binary files
of 8b data items. They are nearly identical to the floppy disk images for
Doug Jones' PDP-8 simulator but lack the initial 256 byte header. A utility
for converting between the two formats is easily written.
- Magnetic Tapes
Magnetic tapes are represented as unstructured binary files of 8b data
items. Each record consists of a 32b record header, in little endian
format, followed by n 8b bytes of data, followed by a repeat of the 32b
record header. The high order bit of the record header is used as an
error flag; the remaining 31b are the byte count of the record. If
the byte count is odd, the record is padded to even length; the pad
byte is undefined.
Magnetic tapes are endian independent and consistent across simulator
families. A magtape produced by the Nova simulator will appear to
have its 16b words byte swapped if read by the PDP-11 simulator.
- Line Printers
Line printer output is represented by an ASCII file of lines separated by
the newline character. Overprinting is represented by a line ending in
return rather than newline.
- DECtapes
DECtapes are structured as fixed length blocks. PDP-9/11/15 DECtapes
use 578 blocks of 256 32b words. Each 32b word contains 18b (6 lines)
of data. PDP-8 DECtapes use 1474 blocks of 129 16b words. Each 16b
word contains 12b (4 lines) of data. Note that PDP-8 OS/8 does not use
the 129th word of each block, and OS/8 DECtape dumps contain only 128
words per block. A utility, DSOS8CVT.C, is provided to convert OS/8
DECtape dumps to simulator format.
A known problem in DECtape format is that when a block is recorded in
one direction and read in the other, the bits in a word are scrambled
(to the complement obverse). The PDP-11 deals with this problem by
performing an automatic complement obverse on reverse writes and reads.
The other systems leave this problem to software.
The simulator represents this difference as follows. On the PDP-11, all
data is represented in normal form. Data reads and writes are not direction
sensitive; read all and write all are direction sensitive. Real DECtapes
that are read forward will generate images with the correct representation
of the data.
On the other systems, forward write creates data in normal form, while
reverse write creates data in complement obverse form. Forward read (and
read all) performs no transformations, while reverse read (and read all)
changes data to the complement obverse. Real DECtapes that are read forward
will generate data in normal form for blocks written forward, and complement
obverse data for blocks written in reverse, corresponding to the simulator
format.
Appendix 2: Debug Status
The debug status of each simulated CPU and device is as follows:
system PDP-8 PDP-11 Nova PDP-1 18b PDP
device
CPU y y y y y
FPU - y - - -
CIS - h - - -
console y y y y y
paper tape y y y h y
card reader - - - - -
line printer y y y h y
clock y y y - h
hard disk y y y - h
fixed disk y/both - h - h
floppy disk y y y - -
DECtape y y - - d
mag tape h y/both y - h
system 1401 2100 Id4 PDP-10 H316
device
CPU d y h y h
FPU - - h y -
CIS - - - y -
console h y h y h
paper tape - h h h h
card reader h h - - -
line printer h - - y h
clock - h - y h
hard disk - h - y -
fixed disk - h - - -
floppy disk - - - - -
DECtape - - - - -
mag tape h h - y -
legend: y = runs operating system or sample program
d = runs diagnostics
h = runs hand-generated test cases
n = untested
- = not applicable
Revision History (since Rev 1.1)
Rev 2.6b, Jul, 01
Added H316/516 simulator
Added Macintosh support from Louis Chrétien, Peter Schorn,
and Ben Supnik
Added bad block table option to PDP-11 RL, RP
Fixed bugs found by Peter Schorn
Endian error in PDP-10, PDP-11 RP
Space reverse error in PDP-11 TS
Symbolic input in 1401
Fixed bug in PDP-1 RIM loader found by Derek Peschel
Fixed bug in Nova fixed head disk
Removed register in declarations
Rev 2.6a, Jun, 01
Fixed bug (found by Dave Conroy) in big-endian I/O
Fixed DECtape reset in PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-9/15
Fixed RIM loader PC handling in PDP-9/15
Fixed indirect pointers in PDP-10 paging
Fixed SSC handling in PDP-10 TM02/TU45
Fixed JMS to non-existent memory in PDP-8
Fixed error handling on command file
Increased size of string buffers for long path names
Added PDP-9, PDP-15 API option
Added PDP-9, PDP-15 second terminal
Added PDP-10 option for TOPS-20 V4.1 bug fix
Added PDP-10 FE CTRL-C option for Windoze
Added console logging
Added multiple console support
Added comment recognition
Rev 2.6, May, 01
Added ENABLE/DISABLE devices
Added SHOW DEVICES
Added examination/modification of register arrays
Added PDP-10 simulator
Added clock autocalibration to SCP, Nova, PDP-8, PDP-11,
PDP-18b
Added PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-9/15 DECtape
Added PDP-8 DF32
Added 4k Disk Monitor boot to PDP-8 RF08 and DF32
Added PDP-4/7 funny format loader support
Added extension handling to the PDP-8 and -9/15 loaders
Added PDP-11 TS11/TSV05
Added integer interval timer to SCP
Added filename argument to LOAD/DUMP
Revised magtape and DECtape bootstraps to rewind
before first instruction
Fixed 3 cycle data break sequence in PDP-8 RF
Fixed 3 cycle data break sequence in 18b PDP LP, MT, RF
Fixed CS1.TRE write, CS2.MXF,UPE write, and CS2.UAI in
PDP-11 RP
Fixed 4M memory size definition in PDP-11
Fixed attach bug in RESTORE
Fixed detach bug for buffered devices
Updated copyright notices, fixed comments
Rev 2.5a, Dec, 00
Fixed SCP handling of devices without units
Fixed FLG, FBF initialization in many HP peripherals
Added CMD flop to HP paper tape and line printer
Added status input for HP paper tape punch and TTY
Fixed 1401 bugs found by Dutch Owens
-- 4, 7 char NOPs are legal
-- 1 char B is chained BCE
-- MCE moves whole character, not digit, after first
Added Dutch Owens' 1401 mag tape boot routine
Fixed Nova bugs found by Bruce Ray
-- traps implemented on Nova 3 as well as Nova 4
-- DIV and DIVS 0/0 set carry
-- RETN sets SP from FP at outset
-- IORST does not clear carry
-- Nova 4 implements two undocumented instructions
Added Bruce Ray's Nova plotter and second terminal modules
Added Charles Owen's Eclipse CPU support
Fixed bugs in 18b PDP's
-- XCT indirect address calculation
-- missing index instructions in PDP-15
-- bank mode handling in PDP-15
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 RIM/BIN loader support
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 extend/bank initial state registers
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 half/full duplex support
Moved software documentation to a separate file
Rev 2.5, Nov, 00
Removed Digital and Compaq from copyrights, as
authorized by Compaq Sr VP Bill Strecker
Revised save/restore format for 64b simulators
Added examine to file
Added unsigned integer data types to sim_defs
Added Nova 3 and Nova 4 instructions to Nova CPU
Added HP2100
Added Interdata 4
Fixed indirect loop through autoinc/dec in Nova CPU
Fixed MDV enabled test in Nova CPU
Rev 2.4, Jan, 99
Placed all sources under X11-like open source license
Added DUMP command, revised sim_load interface
Added SHOW MODIFIERS command
Revised magtape format to include record error flag
Fixed 64b problems in SCP
Fixed big endian problem in PDP-11 bad block routine
Fixed interrupt on error bug in PDP-11 RP/RM disks
Fixed ROL/ROR inversion in PDP-11 symbolic routines
Rev 2.3d, Sep, 98
Added BeOS support
Added radix commands and switches
Added PDP-11 CIS support
Added RT11 V5.3 to distribution kits
Fixed "shift 32" bugs in SCP, PDP-11 floating point
Fixed bug in PDP-11 paper tape reader
Fixed bug in ^D handling
Rev 2.3c, May, 98
Fixed bug in PDP-11 DIV overflow check
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 magtape bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 magtape unit select
Replaced UNIX V7 disk images
Rev 2.3b, May, 98
Added switch recognition to all simulator commands
Added RIM loader to PDP-8 paper tape reader and loader
Added second block bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Fixed bug in PDP-8 RF bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 symbolic display
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 floating point (LDEXP, STEXP,
MODf, STCfi, overflow handling)
Rev 2.3a, Nov, 97
Added search capability
Added bad block table command to PDP-11 disks
Added bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Added additional Nova moving head disks
Added RT-11 sample software
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 RM/RP disks
Fixed bugs in Nova moving head disks
Fixed endian dependence in 18b PDP RIM loader
Rev 2.3, Mar, 97
Changed UNIX terminal I/O to TERMIOS
Changed magtape format to double ended
Changed PDP-8 current page mnemonic from T to C
Added endian independent I/O routines
Added precise integer data types
Fixed bug in sim_poll_kbd
Fixed bug in PDP-8 binary loader
Fixed bugs in TM11 magtape
Fixed bug in RX11 bootstrap
Fixed bug in 18b PDP ADD
Fixed bug in 18b PDP paper tape reader
Fixed bug in PDP-4 console
Fixed bug in PDP-4,7 line printer
Added PDP-11 RP
Added PDP-1
Rev 2.2d, Dec, 96
Added ADD/REMOVE commands
Added unit enable/disable support to device simulators
Added features for IBM 1401 project
Added switch recognition for symbolic input
Fixed bug in variable length IEXAMINE
Fixed LCD bug in RX8E
Initial changes for Win32
Added IBM 1401
Rev 2.2b, Apr, 96
Added PDP-11 dynamic memory size support
Rev 2.2a, Feb, 96
New endian independent magtape format
Rev 2.2 Jan, 96
Added register buffers for save/restore
Added 18b PDP's
Guaranteed TTI, CLK times are non-zero
Fixed breakpoint/RUN interaction bug
Fixed magnetic tape backspace to EOF bug
Fixed ISZ/DCA inversion in PDP-8 symbol table
Fixed sixbit conversion in PDP-8 examine/deposit
Fixed origin increment bug in PDP-11 binary loader
Fixed GCC longjmp optimization bug in PDP-11 CPU
Fixed unit number calculation bug in SCP and in
Nova, PDP-11, 18b PDP moving head disks
Rev 2.1 Dec, 95
Fixed PTR bug (setting done on EOF) in PDP-8, Nova
Fixed RX bug (setting error on INIT if drive 1 is
not attached) in PDP-8, PDP-11
Fixed RF treatment of photocell flag in PDP-8
Fixed autosize bug (always chose smallest disk if new
file) in PDP-11, Nova
Fixed not attached bug (reported as not attachable) in
most mass storage devices
Fixed Nova boot ROMs
Fixed bug in RESTORE (didn't requeue if delay = 0)
Fixed bug in RESTORE (clobbered device position)
Declared static constant arrays as static const
Added PDP-8, Nova magnetic tape simulators
Added Dasher mode to Nova terminal simulator
Added LINUX support
Rev 2.0 May, 95
Added symbolic assembly/disassembly
Acknowledgements
SIMH would not have been possible without help from around the world. I
would like to acknowledge the help of the following people, all of whom
donated their time and talent to this "computer archaeology" project:
Bill Ackerman PDP-1 consulting
Winfried Bergmann Linux port testing
Phil Budne Solaris port testing
Max Burnet PDP information, documentation, and software
James Carpenter LINUX port testing
Chip Charlot PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Louis Chrétien Macintosh porting
Dave Conroy HP 21xx documentation
L Peter Deutsch PDP-1 LISP software
Ethan Dicks PDP-11 2.9 BSD debugging
Carl Friend Nova and Interdata documentation, and RDOS software
Megan Gentry PDP-11 integer debugging, make file
Dave Gesswein PDP-8 and PDP-9.15 documentation, PDP-8 DECtape and
paper tape images, PDP-9/15 DECtape images
Dick Greeley PDP-8 OS/8 and PDP-10 TOPS-10/20 legal permissions
Gordon Greene PDP-1 LISP machine readable source
Lynne Grettum PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Franc Grootjen PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Doug Gwyn Portability debugging
Kevin Handy TS11/TSV05 documentation
Ken Harrenstein PDP-10 simulator
Bill Haygood PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Wolfgang Helbig DZ11 simulator implementation
Mark Hittinger PDP-10 debugging
Jay Jaeger IBM 1401 information
Doug Jones PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Al Kossow HP 21xx, Varian 620, TI 990, DEC documentation and software
Arthur Krewat DZ11 update for the PDP-10
Don Lewine Nova documentation and legal permissions
Tim Litt PDP-10 hardware documentation and schematics,
tape images, and software sources
Scott McGregor PDP-11 UNIX legal permissions
Jeff Moffatt HP 2100 information, documentation, and software
Alec Muffett Solaris port testing
Thord Nilson DZ11 implementation
Charles Owen Nova moving head disk debugging, Altair simulator,
IBM 1401 diagnostics, debugging, and magtape boot
Derek Peschel PDP-10 debugging
Paul Pierce IBM 1401 diagnostics, media recovery
Hans Pufal PDP-10 debugging
Bruce Ray Software, documentation, bug fixes, and new devices
for the Nova
Craig St Clair PDP documentation
Richard Schedler Public repository maintenance
Peter Schorn Macintosh porting
Stephen Schultz PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Olaf Seibert NetBSD port testing
Brian & Barry Silverman PDP-1 simulator and software
Tim Shoppa Nova documentation, RDOS software, PDP-10 and PDP-11
software archive
Michael Somos PDP-1 debugging
Hans-Michael Stahl OS/2 port testing, TERMIOS implementation
Tim Stark PDP-10 simulator
Larry Stewart Initial suggestion for the project
Bill Strecker Permission to revert copyrights
Chris Suddick PDP-11 floating point debugging
Ben Supnik Macintosh timing routine
Ben Thomas VMS character-by-character I/O routines
Warren Toomey PDP-11 UNIX software
Deb Toivonen DEC documentation
Mike Umbricht DEC documentation, H316 documentation and schematics
Leendert Van Doorn PDP-11 UNIX V6 debugging, TERMIOS implementation
David Waks PDP-8 ESI-X and PDP-7 SIM8 software
Tom West Nova documentation
Adrian Wise H316 simulator, documentation, and software
John Wilson PDP-11 simulator and software
In addition, the following companies have graciously licensed their
software at no cost for hobbyist use:
Data General Corporation
Digital Equipment Corporation
Compaq Computer Corporation
Mentec Corporation
The Santa Cruz Operation
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
To: Users
From: Bob Supnik
Subj: Simulator Usage, V2.6a
Date: 15-Jun-01
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
The following copyright notice applies to both the SIMH source and binary:
Original code published in 1993-2001, written by Robert M Supnik
Copyright (c) 1993-2001, Robert M Supnik
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
ROBERT M SUPNIK BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Robert M Supnik shall not
be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from Robert M Supnik.
This memorandum documents the PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-1, other 18b PDP, Nova,
IBM 1401, HP 2100, Interdata 4, and PDP-10 simulators. These simulators are
freeware; refer to the license terms above for conditions of use. Support is
not available. The best way to fix problems or add features is to read and
modify the sources yourself. Alternately, you can send Internet mail to
[email protected], but a response is not guaranteed.
The simulators use a common command interface. The memorandum first
describes the common features of the command interface and then provides
information on each of the individual simulators.
- Compiling And Running A Simulator
The simulators have been tested on VAX VMS, Alpha VMS, Alpha UNIX, Intel
FreeBSD, Intel LINUX, and Windows 95/Windows NT (Visual C++ environment).
Porting to other environments will require changes to the operating system
dependent code in scp_tty.c.
To compile the simulators on VMS, use these commands (note that separate
compilations are required for each of the 18b PDP's):
$ cc pdp8_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-8
$ link/exec=pdp8 pdp8_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc pdp11_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-11
$ link/exec=pdp11 pdp11_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc nova_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Nova
$ link/exec=nova nova_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc pdp1_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-1
$ link/exec=pdp1 pdp1_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc/define=PDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c
$ link/exec=pdp{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc i1401_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! IBM 1401
$ link/exec=i1401 i1401_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc hp2100_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! HP 2100
$ link/exec=hp2100 hp2100_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc id4_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Interdata 4
$ link/exec=id4 id4_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
On version of VMS prior to 6.2, the simulators must then be defined as
foreign commands so that they can be started by name.
To compile the simulators on Alpha UNIX or any UNIX variant which supports
the POSIX compliant TERMIOS interface, use the following commands (note
that separate compilations are required for each of the 18b PDP's):
% cc pdp8_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp8
% cc pdp11_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp11
% cc nova_*.c scp*.c -lm -o nova
% cc pdp1_*.c scp*.c -o pdp1
% cc -DPDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp{4,7,9,15}
% cc i1401_*.c scp*.c -o i1401
% cc hp2100_*.c scp*.c -o hp2100
% cc id4_*.c scp*.c -o id4
These commands should work with most UNIX variants. If your UNIX only
supports the old BSD terminal interface, add -DBSDTTY to each command.
If your UNIX automatically includes the math library, omit -lm from
the command line.
The PDP-10 simulator requires 64b support in the simulator and in the
simulator control package (SCP). To turn on 64b support, add the symbol
USE_INT64 to the command line:
% cc -DUSE_INT64 pdp10_*.c,scp*.c -lm -o pdp10
Since 64b integer declarations vary, sim_defs.h has conditional
declarations for Windows (_int64) and Digital UNIX (long). The default
is GNU C (long long). If your compiler uses a different convention,
you will have to edit sim_defs.h and modify the conditionals.
To start the simulator, simply type its name. The simulator takes
one optional argument, a startup command file. If specified, this
file should contain a series of non-interactive simulator commands,
one per line. These command can be used to set up standard parameters,
for example, disk sizes.
% pdp8 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp11 <startup file>(cr) or
% nova <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp1 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp{4,7,9,15} <startup file>(cr) or
% i1401 <startup file>(cr) or
% hp2100 <startup file>(cr) or
% id4 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp10 <startup file>(cr)
The simulator types out its name and version, executes the commands
in the startup file, if any, and then prompts for input with
sim>
2. Simulator Conventions
A simulator consists of a series of devices, the first of which is always
the CPU. A device consists of named registers and one or more numbered
units. Registers correspond to device state, units to device address
spaces. Thus, the CPU device might have registers like PC, ION, etc,
and a unit corresponding to main memory; a disk device might have
registers like BUSY, DONE, etc, and units corresponding to individual
disk drives. Except for main memory, device address spaces are simulated
as unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. The SHOW CONFIG
command displays the simulator configuration.
A simulator keeps time in terms of arbitrary units, usually one time unit
per instruction executed. Simulated events (such as completion of I/O)
are scheduled at some number of time units in the future. The simulator
executes synchronously, invoking event processors when simulated events
are scheduled to occur. Even asynchronous events, like keyboard input,
are handled by polling at synchronous intervals. The SHOW QUEUE command
displays the simulator event queue.
3. Commands
Simulator commands consist of a command verb, optional switches, and optional
arguments. Switches take the form:
-<letter>{<letter>...}
Multiple switches may be specified separately or together: -abcd or
-a -b -c -d are treated identically. Verbs, switches, and other
input (except for file names) are case insensitive.
Any command beginning with semicolon (;) is considered a comment and ignored.
3.1 Loading and Saving Programs
The LOAD command (abbreviation LO) loads a file in binary paper-tape
loader format:
sim> load <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as load within range) are also implementation specific.
The DUMP command (abbreviation DU) dumps memory in binary paper-
tape loader format:
sim> dump <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as dump within range) are also implementation specific.
3.2 Saving and Restoring State
The SAVE command (abbreviation SA) save the complete state of the
simulator to a file. This includes the contents of main memory and
all registers, and the I/O connections of devices:
sim> save <filename>(cr)
The RESTORE command (abbreviation REST, alternately GET) restores a
previously saved simulator state:
sim> restore <filename>(cr)
Note: SAVE file format compresses zeroes to minimize file size.
3.3 Resetting Devices
The RESET command (abbreviation RE) resets a device or the entire
simulator to a predefined condition:
sim> RESET(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET ALL(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET <device>(cr) -- reset specified device
Typically, RESET stops any in-progress I/O operation, clears any
interrupt request, and returns the device to a quiescent state. It
does not clear main memory or affect I/O connections.
3.4 Connecting and Disconnecting Devices
Except for main memory, simulated unit address spaces are simulated as
unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. Before using a
simulated unit the user must specify the file to be accessed by that
unit. The ATTACH (abbreviation AT) command associates a unit and a file:
sim> ATTACH <device><unit number> <filename>(cr)
If the file does not exist, it is created, and an appropriate message
is printed.
The DETACH (abbreviation DET) command breaks the association between a
unit and a file and closes the file:
sim> DETACH ALL(cr) -- detach all units
sim> DETACH <device><unit number>(cr) -- detach specified unit
The EXIT command performs an automatic DETACH ALL.
3.5 Examining and Changing State
There are four commands to examine and change state:
EXAMINE (abbreviated E) examines state
DEPOSIT (abbreviated D) changes state
IEXAMINE (interactive examine, abbreviated IE) examines state
and allows the user to interactively change it
IDEPOSIT (interactive deposit, abbreviated ID) allows the user
to interactively change state
All four commands take the form
command {modifiers} <state list>
Deposit must also include a deposit value at the end of the command.
There are four kinds of modifiers: switches, device/unit name, search
specifiers, and for EXAMINE, output file. Switches have been described
previously. A device/unit name identifies the device and unit whose
address space is to be examined or modified. If no device is specified,
the CPU (main memory)is selected; if a device but no unit is specified,
unit 0 of the device is selected.
Search specifiers provide criteria for testing addresses or registers
to see if they should be processed. A specifier consists of a logical
operator, a relational operator, or both, optionally separated by spaces.
{<logical op> <value>} <relational op> <value>
where the logical operator is & (and), | (or), or ^ (xor), and the
relational operator is = or == (equal), ! or != (not equal), >=
(greater than or equal), > (greater than), <= (less than or equal), or
< (less than). If a logical operator is specified without a relational
operator, it is ignored. If a relational operator is specified without
a logical operator, no logical operation is performed. All comparisons
are unsigned.
The output file modifier redirects command output to a file instead of
the console. An output file modifier consists of @ followed by a
valid file name.
Modifiers may be specified in any order. If multiple modifiers of the
same time are specified, later modifiers override earlier modifiers.
Note that if the device/unit name comes after the search specifier,
the values will interpreted in the radix of the CPU, rather than of the
device/unit.
The "state list" consists of one or more of the following, separated
by commas:
register the specified register
register[sub1-sub2] the specified register array locations,
start at location sub1 up to and including
location sub2
register[ALL] all locations in the specified register
array
register1-register2 all the registers starting at register1
up to and including register2
address the specified location
address1-address2 all locations starting at address1 up to
and including address2
STATE all registers in the device
ALL all locations in the unit
Switches can be used to control the format of display information:
-a display as ASCII
-c display as character string
-m display as instruction mnemonics
-o display as octal
-d display as decimal
-h display as hexidecimal
The simulators typically accept symbolic input (see simulator sections).
Examples:
sim> ex 1000-1100 -- examine 1100:1100
sim> de PC 1040 -- set PC to 1040
sim> ie 40-50 -- interactively examine 40:50
sim> ie >1000 40-50 -- interactively examine the subset
of locations 40:50 that are >1000
sim> ex rx0 50060 -- examine 50060, RX unit 0
sim> ex rx sbuf[3-6] -- examine SBUF[3] to SBUF[6] in RX
sim> de all 0 -- set main memory to 0
sim> de &77>0 0 -- set all addresses whose low order
bits are non-zero to 0
sim> ex -m @memdump.txt 0-7777 -- dump memory to file
Note: to terminate an interactive command, simply type a bad value (eg,
XYZ) when input is requested.
3.6 Running Programs
The RUN command (abbreviated RU) resets all devices, deposits its argument
(if given) in the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given,
execution starts at the current PC.
The GO command does NOT reset devices, deposits its argument (if given) in
the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given, execution starts at
the current PC.
The CONT command (abbreviated CO) does NOT reset devices and resumes
execution at the current PC.
The STEP command (abbreviated S) resumes execution at the current PC for
the number of instructions given by its argument. If no argument is
supplied, one instruction is executed.
The BOOT command (abbreviated BO) bootstraps the device and unit given
by its argument. If no unit is supplied, unit 0 is bootstrapped. The
specified unit must be attached to a file.
3.7 Stopping Programs
Programs run until the simulator detects an error or stop condition, or
until the user forces a stop condition.
3.7.1 Simulator Detected Stop Conditions
These simulator-detected conditions stop simulation:
- HALT instruction. If a HALT instruction is decoded,
simulation stops.
- Breakpoint. The IBKPT register provides a single virtual
address breakpoint. If the PC matches the contents of the
IBKPT register, simulation stops. The breakpoint is
automatically disabled for the next instruction execution.
- I/O error. If an I/O error occurs during simulation of an
I/O operation, and the device stop-on-I/O-error flag is set,
simulation usually stops.
- Processor condition. Certain processor conditions can stop
simulation; these are described with the individual simulators.
3.7.2 User Specified Stop Conditions
Typing the interrupt character stops simulation. The interrupt character
is defined by the WRU (where are you) register and is initially set to
005 (^E).
3.8 Setting Device Parameters
The SET command (abbreviated SE) changes the status of a device parameter:
sim> SET <unit> <parameter>
Most parameters are simulator and device specific. Disk drives, for
example, can usually be set write ENABLED or write LOCKED; if a device
supports multiple drive types, the SET command can be used to specify
the drive type.
All devices recognize the following parameters:
OCT sets the data radix = 8
DEC sets the data radix = 10
HEX sets the data radix = 16
3.9 Displaying Parameters and Status
The SHOW CONFIGURATION command shows the simulator configuration and the
status of all simulated devices and units.
The SHOW DEVICES command shows the configuration of all simulated devices.
The SHOW MODIFIERS command shows the modifiers available on all simulated
devices.
The SHOW command shows the status of the named simulated device.
The SHOW QUEUE command shows the state of the simulator event queue. Times
are in "simulation units", typically one unit per instruction execution,
relative to the current simulation time.
The SHOW TIME command shows the number of time units elapsed since
the last RUN command.
3.10 Altering the Simulated Configuration
For most mass storage, the DISABLE command removes the specified
device from the configuration. A DISABLEd device is invisible to running
programs. The device can still be RESET but it cannot be ATTAChed, DETACHed,
or BOOTed. ENABLE restores a disabled device to a configuration.
In devices with multiple units, the REMOVE command removes the
specified unit from the configuration. Once removed, a unit cannot be
manipulated in any way until it is added back to the configuration.
ADD adds back a unit that had been removed from the configuration.
3.11 Logging Console Output
Output to the console can be logged simultaneously to a file. Logging is
enabled by the LOG command:
sim> LOG <filename> -- log console output to file
Logging is disabled by the NOLOG command:
sim> NOLOG -- disable logging
LOG with no argument displays whether logging is enabled or disabled.
3.12 Exiting The Simulator
EXIT (synonyms QUIT and BYE) returns control to the operating system.
4. PDP-8 Features
The PDP-8 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-8/E CPU with 32KW of memory
-
KE8E extended arithmetic element (EAE) -
PTR,PTP PC8E paper tape reader/punchKM8E memory management and timeshare control
TTI,TTO KL8E console terminal
LPT LE8E line printer
CLK DK8E line frequency clock (also PDP-8/A compatible)
RK RK8E/RK05 cartridge disk controller with four drives
RF RF08/RS08 fixed head disk controller with four platters, or
DF DF32/DS32 fixed head disk controller with four platters
RX RX8E/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
DT TC08/TU56 DECtape controller with eight drives
MT TM8E/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The RK, RF, DF, RX, DT, and MT devices can be DISABLEd. The PDP-8 can
support either a DF32 or an RF08, but not both, since they use the same
IOT's. The simulator defaults to the RF08. To change the fixed head disk,
ENABLE DF32 enable DF32, disable RF08
ENABLE RF08 enable RF08, disable DF32
The PDP-8 simulator implements one unique stop condition: if an undefined
instruction (unimplemented IOT or OPR) is decoded, and register STOP_INST
is set, the simulator halts.
The PDP-8 loader supports both RIM format and BIN format tapes. If the file
extension is .RIM, or the -r switch is specified with LOAD, the file is
assumed to be RIM format; if the file extension is not .RIM, or if the -b
switch is specified, the file is assumed to be BIN format.
4.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the EAE and the size of main
memory; the memory extension and time-share control is always included,
even if memory size is 4K.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter, including IF as high 3 bits
AC 12 accumulator
MQ 12 multiplier-quotient
L 1 link
SR 12 front panel switches
IF 3 instruction field
DF 3 data field
IB 3 instruction field buffer
SF 7 save field
UF 1 user mode flag
UB 1 user mode buffer
SC 5 EAE shift counter
GTF 1 EAE greater than flag
EMODE 1 EAE mode (0 = A, 1 = B)
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
CIF_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for CIF
PWR_INT 1 power fail interrupt
UF_INT 1 user mode violation interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
DONE 15 device done flags
ENABLE 15 device interrupt enable flags
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
4.2 Programmed I/O Devices
4.2.1 PC8E Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
RIM loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.2 PC8E Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to bewritten. Thus, by
changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.3 KL8E Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. The
input side has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is required by OS/8 and is on by default.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
4.2.4 KL8E Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
4.2.5 LE8E Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be read or written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
ERR 1 error status flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 set error flag
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.6 DK8E Line-Frequency Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME 24 clock interval
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
4.3 RK8E Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK8E options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RK8E supports
the BOOT command.
The RK8E implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 12 disk address
MA 12 current memory address
CMD 12 disk command
BUSY 1 control busy flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.4 RX8E/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX8E options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX8E supports the BOOT command.
The RX8E implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 12 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
TR 1 transfer ready flag
ERR 1 error flag
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
SBUF[0:127] 8 sector buffer array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.5 Fixed Head Disks
Either the RF08 or the DF32 can be present in a configuration, but
not both.
4.5.1 RF08/RS08 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF08 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 20 current disk address
MA 12 memory address (in memory)
WC 12 word count (in memory)
WLK 32 write lock switches
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF08 supports the BOOT command. The default bootstrap is for OS/8. To
bootstrap the 4K Disk Monitor, use the BOOT -D command.
The RF08 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word transfers
are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer occurs in
a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF08 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.5.2 DF32/DS32 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The DF32 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status, disk and memory address extension
DA 12 low order disk address
MA 12 memory address (in memory)
WC 12 word count (in memory)
WLK 16 write lock switches
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The DF32 supports the BOOT command. The default bootstrap is for OS/8. To
bootstrap the 4K Disk Monitor, use the BOOT -D command.
The DF32 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word transfers
are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer occurs in
a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
DF32 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.6 TC08/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The TC08 supports
the BOOT command.
The TC08 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape images.
ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image; the user
can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-9/11/15) format
-n native (PDP-8) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
DTSA 12 status register A
DTSB 12 status register B
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENB 1 interrupt enable flag
DTF 1 DECtape flag
ERF 1 error flag
CA 12 current address (memory location 7754)
WC 12 word count (memory location 7755)
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
4.7 TM8E Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 12 command
FNC 12 function
CA 12 memory address
WC 12 word count
DB 12 data buffer
STA 12 main status
STA2 6 secondary status
DONE 1 device done flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
4.8 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-8 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-8 assembler syntax. There are four
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, field change, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} {C/Z} address
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 07777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 177. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. IOT's
for which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 0777.
Field change instructions (CIF, CDF) have the format
fldchg field
where field is an octal number in the range 0 - 7. Field change instructions
may be or'd together.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. EAE
mode A and B mnemonics may be specified regardless of the EAE mode. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
5. PDP-11 Features
The PDP-11 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU J-11 CPU with 256KB of memory
-
FP11 floating point unit (FPA) -
PTR,PTP PC11 paper tape reader/punchCIS11 commercial instruction set (CIS, off by default)
TTI,TTO DL11 console terminal
LPT LP11 line printer
CLK line frequency clock
RK RK11/RK05 cartridge disk controller with eight drives
RL RLV12/RL01(2) cartridge disk controller with four drives
RP RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Massbus style controller
with eight drives
RX RX11/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
TC TC11/TU56 DECtape controller with eight drives
TM TM11/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
TS TS11/TSV05 magnetic tape controller with one drive
The RK, RL, RP, RX, TC, TM, and TS devices can be DISABLEd. The PDP-11 can
support either a TM11 or a TS11, but not both, since they use the same I/O
addresses. The simulator defaults to the TM11. To change the magtape,
ENABLE TM11 enable TM11 and disable TS11
ENABLE TS11 enable TS11 and disable TM11
The PDP-11 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- abort during exception vector fetch, and register STOP_VEC is set
- abort during exception stack push, and register STOP_SPA is set
- trap condition 'n' occurs, and register STOP_TRAP<n> is set
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-11 loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
5.1 CPU
The only CPU options are disabling of 22b addressing, the CIS instruction
set, and the size of main memory.
SET CPU 18B disable 22b addressing
SET CPU 22B enable 22b addressing (default)
SET CPU NOCIS disable CIS instructions (default)
SET CPU CIS enable CIS instructions
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96KB
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128KB
SET CPU 192K set memory size = 192KB
SET CPU 256K set memory size = 256KB
SET CPU 384K set memory size = 384KB
SET CPU 512K set memory size = 512KB
SET CPU 768K set memory size = 768KB
SET CPU 1024K (or 1M) set memory size = 1024KB
SET CPU 2048K (or 2M) set memory size = 2048KB
SET CPU 3072K (or 3M) set memory size = 3072KB
SET CPU 4096K (or 4M) set memory size = 4096KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 256KB.
These switches are recognized when examining or depositing in CPU memory:
-v interpret address as virtual
-d if mem mgt enabled, force data space
-k if mem mgt enabled, force kernel mode
-s if mem mgt enabled, force supervisor mode
-u if mem mgt enabled, force user mode
-p if mem mgt enabled, force previous mode
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..R5 16 R0..R5, first register set
R10..R15 16 R0..R5, second register set
KSP 16 kernel stack pointer
SSP 16 supervisor stack pointer
USP 16 user stack pointer
PSW 16 processor status word
CM 2 current mode, PSW<15:14>
PM 2 previous mode, PSW<13:12>
RS 2 register set, PSW<11>
IPL 3 interrupt priority level, PSW<7:5>
T 1 trace bit, PSW<4>
N 1 negative flag, PSW<3>
Z 1 zero flag, PSW<2>
V 1 overflow flag, PSW<1>
C 1 carry flag, PSW<0>
SR 16 front panel switches
DR 16 front panel display
MEMERR 16 memory error register
CCR 16 cache control register
MAINT 16 maintenance register
HITMISS 16 hit/miss register
CPUERR 16 CPU error register
PIRQ 16 programmed interrupt requests
FAC0H..FAC5H 32 FAC0..FAC5, high 32 bits
FAC0L..FAC5L 32 FAC0..FAC5, low 32 bits
FPS 16 floating point status
FEA 16 floating exception address
FEC 4 floating exception code
MMR0..3 16 memory management registers 0..3
{K/S/U}{I/D}{PAR/PDR}{0..7}
16 memory management registers
INT 32 interrupt pending flags
TRAP 18 trap pending flags
WAIT 0 wait state flag
WAIT_ENABLE 0 wait state enable flag
STOP_TRAPS 18 stop on trap flags
STOP_VECA 1 stop on read abort in trap or interrupt
STOP_SPA 1 stop on stack push abort in trap or interrupt
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (1 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
5.2 Programmed I/O Devices
5.2.1 PC11 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
BUSY 1 busy flag (CSR<11>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.2 PC11 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.3 KL11 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
5.2.4 KL11 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
5.2.5 LP11 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.6 Line-Time Clock (CLK)
The clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
TIME 24 clock frequency
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
5.3 RK11/RK05 Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RK11 supports
the BOOT command.
The RK11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RKCS 16 control/status
RKDA 16 disk address
RKBA 16 memory address
RKWC 16 word count
RKDS 16 drive status
RKER 16 error status
INTQ 9 interrupt queue
DRVN 3 number of last selected drive
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.4 RX11/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX11 supports the BOOT command.
The RX11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 8 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXERR 8 error code
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
TR 1 transfer ready flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<5>)
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
SBUF[0:127] 8 sector buffer array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
5.5 RL11(V12)/RL01,RL02 Cartridge Disk (RL)
RL11 options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to RL01, RL02, or autosize, and to write a DEC standard
044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RLn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RLn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RLn RL01 set size to RL01
SET RLn RL02 set size to RL02
SET RLn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RL11 supports the
BOOT command.
The RL11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RLCS 16 control/status
RLDA 16 disk address
RLBA 16 memory address
RLBAE 6 memory address extension (RLV12)
RLMP..RLMP2 16 multipurpose register queue
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.6 RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Disk Pack Drives (RP)
The RP controller implements a "Massbus style" 22b direct interface for
large disk drives. It is more abstract than other device simulators, with
just enough detail to run operating system drivers. In addition, the RP
controller conflates the details of the RM series controllers with the RP
series controllers, although there were detailed differences.
RP options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to one of seven disk types, or autosize, and to write
a DEC standard 044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RPn RM03 set size to RM03
SET RPn RM05 set size to RM05
SET RPn RM80 set size to RM80
SET RPn RP04 set size to RP04
SET RPn RP06 set size to RP06
SET RPn RP07 set size to RP07
SET RPn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RP controller supports
the BOOT command.
The RP controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RPCS1 16 control/status 1
RPCS2 16 control/status 2
RPCS3 16 control/status 3
RPWC 16 word count
RPBA 16 bus address
RPBAE 6 bus address extension
RPDA 16 desired surface, sector
RPDC 8 desired cylinder
RPOF 16 offset
RPDS0..7 16 drive status, drives 0-7
RPDE0..7 16 drive error, drives 0-7
RPER2 16 error status 2
RPER3 16 error status 3
RPDB 16 data buffer
RPMR 16 maintenance register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
SC 1 special condition (CSR1<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR1<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR1<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.7 TC11/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The TC11 supports
the BOOT command.
The TC11 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape images.
ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image; the user
can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-8) format
-n native (PDP-9/11/15) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
TCST 16 status register
TCCM 16 command register
TCWC 16 word count register
TCBA 16 bus address register
TCDT 16 data register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
CTIME 31 time to complete transport stop
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
5.8 TM11 Magnetic Tape (TM)
TM options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked.
SET TMn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET TMn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The TM11 supports the BOOT command. The bootstrap supports both original
and DEC standard boot formats. Originally, a tape bootstrap read and
executed the first record on tape. To allow for ANSI labels, the DEC
standard bootstrap skipped the first record and read and executed the second.
The DEC standard is the default; to bootstrap an original format tape, use
the -o switch.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
MTS 16 status
MTC 16 command
MTCMA 16 memory address
MTBRC 16 byte/record count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 device done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 delay
UST0..7 16 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
5.8 TS11/TSV05 Magnetic Tape (TS)
The TS actually implements the TSV05, with 22-bit addressing, but will
work with TS11 drivers. TS options include the ability to make the unit
write enabled or write locked.
SET TS LOCKED set unit write locked
SET TS ENABLED set unit write enabled
The TS11 supports the BOOT command. The bootstrap supports only DEC
standard boot formats. To allow for ANSI labels, the DEC standard bootstrap
skipped the first record and read and executed the second.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
TSSR 16 status register
TSBA 16 bus address register
TSDBX 16 data buffer extension register
CHDR 16 command packet header
CADL 16 command packet low address or count
CADH 16 command packet high address
CLNT 16 command packet length
MHDR 16 message packet header
MRFC 16 message packet residual frame count
MXS0 16 message packet extended status 0
MXS1 16 message packet extended status 1
MXS2 16 message packet extended status 2
MXS3 16 message packet extended status 3
MXS4 16 message packet extended status 4
WADL 16 write char packet low address
WADH 16 write char packet high address
WLNT 16 write char packet length
WOPT 16 write char packet options
ATTN 1 attention message pending
BOOT 1 boot request pending
OWNC 1 if set, tape owns command buffer
OWNM 1 if set, tape owns message buffer
TIME 24 delay
POS 31 position
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error fatal tape error
5.10 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-11 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-11 assembler syntax. There are sixteen
instruction classes:
class operands examples comments
no operands none HALT, RESET
3b literal literal, 0 - 7 SPL
6b literal literal, 0 - 077 MARK
8b literal literal, 0 - 0377 EMT, TRAP
register register RTS
sop specifier SWAB, CLR, ASL
reg-sop register, specifier JSR, XOR, MUL
fop flt specifier ABSf, NEGf
ac-fop flt reg, flt specifier LDf, MULf
ac-sop flt reg, specifier LDEXP, STEXP
ac-moded sop flt reg, specifier LDCif, STCfi
dop specifier, specifier MOV, ADD, BIC
cond branch address BR, BCC, BNE
sob register, address SOB
cc clear cc clear instructions CLC, CLV, CLZ, CLN combinable
cc set cc set instructions SEC, SEV, SEZ, SEN combinable
For floating point opcodes, F and D variants, and I and L variants, may be
specified regardless of the state of FPS.
The syntax for specifiers is as follows:
syntax specifier displacement comments
Rn 0n -
Fn 0n - only in flt reg classes
(Rn) 1n -
@(Rn) 7n 0 equivalent to @0(Rn)
(Rn)+ 2n -
@(Rn)+ 3n -
-(Rn) 4n -
@-(Rn) 5n -
{+/-}d(Rn) 6n {+/-}d
@{+/-}d(Rn) 7n {+/-}d
#n 27 n
@#n 37 n
.+/-n 67 +/-n - 4
@.+/-n 77 +/-n - 4
{+/-}n 67 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, 37 and n
@{+/-}n 77 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, invalid
6. Nova Features
The Nova simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Nova CPU with 32KW of memory
-
PTR,PTP paper tape reader/punchhardware multiply/divide
TTI,TTO console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 second terminal
LPT line printer
PLT plotter
CLK real-time clock
DK head-per-track disk controller
DP moving head disk controller with four drives
MT magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The TTI1/TTO1, PLT, DK, DP, and MT devices can be DISABLEd.
The Nova simulator implements these unique stop conditions:
- reference to undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
an interrupt
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The Nova loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
6.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the optional instructions
and the size of main memory.
SET CPU NOVA4 enable Nova4 instructions
SET CPU NOVA3 enable Nova3 instructions
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NONE disable all optional instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
(MDV = unsigned multiply/divide instructions)
(Nova 3 = unsigned multiply/divide, stack, trap instructions)
(Nova 4 = unsigned and signed multiply/divide, stack, byte, trap instructions)
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter
AC0..AC3 16 accumulators 0..3
C 1 carry
SR 16 front panel switches
PI 16 priority interrupt mask
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
PWR 1 power fail interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
BUSY 15 device busy flags
DONE 15 device done flags
DISABLE 15 device interrupt disable flags
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined IOT
INDMAX 15 maximum number of nested indirects
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
6.2 Programmed I/O Devices
The Nova can have two terminals (TTI/TTO, TTI1/TTO1). At any moment
only one terminal is active. It can receive input from the keyboard;
it can output to the simulator window. The inactive console cannot
receive input from the keyboard and outputs to an internal buffer
(maximum 4K characters).
Control is switched among terminals with a SET TTI{n} CONSOLE or SET
TTO{n} CONSOLE command:
At startup, active console is TTI/TTO
SET TTI1 CONSOLE Active console is now TTI1/TTO1
SET TTO CONSOLE Active console is now TTI/TTO
When control is switched to an inactive terminal, any buffered output
is printed when simulation resumes.
6.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI, TTI1)
The active terminal input polls the console keyboard for input. The
inactive terminal input cannot receive characters. Terminal input
options include the ability to set limited Dasher compatibility mode
or ANSI standard mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI (TTI1) or TTO (TTO1) changes both devices. In Dasher
mode, carriage return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed
to backspace.
The terminal inputs implement these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
6.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO, TTO1)
The active terminal output writes to the simulator window. The inactive
terminal output buffers characters. Terminal output options include the
the ability to set limited Dasher compatibility mode or ANSI mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI (TTI1) or TTO (TTO1) changes both devices. In Dasher
mode, carriage return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed
to backspace.
The terminal outputs implement these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
6.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SELECT 2 selected clock interval
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME0 24 clock frequency, select = 0
TIME1 24 clock frequency, select = 1
TIME2 24 clock frequency, select = 2
TIME3 24 clock frequency, select = 3
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
6.2.7 Plotter (PTP)
The plotter (PLT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the plotter.
The plotter implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.3 Fixed Head Disk (DK)
The fixed head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
STAT 16 status
DA 16 disk address
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 device disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK 8 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational delay, per sector
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The fixed head disk controller supports the BOOT command.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Fixed head disk data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file
and OS I/O errors cannot occur.
6.4 Moving Head Disk (DP)
Moving head disk options include the ability to make units write enabled or
write locked, and to select the type of drive:
SET DPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET DPn FLOPPY set unit n to floppy disk
SET DPn D31 set unit n to Diablo 31
SET DPn D44 set unit n to Diablo 44
SET DPn C111 set unit n to Century 111
SET DPn C114 set unit n to Century 114
SET DPn 6225 set unit n to 6225
SET DPn 6099 set unit n to 6099
SET DPn 6227 set unit n to 6227
SET DPn 6070 set unit n to 6070
SET DPn 6103 set unit n to 6103
SET DPn 4231 set unit n to 4231
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The moving head
disk controller supports the BOOT command.
All drives have 256 16b words per sector. The other disk parameters are:
drive cylinders surfaces sectors size (MW) DG models
floppy 77 1 8 .158 6038
D31 203 2 12 1.247 4047, 4237, 4238
D44 408 4 12 5.014 4234, 6045
C111 203 10 6 3.118 4048
C114 203 20 12 12.472 4057, 2314
6225 20 2 245 2.508
6099 32 4 192 6.291
6227 20 6 245 7.526
6070 24 4 408 10.027
6103 32 8 192 12.583
4231 23 19 411 45.979
The moving head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FCCY 16 flags, command, cylinder
USSC 16 unit, surface, sector, count
STAT 16 status
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.5 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The magnetic
tape controller supports the BOOT command.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CU 16 command, unit
MA 16 memory address
WC 16 word count
STA1 16 status word 1
STA2 16 status word 2
EP 1 extended polling mode (not supported)
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
CTIME 24 controller delay
RTIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 32 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The Nova simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Nova assembler syntax. There are three
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {ac,}{@}address{,index}
LDA and STA require an initial register; ISZ, DSZ, JSR, and JMP do not.
The syntax for addresses and indices is as follows:
syntax mode displacement comments
0 <= n < 0400 0 n
{+/-}n >= 0400 1 {+/-}n - PC must be in range [-200, 177]
invalid on disk
.+/-n 1 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,2 2 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,3 3 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
IOT instructions have one of four formats
syntax example
iot HALT
iot reg INTA
iot device SKPDN
iot reg,device DOAS
Devices may be specified as mnemonics or as numbers in the range 0 - 077.
Operate instructions have the format
opcode{#} reg,reg{,skip}
In all Nova instructions, blanks may be substituted for commas as field
delimiters.
7. PDP-1 Features
The PDP-1 is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-1 CPU with up to 64KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO Flexowriter typewriter input/output
LPT Type 62 line printer
The PDP-1 simulator implements the following unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-1 loader supports RIM format tapes. The DUMP command is not
implemented.
7.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of hardware multiply/divide and the
size of main memory.
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NOMDV disable multiply/divide
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
AC 18 accumulator
IO 18 IO register
OV 1 overflow flag
PF 6 program flags<1:6>
SS 6 sense switches<1:6>
TW 18 test word (front panel switches)
EXTM 1 extend mode
IOSTA 18 IO status register
SBON 1 sequence break enable
SBRQ 1 sequence break request
SBIP 1 sequence break in progress
IOH 1 I/O halt in progress
IOC 1 I/O continue
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last transfer
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
SBS_INIT 1 initial state of sequence break enable
EXTM_INIT 1 initial state of extend mode
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
7.2 Programmed I/O Devices
7.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from or a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
RIM loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTO) reads from the controling console port.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
7.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
7.2.5 Type 62 Line Printer (LPT)
The paper line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
PNT 1 printing done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.3 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-1 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as FIODEC character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character FIODEC string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses modified PDP-1 assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, shift, skip, operate, IOT, and
LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} address
where I signifies indirect reference. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 0177777.
Shift instructions have the format
shift shift_count
The shift count is an octal number in the range 0-9.
Skip instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, SZA, SZS4. Skip
instructions may be or'd together
skip skip skip...
The sense of a skip can be inverted by including the mnemonic I.
Operate instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, CLA, CLI. Operate
instructions may be or'd together
opr opr opr...
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, TYI, TYO. IOT
instructions may include an octal numeric modifier or the modifier I:
iot modifier
The simulator does not check the legality of skip, operate, or IOT
combinations.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW {I} immediate
where immediate is in the range 0 to 07777.
7.4 Character Sets
The PDP-1's console was a Frieden Flexowriter; its character encoding
was known as FIODEC. The PDP-1's line printer used a modified Hollerith
character set. The following table provides equivalences between ASCII
characters and the PDP-1's I/O devices. In the console table, UC stands
for upper case.
PDP-1 PDP-1
ASCII console line printer
000 - 007 none none
bs 075 none
tab 036 none
012 - 014 none none
cr 077 none
016 - 037 none none
space 000 000
! {OR} UC+005 none
" UC+001 none
{IMPLIES} UC+004 none
$ none none
% none none
& {AND} UC+006 none
' UC+002 none
( 057 057
) 055 055
-
{TIMES} UC+073 072 -
, 033 033UC+054 074 -
. 073 073054 054
/ 021 021
0 020 020
1 001 001
2 002 002
3 003 003
4 004 004
5 005 005
6 006 006
7 007 007
8 010 010
9 011 011
: none none
; none none
< UC+007 034
= UC+033 053
? UC+021 037UC+010 034
@ {MID DOT} 040 {MID DOT} 040
A UC+061 061
B UC+062 062
C UC+063 063
D UC+064 064
E UC+065 065
F UC+066 066
G UC+067 067
H UC+070 070
I UC+071 071
J UC+041 041
K UC+042 042
L UC+043 043
M UC+044 044
N UC+045 045
O UC+046 046
P UC+047 047
Q UC+050 050
R UC+051 051
S UC+022 022
T UC+023 023
U UC+024 024
V UC+025 025
W UC+026 026
X UC+027 027
Y UC+030 030
Z UC+031 031
[ UC+057 none
\ {OVERLINE} 056 {OVERLINE} 056
] UC+055 none
^ {UP ARROW} UC+011 {UP ARROW} 035
_ UC+040 UC+040
` {RT ARROW} UC+020 036
a 061 none
b 062 none
c 063 none
d 064 none
e 065 none
f 066 none
g 067 none
h 070 none
i 071 none
j 041 none
k 042 none
l 043 none
m 044 none
n 045 none
o 046 none
p 047 none
q 050 none
r 051 none
s 022 none
t 023 none
u 024 none
v 025 none
w 026 none
x 027 none
y 030 none
z 031 none
{ none none
| UC+056 076
} none none
~ UC+003 013
del 075 none
- 18b PDP Features
The other four 18b PDP's (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, PDP-15) are very similar
and are configured as follows:
system device simulates
name(s)
PDP-4 CPU PDP-4 CPU with 8KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR28 console terminal (Baudot code)
LPT Type 62 line printer (Hollerith code)
CLK integral real-time clock
PDP-7 CPU PDP-7 CPU with 32KW of memory
- Type 177 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- Type 148 memory extension
PTR,PTP Type 444 paper tape reader/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
LPT Type 647 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
DRM Type 24 serial drum
PDP-9 CPU PDP-9 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE09A extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KF09A automatic priority interrupt (API)
- KG09B memory extension
- KP09A power detection
- KX09A memory protection
PTR,PTP PC09A paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 LT09A second console terminal
LPT Type 647E line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RF RF09/RS09 fixed-head disk
DT TC02/TU55 DECtape
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
PDP-15 CPU PDP-15 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE15 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KA15 automatic priority interrupt (API)
- KF15 power detection
- KM15 memory protection
PTR,PTP PC15 paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 35 console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 LT15 second console terminal
LPT LP15 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RP RP15/RP02 disk pack
RF RF15/RS09 fixed-head disk
DT TC15/TU56 DECtape
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
The DRM, RF, RP, DT, and MT devices can be DISABLEd.
The 18b PDP simulators implement several unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
The PDP-4 and PDP-7 loaders support only RIM format tapes. The PDP-9
and PDP-15 support both RIM and BIN format tapes. If the file extension
is .RIM, or the -r switch is specified with LOAD, the file is assumed to
be RIM format; if the file extension is not .RIM, or if the -b switch is
specified, the file is assumed to be BIN format.
8.1 CPU
The CPU options are the presence of the EAE, the presense of the API (for
the PDP-9 and PDP-15), and the size of main memory.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU API enable API
SET CPU NOAPI disable API
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
SET CPU 80K set memory size = 80K
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96K
SET CPU 112K set memory size = 112K
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128K
Memory sizes greater than 8K are only available on the PDP-7, PDP-9, and
PDP-15; memory sizes greater than 32KW are only available on the PDP-15.
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 8K for the PDP-4, 32K
for the PDP-7 and PDP-9, and 128K for the PDP-15.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
system name size comments
all PC addr program counter
7,9 PC 15 program counter
15 PC 17 program counter
all AC 18 accumulator
7,9,15 MQ 18 multiplier-quotient
7,9,15 SC 6 shift counter
7,9,15 EAE_AC_SIGN 1 EAE AC sign
all L 1 link
7,9 EXTM 1 extend mode
9 EXTM_INIT 1 extend mode value after reset
15 BANKM 1 bank mode
15 BANKM_INIT 1 bank mode value after reset
7 TRAPM 1 trap mode
9,15 USMD 1 user mode
9,15 USMDBUF 1 user mode buffer
9,15 BR addr memory protection bounds
7,9,15 TRAPP 1 trap pending
9,15 NEXM 1 non-existent memory violation
9,15 PRVN 1 privilege violation
7,9 EMIRP 1 EMIR instruction pending
9,15 RESTP 1 DBR or RES instruction pending
15 XR 18 index register
15 LR 18 limit register
all SR 18 front panel switches
all INT 32 interrupt requests
all IORS 18 IORS register
all ION 1 interrupt enable
all ION_DELAY 2 interrupt enable delay
all OLDPC addr PC prior to last transfer
all STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
all BREAK 18 breakpoint address (777777 to disable)
all WRU 8 interrupt character
"addr" signifies the address width of the system (13b for the PDP-4, 15b for
the PDP-7 and PDP-9, 17b for the PDP-15).
8.2 Programmed I/O Devices
The PDP-9 and PDP-15 have two terminals (TTI/TTO, TTI1/TTO1). At any
moment, only one terminal is active. It can receive input from the
keyboard; it can output to the simulator window. The inactive console
cannot receive input from the keyboard and outputs to an internal buffer
(maximum 4K characters).
Control is switched among terminals with a SET TTI{n} CONSOLE or SET
TTO{n} CONSOLE command:
At startup, active console is TTI/TTO
SET TTI1 CONSOLE Active console is now TTI1/TTO1
SET TTO CONSOLE Active console is now TTI/TTO
When control is switched to an inactive terminal, any buffered output
is printed when simulation resumes.
8.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
On the PDP-4 and PDP-7, the paper tape reader supports the BOOT command.
BOOT PTR copies the RIM loader into memory and starts it running, while
BOOT -F PTR copies the funny format binary loader into memory and starts
it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The ppaper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI, TTI1)
The active terminal input polls the console keyboard for input. The
inactive terminal input cannot receive characters. The terminal inputs
have one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower case input
to upper case.
The PDP-9 and PDP-15 operated the primary terminal (TTI/TTO), by default,
as half-duplex. For backward compatibility, on the PDP-9 and PDP-15
the first terminal input has a second option, FDX; when set, it operates
the terminal input in full-duplex mode. The second terminal is always
full duplex.
The terminal inputs implement these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
8.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO, TTO1)
The active terminal output writes to the simulator window. The inactive
terminal output buffers characters. The terminal outputs have one option,
UC; when set, it suppresses lower case output (so that ALTMODE is not
echoed as }).
The terminal outputs implement these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of chararacters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
8.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The PDP-4 used a Type 62 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
The PDP-7 and PDP-7 used a Type 647 printer controller, with these
registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable (PDP-9 only)
ERR 1 error flag
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
The PDP-15 used an LP15 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status register
MA 18 DMA memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable
LCNT 8 line counter
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:131] 8 line buffer
For all three models, error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 clock enable
TIME 24 clock frequency
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
8.3 RP15/RP02 Disk Pack (RP)
RP15 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status A
STB 18 status B
DA 18 disk address
MA 18 current memory address
WC 18 word count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
BUSY 1 control busy flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.4 Type 24 Serial Drum (DRM)
The serial drum (DRM) implements these registers:
name size comments
DA 9 drum address (sector number)
MA 15 current memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag
WLK 32 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational latency, per word
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Drum data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.5 RF09/RF15/RS09 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF09/RF15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status
DA 21 current disk address
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
BUF 18 data buffer (diagnostic only)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK0..7 16 write lock switches for disks 0..7
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF09/RF15 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word
transfers are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer
occurs in a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF15/RF09 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.6 TC02/TU55 and TC15/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The TC02/TC15 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape
images. ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image;
the user can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-8) format
-n native (PDP-9/11/15) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
DTSA 12 status register A
DTSB 12 status register B
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENB 1 interrupt enable flag
DTF 1 DECtape flag
ERF 1 error flag
CA 18 current address (memory location 30)
WC 18 word count (memory location 31)
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
8.7 TC59/TU10 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 18 command
STA 18 main status
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
8.8 Symbolic Display and Input
The 18b PDP simulators implement symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional switch:
-p display as packed ASCII (five 7b ASCII
characters in two 18b words)
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional input mode:
# or -p five character packed ASCII string in
two 18b words
Instruction input uses standard 18b PDP assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, EAE, index (PDP-15 only), IOT,
operate, and LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I/@} address{,X}
where I (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9) /@ (PDP-15) signifies indirect reference,
and X signifies indexing (PDP-15 in page mode only). The address is an
octal number in the range 0 - 017777 (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, and PDP-15 in
bank mode) or 0 - 07777 (PDP-15 in page mode).
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
IOT's may also include the number 10, signifying clear the accumulator
iot 10
The simulator does not check the legality of IOT combinations. IOT's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 07777.
EAE instructions have the format
eae {+/- shift count}
EAE instructions may be or'd together
eae eae eae...
The simulator does not check the legality of EAE combinations. EAE's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as EAE n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 037777.
Index instructions (PDP-15 only) have the format
index {immediate}
The immediate, if allowed, must be in the range of -0400 to +0377.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW immediate
where immediate is in the range of 0 to 017777.
8.8 Character Sets
The PDP-4's console was an ASR-28 Teletype; its character encoding was
Baudot. The PDP-4's line printer used a modified Hollerith character
set. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's consoles were KSR-33 Teletypes; their
character sets were basically ASCII. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's line
printers used sixbit encoding (ASCII codes 040 - 0137 masked to six
bits). The PDP-15's I/O devices were all ASCII. The following table
provides equivalences between ASCII characters and the PDP-4's I/O devices.
In the console table, FG stands for figures (upper case).
PDP-4 PDP-4
ASCII console line printer
000 - 006 none none
bell FG+024 none
010 - 011 none none
lf 010 none
013 - 014 none none
cr 002 none
016 - 037 none none
space 004 000
! FG+026 none
" FG+021 none
FG+005 none
$ FG+062 none
% none none
& FG+013 none
' FG+032 none
( FG+036 057
) FG+011 055
-
none 072 -
, FG+006 033none 074 -
. FG+007 073FG+030 054
/ FG+027 021
0 FG+015 020
1 FG+035 001
2 FG+031 002
3 FG+020 003
4 FG+012 004
5 FG+001 005
6 FG+025 006
7 FG+034 007
8 FG+014 010
9 FG+003 011
: FG+016 none
; FG+017 none
< none 034
= none 053
? FG+023 037none 034
@ none {MID DOT} 040
A 030 061
B 023 062
C 016 063
D 022 064
E 020 065
F 026 066
G 013 067
H 005 070
I 014 071
J 032 041
K 036 042
L 011 043
M 007 044
N 006 045
O 003 046
P 015 047
Q 035 050
R 012 051
S 024 022
T 001 023
U 034 024
V 017 025
W 031 026
X 027 027
Y 025 030
Z 021 031
[ none none
\ none {OVERLINE} 056
] none none
^ none {UP ARROW} 035
_ none UC+040
0140 - 0177 none none
- IBM 1401 Features
The IBM 1401 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU IBM 1401 CPU with 16K of memory
CDR,CDP IBM 1402 card reader/punch
LPT IBM 1403 line printer
INQ IBM 1407 inquiry terminal
MT IBM 729 7-track magnetic tape controller with six drives
The IBM 1401 simulator implements many unique stop conditions. On almost
any kind of error the simulator stops:
unimplemented opcode
reference to non-existent memory
reference to non-existent device
no word mark under opcode
invalid A address
invalid B address
invalid instruction length
invalid modifier character
invalid branch address
invalid magtape unit number
invalid magtape record length
write to locked magtape drive
skip to unpunched carriage control tape channel
card reader hopper empty
address register wrap-around
single character A field in MCE
single character B field in MCE
hanging $ in MCE with EPE enabled
I/O check with I/O stop switch set
The LOAD and DUMP commands are not implemented.
9.1 CPU
The CPU options include a number of special features and the size of main
memory. Note that the Modify Address special feature is always included
when memory size is greater than 4K.
SET CPU XSA enable advanced programming special feature
SET CPU NOXSA disable advanced programming
SET CPU HLE enable high/low/equal special feature
SET CPU NOHLE disable high/low/equal
SET CPU BBE enable branch on bit equal special feature
SET CPU NOBBE disable branch on bit equal
SET CPU MR enable move record special feature
SET CPU NOMR disable move record
SET CPU EPE enable extended print edit special feature
SET CPU NOEPE disable extended print edit
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initially, memory size is 16K, and all special
features are enabled.
Memory is implemented as 7 bit BCD characters, as follows:
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
word B bit A bit 8 4 2 1
mark <-- zone --> <-------- digit -------->
In BCD, the decimal digits 0-9 are (octal) values 012, 001, 002, 003, 004,
005, 006, 007, 010, 011, respectively. Signs are encoded in the zone bits,
with 00, 01, and 11 being positive, and 10 being negative.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor. The 1401 has no
interrupt system.
name size comments
IS 14 instruction storage address register (PC)
AS 14 A storage address register
BS 14 B storage address register
ASERR 1 AS invalid flag
BSERR 1 BS invalid flag
SSA 1 sense switch A
SSB 1 sense switch B
SSC 1 sense switch C
SSD 1 sense switch D
SSE 1 sense switch E
SSF 1 sense switch F
SSG 1 sense switch G
EQU 1 equal compare indicator
UNEQ 1 unequal compare indicator
HIGH 1 high compare indicator
LOW 1 low compare indicator
OVF 1 overflow indicator
IOCHK 1 I/O check switch
PRCHK 1 process check switch
OLDIS 1 IS prior to last branch
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (1000000 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
9.2 1402 Card Reader/Punch (CDR, CDP, STKR)
The IBM 1402 card/reader punch is simulated as three independent devices:
the card reader (CDR), the card punch (CDP), and the reader and punch
stackers (STKR). STRK units 0, 1, 2, and 4 correspond to the reader
normal stacker, reader stacker 1, shared stacker 2/8, and punch stacker
4, respectively.
The card reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT CDR reads a card image
into locations 1-80, sets a word mark under location 1, clears storage,
and then transfers control to location 1.
The card reader reads data from disk files, while the punch and stackers
write data to disk files. Cards are simulated as ASCII text lines with
terminating newlines; column binary is not supported. For each unit,
the POS register specifies the number of the next data item to be read or
written. Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance these
devices.
The reader/punch registers are:
device name size comments
CDR LAST 1 last card indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
S1 1 stacker 1 select flag
S2 1 stacker 2 select flag
POS 31 position
TIME 24 delay window for stacker select
BUF[0:79] 8 reader buffer
CDP ERR 1 error indicator
S4 1 stacker 4 select flag
S8 1 stacker 8 select flag
STKR POS0 31 position, normal reader stack
POS1 31 position, reader stacker 1
POS2 31 position, shared stacker 2/8
POS4 31 position, punch stacker 4
Error handling is as follows:
device error processed as
reader end of file if SSA set, set LAST indicator
on next Read, report error and stop
reader,punch not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
stacker not attached ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
9.3 1403 Line Printer (LPT)
The IBM 1403 line printer (LPT) writes its data, converted to ASCII, to
a disk file. The line printer supports three different print character
sets or "chains":
SET LPT PCF full 64 character chain
SET LPT PCA 48 character business chain
SET LPT PCH 48 character FORTRAN chain
In addition, the line printer can be programmed with a carriage control
tape. The LOAD command loads a new carriage control tape:
LOAD <file> load carriage control tape file
The format of a carriage control tape consists of multiple lines. Each
line contains an optional repeat count, enclosed in parentheses, optionally
followed by a series of column numbers separated by commas. Column numbers
must be between 1 and 12; a column number of zero denotes top of form. The
following are all legal carriage control specifications:
<blank line> no punch
(5) 5 lines with no punches
1,5,7,8 columns 1, 5, 7, 8 punched
(10)2 10 lines with column 2 punched
1,0 column 1 punched; top of form
The default form is 66 lines long, with column 1 and the top of form mark
on line 1, and the rest blank.
The line printer registers are:
name size comments
LINES 8 number of newlines after next print
LFLAG 1 carriage control flag (1 = skip, 0 = space)
CCTP 8 carriage control tape pointer
CCTL 8 carriage control tape length (read only)
ERR 1 error indicator
POS 31 position
CCT[0:131] 32 carriage control tape array
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.4 1407 Inquiry Terminal (INQ)
The IBM 1407 inquiry terminal (INQ) is a half-duplex console. It polls
the controling keyboard of the simulator periodically for inquiry requests.
The inquiry terminal registers are:
name size comments
INQC 7 inquiry request character (initially ESC)
INR 1 inquiry request indicator
INC 1 inquiry cleared indicator
TIME 24 polling interval
When the 1401 CPU requests input from the keyboard, the message [Enter]
is printed out, followed by a new line. The CPU hangs waiting for input
until either the return/enter key is pressed, or the inquiry request
character is typed in. The latter cancels the type-in and sets INC.
The inquiry terminal has no errors.
9.5 729 Magnetic Tape (MT)
The magnetic tape controller supports six drives, numbered 1 through 6.
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The magnetic
tape simulator supports the BOOT command. BOOT MT reads the first
record off tape, starting at location 1, and then branches to it.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
END 1 end of file indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
PAR 1 parity error indicator
POS1..6 31 position, drives 1..6
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The IBM 1401 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-c display as single character
(BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII for others)
-s display as wordmark terminated BCD string
(CPU only)
-m display instruction mnemonics
(CPU only)
In a CPU character display, word marks are denoted by ~.
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or " or -c or -s characters (BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII
for others)
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input is free format, with spaces separating fields. There
are six instruction formats: 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, and 8 characters:
1 character opcode
2 character opcode 'modifier
4 character opcode address
5 character opcode address 'modifier
7 character opcode address address
8 character opcode address address 'modifier
Addresses are always decimal, except for special I/O addresses in the A
field, which may be specified as %xy, where x denotes the device and y
the unit number.
For the CPU, string input may encompass multiple characters. A word mark
is denoted by ~ and must precede the character to be marked. All other
devices can only accept single character input, without word marks.
9.7 Character Sets
The IBM 1401 used a 6b character code called BCD (binary coded decimal).
Some of the characters have no equivalent in ASCII and require different
representations:
BCD ASCII IBM 1401 print
code representation character chains
00 space
01 1
02 2
03 3
04 4
05 5
06 6
07 7
10 8
11 9
12 0
13 # = in H chain
14 @ ' in H chain
15 : blank in A, H chains
16 > blank in A, H chains
17 ( tape mark blank in A, H chains
20 ^ alternate blank blank in A, H chains
21 /
22 S
23 T
24 U
25 V
26 W
27 X
30 Y
31 Z
32 ' record mark
33 ,
34 % ( in H chain
35 = word mark blank in A, H chains
36 \ blank in A, H chains
37 + blank in A, H chains
40 -
41 J
42 K
43 L
44 M
45 N
46 O
47 P
50 Q
51 R
52 !
53 $
54 *
55 ] blank in A, H chains
56 ; blank in A, H chains
57 _ delta blank in A, H chains
60 &
61 A
62 B
63 C
64 D
65 E
66 F
67 G
70 H
71 I
72 ?
73 .
74 ) lozenge
75 [ blank in A, H chains
76 < blank in A, H chains
77 " group mark blank in A, H chains
10. HP2100 Features
The HP2100 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU 2116, 2100, or 21MX CPU with 32KW memory
DMA0, DMA1 dual channel DMA controller
PTR,PTP 12597A paper tape reader/punch
TTY 12631C buffered teleprinter
LPT 12653A line printer
CLK 12539A/B/C time base generator
DP 12557A cartridge disk controller with four drives
MT 12559C magnetic tape controller with one drives
The HP2100 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is et
- reference to an undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect references are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The HP2100 loader supports standard absolute binary format. The DUMP
command is not implemented.
10.1 CPU
CPU options include choice of instruction set and memory size.
SET CPU 2116 2116 instructions
SET CPU 2100 2100 instructions
SET CPU 21MX 21MX instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
P 15 program counter
A 16 A register
B 16 B register
X 16 X index register (21MX)
Y 16 Y index register (21MX)
S 16 switch/display register
E 1 extend flag
O 1 overflow flag
ION 1 interrupt enable flag
ION_DEFER 1 interrupt defer flag
IADDR 6 most recent interrupting device
MPCTL 1 memory protection enable (2100, 21MX)
MPFLG 1 memory protection flag (2100, 21MX)
MPFBF 1 memory protection flag buffer (2100, 21MX)
MFENCE 15 memory protection fence (2100, 21MX)
MADDR 16 memory protection error address (2100, 21MX)
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined device
INDMAX 1 indirect address limit
OLDP 15 PC prior to last JMP, JSB, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
10.2 DMA Controllers
The HP2100 includes two DMA channel controllers (DMA0 and DMA1). Each
DMA channel has the following visible state:
name size comments
CMD 1 channel enabled
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
CW1 1 command word 1
CW2 1 command word 2
CW3 1 command word 3
10.3 Variable Device Assignments
On the HP2100, I/O device take their device numbers from the backplane
slot they are plugged into. Thus, device number assignments vary
considerably from system to system, and software package to software
package. The HP2100 simulator supports dynamic device reassignment
with the command:
SET <controller> DEVNO
This initiates a dialog that displays the current device number and
allows the user to assign a new one:
Device number: old <new>(cr)
The new device number must be in the range 010..077 (octal) and must
not be currently assigned to another device. For devices with two
device numbers, only the lower numbered device number can be changed;
the higher is automatically set to the lower + 1.
10.4 Programmed I/O Devices
10.4.1 12597A-002 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
absolute binary loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 reader enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.2 12597A-005 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 punch enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.3 12631C Buffered Teleprinter (TTY)
The console teleprinter has three units: keyboard (unit 0), printer
(unit 1), and punch (unit 2). The keyboard reads from, and the
printer writes to, the controlling console port. The punch writes
to a disk file. The keyboard has one option, UC; when set, it
automatically converts lower case input to upper case. This is on
by default.
The terminal implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
MODE 16 mode
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters input
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TPOS 31 number of characters printed
TTIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
PPOS 31 position in the punch output file
STOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling for the punch is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.4 12653A Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 printer enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
CTIME 24 time between characters
PTIME 24 time for a print operation
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.5 12539A/B/C Time Base Generator (CLK)
The time base generator (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SEL 3 time base select
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
ERR 1 error flag
TIME0..TIME7 31 clock intervals, select = 0..7
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
10.5 12557A Cartridge Disk (DP)
The 12557A cartridge disk has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a 128-word (one sector)
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the four
disk drives. Disk drives can be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
IBUF 16 input buffer
OBUF 16 output buffer
BPTR 7 sector buffer pointer
CMD 1 channel enable
CTL 1 interrupt enable
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
OBUF 16 output buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
RARC 8 record address register cylinder
RARH 2 record address register head
RARS 4 record address register sector
CNT 5 check record count
CMD 1 controller enable
CTL 1 interrupt enable
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
EOC 1 end of cylinder pending
CTIME 24 command delay time
STIME 24 seek delay time, per cylinder
XTIME 24 interword transfer time
STA0 16 drive 0 status
STA1 16 drive 1 status
STA2 16 drive 2 status
STA3 16 drive 3 status
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.6 12559C Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make the unit write enabled
or write locked.
SET MT LOCKED set unit write locked
SET MT ENABLED set unit write enabled
The 12559C mag tape drive has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a maximum record sized
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the tape
unit
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
FLG 1 channel ready
BPTR 16 buffer pointer (reads and writes)
BMAX 16 buffer size (writes)
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FNC 8 current function
STA 9 tape status
BUF 8 buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
DTF 1 data transfer flop
FSVC 1 first service flop
POS 31 magtape position
CTIME 24 command delay time
XTIME 24 interword transfer delay time
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.7 Symbolic Display and Input
The HP2100 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard HP2100 assembler syntax. There are seven
instruction classes: memory reference, I/O, shift, alter skip, extended
shift, extended memory reference, extended two address reference.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {C/Z} address{,I}
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 077777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 01777. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions have the format
io device{,C}
where C signifies that the device flag is to be cleared. The device is an
octal number in the range 0 - 77.
Shift and alter/skip instructions have the format
sub-op sub-op sub-op...
The simulator checks that the combination of sub-opcodes is legal.
Extended shift instructions have the format
extshift count
where count is an octal number in the range 1 - 020.
Extended memory reference instructions have the format
extmemref address{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 077777.
Extended two address instructions have the format
ext2addr addr1{,I},addr2{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. Both address 1 and address 2 are
octal numbers in the range 0 - 077777.
11. Interdata 4 Features
The Interdata 4 simulator is not fully debugged. Lack of documentation
and software makes checkout very difficult. The simulator is included in
the hopes that a fellow enthusiast may be able to provide software or
additional documentation to facilitate further debug.
The Interdata 4 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Interdata 4 CPU with 64KB memory
PT paper tape reader/punch
TT console terminal
The Interdata 4 simulator implements one unique stop condition:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is set
The LOAD and DUMP command are not implemented.
11.1 CPU
The only CPU options are memory size:
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8KB
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64KB.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..RF 16 general registers
F0, F2..FE 32 floating point registers
PSW 16 processor status word
CC 4 condition codes, PSW<12:15>
SR 16 switch register
DR 16 display register low 16 bits
DR1 16 display register high 16 bits
DRMOD 1 display mode
DRPOS 2 display pointer position
SRPOS 1 switch pointer position
IRQ0..IRQ7 32 interrupt requests
IEN0..IEN7 32 interrupt enables
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last branch or interrupt
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
11.2 Paper Tape Reader/Punch (PT)
The paper tape reader and punch (PT units 0 and 1) read data from or
write data to disk files. The RPOS and PPOS registers specify the
number of the next data item to be read and written, respectively.
Thus, by changing RPOS or PPOS, the user can backspace or advance
these devices.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
so-called '50 loader' into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RBUF 8 reader buffer
RPOS 31 reader position in the input file
RTIME 24 time from reader start to interrupt
RSTOP_IOE 1 reader stop on I/O error
PBUF 8 punch buffer
PPOS 31 punch position in the output file
PTIME 24 time from punch start to interrupt
PSTOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
IREQ 1 paper tape interrupt request
IENB 1 paper tape interrupt enable
RUN 1 paper tape running
SLEW 1 paper tape reader slew mode
BUSY 1 paper tape busy
RW 1 paper tape read/write mode
Error handling is as follows:
type error STOP_IOE processed as
in,out not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in,out OS I/O error x report error and stop
11.3 Teletype (TT)
The teletype reads and writes to the controlling console port. The
keyboard has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is on by default.
name size comments
KBUF 8 keyboard buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters output
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TBUF 8 output buffer
TPOS 31 number of characters output
TTIME 24 time from output start to interrupt
IREQ 1 teletype interrupt request
IENB 1 teletype interrupt enable
HDPX 1 teletype half-duplex
BUSY 1 teletype busy
RW 1 teletype read/write mode
11.4 Symbolic Display and Input
The Interdata 4 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Interdata 4 assembler syntax. There are
four instruction classes: register, memory, register-register, register-
memory.
Register instructions have the format
rop regnum
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F.
Memory instructions have the format
mop address{(index)}
where address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and the index register
is a hex digit, optinally preceded by R, between 0 and F.
Register-register instructions have the format
rrop regnum,regnum
where the register numbers are hex digits, optionally preceded by R,
between 1 and F.
Register-memory instructions have the format
rmop regnum,address{(index)}
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F, the address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and
the index register is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R, between
1 and F.
- PDP-10 Features
The PDP-10 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU KS10 CPU with 1MW of memory
PAG paging unit (translation maps)
UBA Unibus adapters (translation maps)
FE console
TIM timer
PTR,PTP PC11 paper tape reader/punch
LP20 LP20 line printer
RP RH11/RP04/RP05/RP06/RP07/RM03/RM05/RM80 controller with
eight drives
TU RH11/TM02/TU45 controller with eight drives
The PTR/PTP are initially DISABLEd. No other device can be DISABLEd.
The PDP-10 simulator implements several unique stop condition:
- illegal instruction (000) in kernel mode
- indirect addressing nesting exceeds limit
- execute chaining exceeds limit
- page fail or other error in interrupt sequence
- illegal instruction in interrupt sequence
- invalid vector pointer in interrupt sequence
- invalid Unibus adapter number
- non-existent exec or user page table address
The PDP-10 loader supports RIM10B format paper tapes, SAV binary files, and
EXE binary files. LOAD switches -r, -s, -e specify RIM10, SAV, EXE format,
respectively. If no switch is specified, the LOAD command checks the file
extension; .RIM, .SAV, .EXE specify RIM10, SAV, EXE format, respectively.
If no switch specified, and no extension matches, the LOAD command checks
the file format to try to determine the file type.
12.1 CPU
The CPU options allow the user to specify standard microcode, standard
microcode with a bug fix for a boostrap problem in TOPS-20 V4.1, or ITS
microcode
SET CPU STANDARD Standard microcode
SET CPU TOPS20V41 Standard microcode with TOPS-20 V4.1 bug fix
SET CPU ITS ITS compatible microcode
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 18 program counter
FLAGS 18 processor flags (<13:17> unused)
AC0..AC17 36 accumulators
IR 36 instruction register
EBR 18 executive base register
PGON 1 paging enabled flag
T20P 1 TOPS-20 paging
UBR 18 user base register
CURAC 3 current AC block
PRVAC 3 previous AC block
SPT 36 shared pointer table
CST 36 core status table
PUR 36 process update register
CSTM 36 CST mask
HSB 18 halt status block address
DBR1 18 descriptor base register 1 (ITS)
DBR2 18 descriptor base register 2 (ITS)
DBR3 18 descriptor base register 3 (ITS)
DBR4 18 descriptor base register 4 (ITS)
PIENB 7 PI levels enabled
PIACT 7 PI levels active
PIPRQ 7 PI levels with program requests
PIIOQ 7 PI levels with IO requests
PIAPR 7 PI levels with APR requests
APRENB 8 APR flags enabled
APRFLG 8 APR flags active
APRLVL 3 PI level for APR interrupt
IND_MAX 8 indirect address nesting limit
XCT_MAX 8 execute chaining limit
OLDPC 18 PC prior to last transfer instruction
BREAK 19 breakpoint address (1777777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
REG[0:127] 36 fast memory blocks
12.2 Pager
The pager contains the page maps for executive and user mode. The
executive page map is the memory space for unit 0, the user page map the
memory space for unit 1. A page map entry is 32 bits wide and has the
following format:
bit content
--- -------
31 page is writeable
30 entry is valid
29:19 mbz
18:9 physical page base address
8:0 mbz
The pager has no registers.
12.3 Unibus Adapters
The Unibus adapters link the system I/O devices to the CPU. Unibus
adapter 1 (UBA1) is unit 0, and Unibus adapter 3 is unit 1. The
adapter's Unibus map is the memory space of the corresponding unit.
The Unibus Adapter has the following registers:
name size comments
INTREQ 32 interrupt requests
UB1CS 16 Unibus adapter 1 control/status
UB3CS 16 Unibus adapter 3 control/status
12.4 Front End (FE)
The front end is the system console. The keyboard input is unit 0,
the console output is unit 1. It supports two options:
SET FE STOP halts the PDP-10 operating system
SET FE CTLC simulates typing ^C (for Windoze)
The front end has the following registers:
name size comments
IBUF 8 input buffer
ICOUNT 31 count of input characters
ITIME 24 keyboard polling interval
OBUF 8 output buffer
OCOUNT 31 count of output characters
OTIME 24 console output response time
12.5 Timer (TIM)
The timer (TIM) implements the system timer, the interval timer, and
the time of day clock used to get the date and time at system startup.
Because most PDP-10 software is not Y2K compliant, the timer implements
one option
SET TIM NOY2K software not Y2K compliant, limit time of
day clock to 1999 (default)
SET TIM Y2K software is Y2K compliant
The timer has the following registers:
name size comments
TIMBASE 59 time base (double precision)
TTG 36 time to go (remaining time) for interval
PERIOD 36 reset value for interval
QUANT 36 quantum timer (ITS only)
TIME 24 tick delay
DIAG 1 use fixed tick delay instead of autocalibration
Unless the DIAG flag is set, the timer autocalibrates; the tick delay
is adjusted up or down so that the time base tracks actual elapsed time.
This may cause time-dependent diagnostics to report errors.
12.6 PC11 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
BUSY 1 busy flag (CSR<11>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.7 PC11 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input or output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.8 RH11 Adapter, RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 drives (RP)
The RP controller implements the Massbus 18b (RH11) direct interface for
large disk drives. It is more abstract than other device simulators, with
just enough detail to run operating system drivers. In addition, the RP
controller conflates the details of the RM series controllers with the RP
series controllers, although there were detailed differences.
RP options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to one of seven disk types, or autosize:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RPn RM03 set size to RM03
SET RPn RM05 set size to RM05
SET RPn RM80 set size to RM80
SET RPn RP04 set size to RP04
SET RPn RP06 set size to RP06
SET RPn RP07 set size to RP07
SET RPn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file.
Note that TOPS-10 V7.03 only supported the RP06 and RM03; V7.04 added
support for the RP07. Units can be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RPCS1 16 control/status 1
RPCS2 16 control/status 2
RPCS3 16 control/status 3
RPWC 16 word count
RPBA 16 bus address
RPBAE 6 bus address extension
RPDA 16 desired surface, sector
RPDC 8 desired cylinder
RPOF 16 offset
RPDS0..7 16 drive status, drives 0-7
RPDE0..7 16 drive error, drives 0-7
RPER2 16 error status 2
RPER3 16 error status 3
RPDB 16 data buffer
RPMR 16 maintenance register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
SC 1 special condition (CSR1<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR1<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR1<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.9 RH11/TM02/TU45 Magnetic Tape (TU)
The magnetic tape simulator simulates an RH11 Massbus adapter with one
TM02 formatter and up to eight TU45. Magnetic tape options include the
ability to make units write enabled or locked.
SET TUn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET TUn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
MTCS1 16 control/status 1
MTBA 16 memory address
MTWC 16 word count
MTFC 16 frame count
MTCS2 16 control/status 2
MTFS 16 formatter status
MTER 16 error status
MTCC 16 check character
MTDB 16 data buffer
MTMR 16 maintenance register
MTTC 16 tape control register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 delay
UST0..7 16 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
12.10 LP20 DMA Line Printer (LP20)
The LP20 is a DMA-based line printer controller. There is one
line printer option to clear the vertical forms unit (VFU).
SET LP20 VFUCLEAR clear the vertical forms unit
The LP20 implements these registers:
name size comments
LPCSA 16 control/status register A
LPCSB 16 control/status register B
LPBA 16 bus address register
LPBC 12 byte count register
LPPAGC 12 page count register
LPRDAT 12 RAM data register
LPCBUF 8 character buffer register
LPCOLC 8 column counter register
LPPDAT 8 printer data register
LPCSUM 8 checksum register
DVPTR 7 vertical forms unit pointer
DVLNT 7 vertical forms unit length
INT 1 interrupt request
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
POS 31 position in output file
TIME 24 response time
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TXRAM[0:255] 12 translation RAM
DAVFU[0:142] 12 vertical forms unit array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.11 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-10 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-p display as packed (seven bit) string
-m display instruction mnemonics
-v interpret address as virtual
-e force executive mode
-u force user mode
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c sixbit string
# or -p packed seven bit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-10 assembler syntax. There are three
instruction classes: memory reference, memory reference with AC, and I/O.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {@}address{(index)}
memory reference with AC instructions have the format
memac ac,{@}address{(index)}
and I/O instructions have the format
io device,{@}address{(index)}
where @ signifies indirect. The address is a signed octal number in the
range 0 - 0777777. The ac and index are unsigned octal numbers in the
range 0-17. The device is either a recognized device mnemonic (APR, PI,
TIM) or an octal number in the range 0 - 0177.
The simulator recognizes the standard MACRO alternate mnemonics (CLEAR
for SETZ, OR for IORI), the individual definitions for JRST and JFCL
variants, and the extended instruction mnemonics.
Appendix 1: File Representations
All file representations are little endian. On big endian hosts, the
simulator automatically performs any required byte swapping.
- Hard Disks
Hard disks are represented as unstructured binary files of 16b data items for
the 12b and 16b simulators, of 32b data items for the 18b and 32b simulators,
and 64b for the 36b simulators.
- Floppy Disks
PDP-8 and PDP-11 floppy disks are represented as unstructured binary files
of 8b data items. They are nearly identical to the floppy disk images for
Doug Jones' PDP-8 simulator but lack the initial 256 byte header. A utility
for converting between the two formats is easily written.
- Magnetic Tapes
Magnetic tapes are represented as unstructured binary files of 8b data
items. Each record consists of a 32b record header, in little endian
format, followed by n 8b bytes of data, followed by a repeat of the 32b
record header. The high order bit of the record header is used as an
error flag; the remaining 31b are the byte count of the record. If
the byte count is odd, the record is padded to even length; the pad
byte is undefined.
Magnetic tapes are endian independent and consistent across simulator
families. A magtape produced by the Nova simulator will appear to
have its 16b words byte swapped if read by the PDP-11 simulator.
- Line Printers
Line printer output is represented by an ASCII file of lines separated by
the newline character. Overprinting is represented by a line ending in
return rather than newline.
- DECtapes
DECtapes are structured as fixed length blocks. PDP-9/11/15 DECtapes
use 578 blocks of 256 32b words. Each 32b word contains 18b (6 lines)
of data. PDP-8 DECtapes use 1474 blocks of 129 16b words. Each 16b
word contains 12b (4 lines) of data. Note that PDP-8 OS/8 does not use
the 129th word of each block, and OS/8 DECtape dumps contain only 128
words per block. A utility, DSOS8CVT.C, is provided to convert OS/8
DECtape dumps to simulator format.
A known problem in DECtape format is that when a block is recorded in
one direction and read in the other, the bits in a word are scrambled
(to the complement obverse). The PDP-11 deals with this problem by
performing an automatic complement obverse on reverse writes and reads.
The other systems leave this problem to software.
The simulator represents this difference as follows. On the PDP-11, all
data is represented in normal form. Data reads and writes are not direction
sensitive; read all and write all are direction sensitive. Real DECtapes
that are read forward will generate images with the correct representation
of the data.
On the other systems, forward write creates data in normal form, while
reverse write creates data in complement obverse form. Forward read (and
read all) performs no transformations, while reverse read (and read all)
changes data to the complement obverse. Real DECtapes that are read forward
will generate data in normal form for blocks written forward, and complement
obverse data for blocks written in reverse, corresponding to the simulator
format.
Appendix 2: Debug Status
The debug status of each simulated CPU and device is as follows:
system PDP-8 PDP-11 Nova PDP-1 18b PDP
device
CPU y y y y y
FPU - y - - -
CIS - h - - -
console y y y y y
paper tape y y y h y
card reader - - - - -
line printer y y y h y
clock y y y - h
hard disk y y y - h
fixed disk y/both - h - h
floppy disk y y y - -
DECtape y y - - d
mag tape h y/both y - h
system 1401 2100 Id4 PDP-10
device
CPU d y h y
FPU - - h y
CIS - - - y
console h y h y
paper tape - h h h
card reader h h - -
line printer h - - y
clock - h - y
hard disk - h - y
fixed disk - h - -
floppy disk - - - -
DECtape - - - -
mag tape h h - y
legend: y = runs operating system or sample program
d = runs diagnostics
h = runs hand-generated test cases
n = untested
- = not applicable
Revision History (since Rev 1.1)
Rev 2.6a, Jun, 01
Fixed bug (found by Dave Conroy) in big-endian I/O
Fixed DECtape reset in PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-9/15
Fixed RIM loader PC handling in PDP-9/15
Fixed indirect pointers in PDP-10 paging
Fixed SSC handling in PDP-10 TM02/TU45
Fixed JMS to non-existent memory in PDP-8
Fixed error handling on command file
Increased size of string buffers for long path names
Added PDP-9, PDP-15 API option
Added PDP-9, PDP-15 second terminal
Added PDP-10 option for TOPS-20 V4.1 bug fix
Added PDP-10 FE CTRL-C option for Windoze
Added console logging
Added multiple console support
Added comment recognition
Rev 2.6, May, 01
Added ENABLE/DISABLE devices
Added SHOW DEVICES
Added examination/modification of register arrays
Added PDP-10 simulator
Added clock autocalibration to SCP, Nova, PDP-8, PDP-11,
PDP-18b
Added PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-9/15 DECtape
Added PDP-8 DF32
Added 4k Disk Monitor boot to PDP-8 RF08 and DF32
Added PDP-4/7 funny format loader support
Added extension handling to the PDP-8 and -9/15 loaders
Added PDP-11 TS11/TSV05
Added integer interval timer to SCP
Added filename argument to LOAD/DUMP
Revised magtape and DECtape bootstraps to rewind
before first instruction
Fixed 3 cycle data break sequence in PDP-8 RF
Fixed 3 cycle data break sequence in 18b PDP LP, MT, RF
Fixed CS1.TRE write, CS2.MXF,UPE write, and CS2.UAI in
PDP-11 RP
Fixed 4M memory size definition in PDP-11
Fixed attach bug in RESTORE
Fixed detach bug for buffered devices
Updated copyright notices, fixed comments
Rev 2.5a, Dec, 00
Fixed SCP handling of devices without units
Fixed FLG, FBF initialization in many HP peripherals
Added CMD flop to HP paper tape and line printer
Added status input for HP paper tape punch and TTY
Fixed 1401 bugs found by Dutch Owens
-- 4, 7 char NOPs are legal
-- 1 char B is chained BCE
-- MCE moves whole character, not digit, after first
Added Dutch Owens' 1401 mag tape boot routine
Fixed Nova bugs found by Bruce Ray
-- traps implemented on Nova 3 as well as Nova 4
-- DIV and DIVS 0/0 set carry
-- RETN sets SP from FP at outset
-- IORST does not clear carry
-- Nova 4 implements two undocumented instructions
Added Bruce Ray's Nova plotter and second terminal modules
Added Charles Owen's Eclipse CPU support
Fixed bugs in 18b PDP's
-- XCT indirect address calculation
-- missing index instructions in PDP-15
-- bank mode handling in PDP-15
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 RIM/BIN loader support
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 extend/bank initial state registers
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 half/full duplex support
Moved software documentation to a separate file
Rev 2.5, Nov, 00
Removed Digital and Compaq from copyrights, as
authorized by Compaq Sr VP Bill Strecker
Revised save/restore format for 64b simulators
Added examine to file
Added unsigned integer data types to sim_defs
Added Nova 3 and Nova 4 instructions to Nova CPU
Added HP2100
Added Interdata 4
Fixed indirect loop through autoinc/dec in Nova CPU
Fixed MDV enabled test in Nova CPU
Rev 2.4, Jan, 99
Placed all sources under X11-like open source license
Added DUMP command, revised sim_load interface
Added SHOW MODIFIERS command
Revised magtape format to include record error flag
Fixed 64b problems in SCP
Fixed big endian problem in PDP-11 bad block routine
Fixed interrupt on error bug in PDP-11 RP/RM disks
Fixed ROL/ROR inversion in PDP-11 symbolic routines
Rev 2.3d, Sep, 98
Added BeOS support
Added radix commands and switches
Added PDP-11 CIS support
Added RT11 V5.3 to distribution kits
Fixed "shift 32" bugs in SCP, PDP-11 floating point
Fixed bug in PDP-11 paper tape reader
Fixed bug in ^D handling
Rev 2.3c, May, 98
Fixed bug in PDP-11 DIV overflow check
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 magtape bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 magtape unit select
Replaced UNIX V7 disk images
Rev 2.3b, May, 98
Added switch recognition to all simulator commands
Added RIM loader to PDP-8 paper tape reader and loader
Added second block bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Fixed bug in PDP-8 RF bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 symbolic display
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 floating point (LDEXP, STEXP,
MODf, STCfi, overflow handling)
Rev 2.3a, Nov, 97
Added search capability
Added bad block table command to PDP-11 disks
Added bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Added additional Nova moving head disks
Added RT-11 sample software
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 RM/RP disks
Fixed bugs in Nova moving head disks
Fixed endian dependence in 18b PDP RIM loader
Rev 2.3, Mar, 97
Changed UNIX terminal I/O to TERMIOS
Changed magtape format to double ended
Changed PDP-8 current page mnemonic from T to C
Added endian independent I/O routines
Added precise integer data types
Fixed bug in sim_poll_kbd
Fixed bug in PDP-8 binary loader
Fixed bugs in TM11 magtape
Fixed bug in RX11 bootstrap
Fixed bug in 18b PDP ADD
Fixed bug in 18b PDP paper tape reader
Fixed bug in PDP-4 console
Fixed bug in PDP-4,7 line printer
Added PDP-11 RP
Added PDP-1
Rev 2.2d, Dec, 96
Added ADD/REMOVE commands
Added unit enable/disable support to device simulators
Added features for IBM 1401 project
Added switch recognition for symbolic input
Fixed bug in variable length IEXAMINE
Fixed LCD bug in RX8E
Initial changes for Win32
Added IBM 1401
Rev 2.2b, Apr, 96
Added PDP-11 dynamic memory size support
Rev 2.2a, Feb, 96
New endian independent magtape format
Rev 2.2 Jan, 96
Added register buffers for save/restore
Added 18b PDP's
Guaranteed TTI, CLK times are non-zero
Fixed breakpoint/RUN interaction bug
Fixed magnetic tape backspace to EOF bug
Fixed ISZ/DCA inversion in PDP-8 symbol table
Fixed sixbit conversion in PDP-8 examine/deposit
Fixed origin increment bug in PDP-11 binary loader
Fixed GCC longjmp optimization bug in PDP-11 CPU
Fixed unit number calculation bug in SCP and in
Nova, PDP-11, 18b PDP moving head disks
Rev 2.1 Dec, 95
Fixed PTR bug (setting done on EOF) in PDP-8, Nova
Fixed RX bug (setting error on INIT if drive 1 is
not attached) in PDP-8, PDP-11
Fixed RF treatment of photocell flag in PDP-8
Fixed autosize bug (always chose smallest disk if new
file) in PDP-11, Nova
Fixed not attached bug (reported as not attachable) in
most mass storage devices
Fixed Nova boot ROMs
Fixed bug in RESTORE (didn't requeue if delay = 0)
Fixed bug in RESTORE (clobbered device position)
Declared static constant arrays as static const
Added PDP-8, Nova magnetic tape simulators
Added Dasher mode to Nova terminal simulator
Added LINUX support
Rev 2.0 May, 95
Added symbolic assembly/disassembly
Acknowledgements
SIMH would not have been possible without help from around the world. I
would like to acknowledge the help of the following people, all of whom
donated their time and talent to this "computer archaeology" project:
Bill Ackerman PDP-1 consulting
Winfried Bergmann Linux port testing
Phil Budne Solaris port testing
Max Burnet PDP information, documentation, and software
James Carpenter LINUX port testing
Chip Charlot PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Dave Conroy HP 21xx documentation
L Peter Deutsch PDP-1 LISP software
Ethan Dicks PDP-11 2.9 BSD debugging
Carl Friend Nova and Interdata documentation, and RDOS software
Megan Gentry PDP-11 integer debugging, make file
Dave Gesswein PDP-8/9/15 documentation and diagnostics
Dick Greeley PDP-8 OS/8 and PDP-10 TOPS-10/20 legal permissions
Gordon Greene PDP-1 LISP machine readable source
Lynne Grettum PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Franc Grootjen PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Doug Gwyn Portability debugging
Kevin Handy TS11/TSV05 documentation
Ken Harrenstein PDP-10 simulator
Bill Haygood PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Wolfgang Helbig DZ11 simulator implementation
Mark Hittinger PDP-10 debugging
Jay Jaeger IBM 1401 information
Doug Jones PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Al Kossow HP 21xx, Varian 620, TI 990, DEC documentation and software
Don Lewine Nova documentation and legal permissions
Tim Litt PDP-10 hardware documentation and schematics,
tape images, and software sources
Scott McGregor PDP-11 UNIX legal permissions
Jeff Moffatt HP 2100 information, documentation, and software
Alec Muffett Solaris port testing
Thord Nilson DZ11 implementation
Charles Owen Nova moving head disk debugging, Altair simulator,
IBM 1401 diagnostics, debugging, and magtape boot
Paul Pierce IBM 1401 diagnostics, media recovery
Hans Pufal PDP-10 debugging
Bruce Ray Software, documentation, bug fixes, and new devices
for the Nova
Craig St Clair PDP documentation
Richard Schedler Public repository maintenance
Stephen Schultz PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Olaf Seibert NetBSD port testing
Brian & Barry Silverman PDP-1 simulator and software
Tim Shoppa Nova documentation, RDOS software, PDP-10 and PDP-11
software archive
Michael Somos PDP-1 debugging
Hans-Michael Stahl OS/2 port testing, TERMIOS implementation
Tim Stark PDP-10 simulator
Larry Stewart Initial suggestion for the project
Bill Strecker Permission to revert copyrights
Chris Suddick PDP-11 floating point debugging
Ben Thomas VMS character-by-character I/O routines
Warren Toomey PDP-11 UNIX software
Deb Toivonen DEC documentation
Mike Umbricht DEC documentation
Leendert Van Doorn PDP-11 UNIX V6 debugging, TERMIOS implementation
David Waks PDP-8 ESI-X and PDP-7 SIM8 software
Tom West Nova documentation
John Wilson PDP-11 simulator and software
In addition, the following companies have graciously licensed their
software at no cost for hobbyist use:
Data General Corporation
Digital Equipment Corporation
Compaq Computer Corporation
Mentec Corporation
The Santa Cruz Operation
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
To: Users
From: Bob Supnik
Subj: Simulator Usage, V2.6
Date: 3-May-01
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
The following copyright notice applies to both the SIMH source and binary:
Original code published in 1993-2001, written by Robert M Supnik
Copyright (c) 1993-2001, Robert M Supnik
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
ROBERT M SUPNIK BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Robert M Supnik shall not
be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from Robert M Supnik.
This memorandum documents the PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-1, other 18b PDP, Nova,
IBM 1401, HP 2100, Interdata 4, and PDP-10 simulators. These simulators are
freeware; refer to the license terms above for conditions of use. Support is
not available. The best way to fix problems or add features is to read and
modify the sources yourself. Alternately, you can send Internet mail to
[email protected], but a response is not guaranteed.
The simulators use a common command interface. The memorandum first
describes the common features of the command interface and then provides
information on each of the individual simulators.
- Compiling And Running A Simulator
The simulators have been tested on VAX VMS, Alpha VMS, Alpha UNIX, Intel
FreeBSD, Intel LINUX, and Windows 95/Windows NT (Visual C++ environment).
Porting to other environments will require changes to the operating system
dependent code in scp_tty.c.
To compile the simulators on VMS, use these commands (note that separate
compilations are required for each of the 18b PDP's):
$ cc pdp8_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-8
$ link/exec=pdp8 pdp8_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc pdp11_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-11
$ link/exec=pdp11 pdp11_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc nova_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Nova
$ link/exec=nova nova_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc pdp1_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-1
$ link/exec=pdp1 pdp1_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc/define=PDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c
$ link/exec=pdp{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc i1401_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! IBM 1401
$ link/exec=i1401 i1401_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc hp2100_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! HP 2100
$ link/exec=hp2100 hp2100_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc id4_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Interdata 4
$ link/exec=id4 id4_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
On version of VMS prior to 6.2, the simulators must then be defined as
foreign commands so that they can be started by name.
To compile the simulators on Alpha UNIX or any UNIX variant which supports
the POSIX compliant TERMIOS interface, use the following commands (note
that separate compilations are required for each of the 18b PDP's):
% cc pdp8_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp8
% cc pdp11_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp11
% cc nova_*.c scp*.c -lm -o nova
% cc pdp1_*.c scp*.c -o pdp1
% cc -DPDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp{4,7,9,15}
% cc i1401_*.c scp*.c -o i1401
% cc hp2100_*.c scp*.c -o hp2100
% cc id4_*.c scp*.c -o id4
These commands should work with most UNIX variants. If your UNIX only
supports the old BSD terminal interface, add -DBSDTTY to each command.
If your UNIX automatically includes the math library, omit -lm from
the command line.
The PDP-10 simulator requires 64b support in the simulator and in the
simulator control package (SCP). To turn on 64b support, add the symbol
USE_INT64 to the command line:
% cc -DUSE_INT64 pdp10_*.c,scp*.c -lm -o pdp10
Since 64b integer declarations vary, sim_defs.h has conditional
declarations for Windows (_int64) and Digital UNIX (long). The default
is GNU C (long long). If your compiler uses a different convention,
you will have to edit sim_defs.h and modify the conditionals.
To start the simulator, simply type its name. The simulator takes
one optional argument, a startup command file. If specified, this
file should contain a series of non-interactive simulator commands,
one per line. These command can be used to set up standard parameters,
for example, disk sizes.
% pdp8 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp11 <startup file>(cr) or
% nova <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp1 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp{4,7,9,15} <startup file>(cr) or
% i1401 <startup file>(cr) or
% hp2100 <startup file>(cr) or
% id4 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp10 <startup file>(cr)
The simulator types out its name and version, executes the commands
in the startup file, if any, and then prompts for input with
sim>
2. Simulator Conventions
A simulator consists of a series of devices, the first of which is always
the CPU. A device consists of named registers and one or more numbered
units. Registers correspond to device state, units to device address
spaces. Thus, the CPU device might have registers like PC, ION, etc,
and a unit corresponding to main memory; a disk device might have
registers like BUSY, DONE, etc, and units corresponding to individual
disk drives. Except for main memory, device address spaces are simulated
as unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. The SHOW CONFIG
command displays the simulator configuration.
A simulator keeps time in terms of arbitrary units, usually one time unit
per instruction executed. Simulated events (such as completion of I/O)
are scheduled at some number of time units in the future. The simulator
executes synchronously, invoking event processors when simulated events
are scheduled to occur. Even asynchronous events, like keyboard input,
are handled by polling at synchronous intervals. The SHOW QUEUE command
displays the simulator event queue.
3. Commands
Simulator commands consist of a command verb, optional switches, and optional
arguments. Switches take the form:
-<letter>{<letter>...}
Multiple switches may be specified separately or together: -abcd or
-a -b -c -d are treated identically. Verbs, switches, and other
input (except for file names) are case insensitive.
3.1 Loading and Saving Programs
The LOAD command (abbreviation LO) loads a file in binary paper-tape
loader format:
sim> load <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as load within range) are also implementation specific.
The DUMP command (abbreviation DU) dumps memory in binary paper-
tape loader format:
sim> dump <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as dump within range) are also implementation specific.
3.2 Saving and Restoring State
The SAVE command (abbreviation SA) save the complete state of the
simulator to a file. This includes the contents of main memory and
all registers, and the I/O connections of devices:
sim> save <filename>(cr)
The RESTORE command (abbreviation REST, alternately GET) restores a
previously saved simulator state:
sim> restore <filename>(cr)
Note: SAVE file format compresses zeroes to minimize file size.
3.3 Resetting Devices
The RESET command (abbreviation RE) resets a device or the entire
simulator to a predefined condition:
sim> RESET(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET ALL(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET <device>(cr) -- reset specified device
Typically, RESET stops any in-progress I/O operation, clears any
interrupt request, and returns the device to a quiescent state. It
does not clear main memory or affect I/O connections.
3.4 Connecting and Disconnecting Devices
Except for main memory, simulated unit address spaces are simulated as
unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. Before using a
simulated unit the user must specify the file to be accessed by that
unit. The ATTACH (abbreviation AT) command associates a unit and a file:
sim> ATTACH <device><unit number> <filename>(cr)
If the file does not exist, it is created, and an appropriate message
is printed.
The DETACH (abbreviation DET) command breaks the association between a
unit and a file and closes the file:
sim> DETACH ALL(cr) -- detach all units
sim> DETACH <device><unit number>(cr) -- detach specified unit
The EXIT command performs an automatic DETACH ALL.
3.5 Examining and Changing State
There are four commands to examine and change state:
EXAMINE (abbreviated E) examines state
DEPOSIT (abbreviated D) changes state
IEXAMINE (interactive examine, abbreviated IE) examines state
and allows the user to interactively change it
IDEPOSIT (interactive deposit, abbreviated ID) allows the user
to interactively change state
All four commands take the form
command {modifiers} <state list>
Deposit must also include a deposit value at the end of the command.
There are four kinds of modifiers: switches, device/unit name, search
specifiers, and for EXAMINE, output file. Switches have been described
previously. A device/unit name identifies the device and unit whose
address space is to be examined or modified. If no device is specified,
the CPU (main memory)is selected; if a device but no unit is specified,
unit 0 of the device is selected.
Search specifiers provide criteria for testing addresses or registers
to see if they should be processed. A specifier consists of a logical
operator, a relational operator, or both, optionally separated by spaces.
{<logical op> <value>} <relational op> <value>
where the logical operator is & (and), | (or), or ^ (xor), and the
relational operator is = or == (equal), ! or != (not equal), >=
(greater than or equal), > (greater than), <= (less than or equal), or
< (less than). If a logical operator is specified without a relational
operator, it is ignored. If a relational operator is specified without
a logical operator, no logical operation is performed. All comparisons
are unsigned.
The output file modifier redirects command output to a file instead of
the console. An output file modifier consists of @ followed by a
valid file name.
Modifiers may be specified in any order. If multiple modifiers of the
same time are specified, later modifiers override earlier modifiers.
Note that if the device/unit name comes after the search specifier,
the values will interpreted in the radix of the CPU, rather than of the
device/unit.
The "state list" consists of one or more of the following, separated
by commas:
register the specified register
register[sub1-sub2] the specified register array locations,
start at location sub1 up to and including
location sub2
register[ALL] all locations in the specified register
array
register1-register2 all the registers starting at register1
up to and including register2
address the specified location
address1-address2 all locations starting at address1 up to
and including address2
STATE all registers in the device
ALL all locations in the unit
Switches can be used to control the format of display information:
-a display as ASCII
-c display as character string
-m display as instruction mnemonics
-o display as octal
-d display as decimal
-h display as hexidecimal
The simulators typically accept symbolic input (see simulator sections).
Examples:
sim> ex 1000-1100 -- examine 1100:1100
sim> de PC 1040 -- set PC to 1040
sim> ie 40-50 -- interactively examine 40:50
sim> ie >1000 40-50 -- interactively examine the subset
of locations 40:50 that are >1000
sim> ex rx0 50060 -- examine 50060, RX unit 0
sim> ex rx sbuf[3-6] -- examine SBUF[3] to SBUF[6] in RX
sim> de all 0 -- set main memory to 0
sim> de &77>0 0 -- set all addresses whose low order
bits are non-zero to 0
sim> ex -m @memdump.txt 0-7777 -- dump memory to file
Note: to terminate an interactive command, simply type a bad value (eg,
XYZ) when input is requested.
3.6 Running Programs
The RUN command (abbreviated RU) resets all devices, deposits its argument
(if given) in the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given,
execution starts at the current PC.
The GO command does NOT reset devices, deposits its argument (if given) in
the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given, execution starts at
the current PC.
The CONT command (abbreviated CO) does NOT reset devices and resumes
execution at the current PC.
The STEP command (abbreviated S) resumes execution at the current PC for
the number of instructions given by its argument. If no argument is
supplied, one instruction is executed.
The BOOT command (abbreviated BO) bootstraps the device and unit given
by its argument. If no unit is supplied, unit 0 is bootstrapped. The
specified unit must be attached to a file.
3.7 Stopping Programs
Programs run until the simulator detects an error or stop condition, or
until the user forces a stop condition.
3.7.1 Simulator Detected Stop Conditions
These simulator-detected conditions stop simulation:
- HALT instruction. If a HALT instruction is decoded,
simulation stops.
- Breakpoint. The IBKPT register provides a single virtual
address breakpoint. If the PC matches the contents of the
IBKPT register, simulation stops. The breakpoint is
automatically disabled for the next instruction execution.
- I/O error. If an I/O error occurs during simulation of an
I/O operation, and the device stop-on-I/O-error flag is set,
simulation usually stops.
- Processor condition. Certain processor conditions can stop
simulation; these are described with the individual simulators.
3.7.2 User Specified Stop Conditions
Typing the interrupt character stops simulation. The interrupt character
is defined by the WRU (where are you) register and is initially set to
005 (^E).
3.8 Setting Device Parameters
The SET command (abbreviated SE) changes the status of a device parameter:
sim> SET <unit> <parameter>
Most parameters are simulator and device specific. Disk drives, for
example, can usually be set write ENABLED or write LOCKED; if a device
supports multiple drive types, the SET command can be used to specify
the drive type.
All devices recognize the following parameters:
OCT sets the data radix = 8
DEC sets the data radix = 10
HEX sets the data radix = 16
3.9 Displaying Parameters and Status
The SHOW CONFIGURATION command shows the simulator configuration and the
status of all simulated devices and units.
The SHOW DEVICES command shows the configuration of all simulated devices.
The SHOW MODIFIERS command shows the modifiers available on all simulated
devices.
The SHOW command shows the status of the named simulated device.
The SHOW QUEUE command shows the state of the simulator event queue. Times
are in "simulation units", typically one unit per instruction execution,
relative to the current simulation time.
The SHOW TIME command shows the number of time units elapsed since
the last RUN command.
3.10 Altering the Simulated Configuration
For most mass storage, the DISABLE command removes the specified
device from the configuration. A DISABLEd device is invisible to running
programs. The device can still be RESET but it cannot be ATTAChed, DETACHed,
or BOOTed. ENABLE restores a disabled device to a configuration.
In devices with multiple units, the REMOVE command removes the
specified unit from the configuration. Once removed, a unit cannot be
manipulated in any way until it is added back to the configuration.
ADD adds back a unit that had been removed from the configuration.
3.11 Exiting The Simulator
EXIT (synonyms QUIT and BYE) returns control to the operating system.
4. PDP-8 Features
The PDP-8 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-8/E CPU with 32KW of memory
-
KE8E extended arithmetic element (EAE) -
PTR,PTP PC8E paper tape reader/punchKM8E memory management and timeshare control
TTI,TTO KL8E console terminal
LPT LE8E line printer
CLK DK8E line frequency clock (also PDP-8/A compatible)
RK RK8E/RK05 cartridge disk controller with four drives
RF RF08/RS08 fixed head disk controller with four platters, or
DF DF32/DS32 fixed head disk controller with four platters
RX RX8E/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
DT TC08/TU56 DECtape controller with eight drives
MT TM8E/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The RK, RF, DF, RX, DT, and MT devices can be DISABLEd. The PDP-8 can
support either a DF32 or an RF08, but not both, since they use the same
IOT's. The simulator defaults to the RF08. To change the fixed head disk,
ENABLE DF32 enable DF32, disable RF08
ENABLE RF08 enable RF08, disable DF32
The PDP-8 simulator implements one unique stop condition: if an undefined
instruction (unimplemented IOT or OPR) is decoded, and register STOP_INST
is set, the simulator halts.
The PDP-8 loader supports both RIM format and BIN format tapes. If the file
extension is .RIM, or the -r switch is specified with LOAD, the file is
assumed to be RIM format; if the file extension is not .RIM, or if the -b
switch is specified, the file is assumed to be BIN format.
4.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the EAE and the size of main
memory; the memory extension and time-share control is always included,
even if memory size is 4K.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter, including IF as high 3 bits
AC 12 accumulator
MQ 12 multiplier-quotient
L 1 link
SR 12 front panel switches
IF 3 instruction field
DF 3 data field
IB 3 instruction field buffer
SF 7 save field
UF 1 user mode flag
UB 1 user mode buffer
SC 5 EAE shift counter
GTF 1 EAE greater than flag
EMODE 1 EAE mode (0 = A, 1 = B)
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
CIF_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for CIF
PWR_INT 1 power fail interrupt
UF_INT 1 user mode violation interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
DONE 15 device done flags
ENABLE 15 device interrupt enable flags
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
4.2 Programmed I/O Devices
4.2.1 PC8E Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
RIM loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.2 PC8E Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to bewritten. Thus, by
changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.3 KL8E Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. The
input side has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is required by OS/8 and is on by default.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
4.2.4 KL8E Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
4.2.5 LE8E Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be read or written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
ERR 1 error status flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 set error flag
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.6 DK8E Line-Frequency Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME 24 clock interval
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
4.3 RK8E Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK8E options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RK8E supports
the BOOT command.
The RK8E implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 12 disk address
MA 12 current memory address
CMD 12 disk command
BUSY 1 control busy flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.4 RX8E/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX8E options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX8E supports the BOOT command.
The RX8E implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 12 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
TR 1 transfer ready flag
ERR 1 error flag
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
SBUF[0:127] 8 sector buffer array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.5 Fixed Head Disks
Either the RF08 or the DF32 can be present in a configuration, but
not both.
4.5.1 RF08/RS08 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF08 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 20 current disk address
MA 12 memory address (in memory)
WC 12 word count (in memory)
WLK 32 write lock switches
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF08 supports the BOOT command. The default bootstrap is for OS/8. To
bootstrap the 4K Disk Monitor, use the BOOT -D command.
The RF08 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word transfers
are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer occurs in
a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF08 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.5.2 DF32/DS32 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The DF32 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status, disk and memory address extension
DA 12 low order disk address
MA 12 memory address (in memory)
WC 12 word count (in memory)
WLK 16 write lock switches
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The DF32 supports the BOOT command. The default bootstrap is for OS/8. To
bootstrap the 4K Disk Monitor, use the BOOT -D command.
The DF32 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word transfers
are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer occurs in
a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
DF32 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.6 TC08/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The TC08 supports
the BOOT command.
The TC08 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape images.
ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image; the user
can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-9/11/15) format
-n native (PDP-8) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
DTSA 12 status register A
DTSB 12 status register B
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENB 1 interrupt enable flag
DTF 1 DECtape flag
ERF 1 error flag
CA 12 current address (memory location 7754)
WC 12 word count (memory location 7755)
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
4.7 TM8E Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 12 command
FNC 12 function
CA 12 memory address
WC 12 word count
DB 12 data buffer
STA 12 main status
STA2 6 secondary status
DONE 1 device done flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
4.8 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-8 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-8 assembler syntax. There are four
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, field change, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} {C/Z} address
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 07777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 177. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. IOT's
for which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 0777.
Field change instructions (CIF, CDF) have the format
fldchg field
where field is an octal number in the range 0 - 7. Field change instructions
may be or'd together.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. EAE
mode A and B mnemonics may be specified regardless of the EAE mode. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
5. PDP-11 Features
The PDP-11 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU J-11 CPU with 256KB of memory
-
FP11 floating point unit (FPA) -
PTR,PTP PC11 paper tape reader/punchCIS11 commercial instruction set (CIS, off by default)
TTI,TTO DL11 console terminal
LPT LP11 line printer
CLK line frequency clock
RK RK11/RK05 cartridge disk controller with eight drives
RL RLV12/RL01(2) cartridge disk controller with four drives
RP RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Massbus style controller
with eight drives
RX RX11/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
TC TC11/TU56 DECtape controller with eight drives
TM TM11/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
TS TS11/TSV05 magnetic tape controller with one drive
The RK, RL, RP, RX, TC, TM, and TS devices can be DISABLEd. The PDP-11 can
support either a TM11 or a TS11, but not both, since they use the same I/O
addresses. The simulator defaults to the TM11. To change the magtape,
ENABLE TM11 enable TM11 and disable TS11
ENABLE TS11 enable TS11 and disable TM11
The PDP-11 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- abort during exception vector fetch, and register STOP_VEC is set
- abort during exception stack push, and register STOP_SPA is set
- trap condition 'n' occurs, and register STOP_TRAP<n> is set
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-11 loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
5.1 CPU
The only CPU options are disabling of 22b addressing, the CIS instruction
set, and the size of main memory.
SET CPU 18B disable 22b addressing
SET CPU 22B enable 22b addressing (default)
SET CPU NOCIS disable CIS instructions (default)
SET CPU CIS enable CIS instructions
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96KB
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128KB
SET CPU 192K set memory size = 192KB
SET CPU 256K set memory size = 256KB
SET CPU 384K set memory size = 384KB
SET CPU 512K set memory size = 512KB
SET CPU 768K set memory size = 768KB
SET CPU 1024K (or 1M) set memory size = 1024KB
SET CPU 2048K (or 2M) set memory size = 2048KB
SET CPU 3072K (or 3M) set memory size = 3072KB
SET CPU 4096K (or 4M) set memory size = 4096KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 256KB.
These switches are recognized when examining or depositing in CPU memory:
-v interpret address as virtual
-d if mem mgt enabled, force data space
-k if mem mgt enabled, force kernel mode
-s if mem mgt enabled, force supervisor mode
-u if mem mgt enabled, force user mode
-p if mem mgt enabled, force previous mode
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..R5 16 R0..R5, first register set
R10..R15 16 R0..R5, second register set
KSP 16 kernel stack pointer
SSP 16 supervisor stack pointer
USP 16 user stack pointer
PSW 16 processor status word
CM 2 current mode, PSW<15:14>
PM 2 previous mode, PSW<13:12>
RS 2 register set, PSW<11>
IPL 3 interrupt priority level, PSW<7:5>
T 1 trace bit, PSW<4>
N 1 negative flag, PSW<3>
Z 1 zero flag, PSW<2>
V 1 overflow flag, PSW<1>
C 1 carry flag, PSW<0>
SR 16 front panel switches
DR 16 front panel display
MEMERR 16 memory error register
CCR 16 cache control register
MAINT 16 maintenance register
HITMISS 16 hit/miss register
CPUERR 16 CPU error register
PIRQ 16 programmed interrupt requests
FAC0H..FAC5H 32 FAC0..FAC5, high 32 bits
FAC0L..FAC5L 32 FAC0..FAC5, low 32 bits
FPS 16 floating point status
FEA 16 floating exception address
FEC 4 floating exception code
MMR0..3 16 memory management registers 0..3
{K/S/U}{I/D}{PAR/PDR}{0..7}
16 memory management registers
INT 32 interrupt pending flags
TRAP 18 trap pending flags
WAIT 0 wait state flag
WAIT_ENABLE 0 wait state enable flag
STOP_TRAPS 18 stop on trap flags
STOP_VECA 1 stop on read abort in trap or interrupt
STOP_SPA 1 stop on stack push abort in trap or interrupt
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (1 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
5.2 Programmed I/O Devices
5.2.1 PC11 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
BUSY 1 busy flag (CSR<11>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.2 PC11 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.3 KL11 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
5.2.4 KL11 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
5.2.5 LP11 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.6 Line-Time Clock (CLK)
The clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
TIME 24 clock frequency
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
5.3 RK11/RK05 Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RK11 supports
the BOOT command.
The RK11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RKCS 16 control/status
RKDA 16 disk address
RKBA 16 memory address
RKWC 16 word count
RKDS 16 drive status
RKER 16 error status
INTQ 9 interrupt queue
DRVN 3 number of last selected drive
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.4 RX11/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX11 supports the BOOT command.
The RX11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 8 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXERR 8 error code
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
TR 1 transfer ready flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<5>)
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
SBUF[0:127] 8 sector buffer array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
5.5 RL11(V12)/RL01,RL02 Cartridge Disk (RL)
RL11 options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to RL01, RL02, or autosize, and to write a DEC standard
044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RLn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RLn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RLn RL01 set size to RL01
SET RLn RL02 set size to RL02
SET RLn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RL11 supports the
BOOT command.
The RL11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RLCS 16 control/status
RLDA 16 disk address
RLBA 16 memory address
RLBAE 6 memory address extension (RLV12)
RLMP..RLMP2 16 multipurpose register queue
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.6 RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Disk Pack Drives (RP)
The RP controller implements a "Massbus style" 22b direct interface for
large disk drives. It is more abstract than other device simulators, with
just enough detail to run operating system drivers. In addition, the RP
controller conflates the details of the RM series controllers with the RP
series controllers, although there were detailed differences.
RP options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to one of seven disk types, or autosize, and to write
a DEC standard 044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RPn RM03 set size to RM03
SET RPn RM05 set size to RM05
SET RPn RM80 set size to RM80
SET RPn RP04 set size to RP04
SET RPn RP06 set size to RP06
SET RPn RP07 set size to RP07
SET RPn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The RP controller supports
the BOOT command.
The RP controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RPCS1 16 control/status 1
RPCS2 16 control/status 2
RPCS3 16 control/status 3
RPWC 16 word count
RPBA 16 bus address
RPBAE 6 bus address extension
RPDA 16 desired surface, sector
RPDC 8 desired cylinder
RPOF 16 offset
RPDS0..7 16 drive status, drives 0-7
RPDE0..7 16 drive error, drives 0-7
RPER2 16 error status 2
RPER3 16 error status 3
RPDB 16 data buffer
RPMR 16 maintenance register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
SC 1 special condition (CSR1<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR1<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR1<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.7 TC11/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The TC11 supports
the BOOT command.
The TC11 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape images.
ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image; the user
can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-8) format
-n native (PDP-9/11/15) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
TCST 16 status register
TCCM 16 command register
TCWC 16 word count register
TCBA 16 bus address register
TCDT 16 data register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
CTIME 31 time to complete transport stop
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
5.8 TM11 Magnetic Tape (TM)
TM options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked.
SET TMn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET TMn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The TM11 supports the BOOT command. The bootstrap supports both original
and DEC standard boot formats. Originally, a tape bootstrap read and
executed the first record on tape. To allow for ANSI labels, the DEC
standard bootstrap skipped the first record and read and executed the second.
The DEC standard is the default; to bootstrap an original format tape, use
the -o switch.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
MTS 16 status
MTC 16 command
MTCMA 16 memory address
MTBRC 16 byte/record count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 device done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 delay
UST0..7 16 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
5.8 TS11/TSV05 Magnetic Tape (TS)
The TS actually implements the TSV05, with 22-bit addressing, but will
work with TS11 drivers. TS options include the ability to make the unit
write enabled or write locked.
SET TS LOCKED set unit write locked
SET TS ENABLED set unit write enabled
The TS11 supports the BOOT command. The bootstrap supports only DEC
standard boot formats. To allow for ANSI labels, the DEC standard bootstrap
skipped the first record and read and executed the second.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
TSSR 16 status register
TSBA 16 bus address register
TSDBX 16 data buffer extension register
CHDR 16 command packet header
CADL 16 command packet low address or count
CADH 16 command packet high address
CLNT 16 command packet length
MHDR 16 message packet header
MRFC 16 message packet residual frame count
MXS0 16 message packet extended status 0
MXS1 16 message packet extended status 1
MXS2 16 message packet extended status 2
MXS3 16 message packet extended status 3
MXS4 16 message packet extended status 4
WADL 16 write char packet low address
WADH 16 write char packet high address
WLNT 16 write char packet length
WOPT 16 write char packet options
ATTN 1 attention message pending
BOOT 1 boot request pending
OWNC 1 if set, tape owns command buffer
OWNM 1 if set, tape owns message buffer
TIME 24 delay
POS 31 position
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error fatal tape error
5.10 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-11 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-11 assembler syntax. There are sixteen
instruction classes:
class operands examples comments
no operands none HALT, RESET
3b literal literal, 0 - 7 SPL
6b literal literal, 0 - 077 MARK
8b literal literal, 0 - 0377 EMT, TRAP
register register RTS
sop specifier SWAB, CLR, ASL
reg-sop register, specifier JSR, XOR, MUL
fop flt specifier ABSf, NEGf
ac-fop flt reg, flt specifier LDf, MULf
ac-sop flt reg, specifier LDEXP, STEXP
ac-moded sop flt reg, specifier LDCif, STCfi
dop specifier, specifier MOV, ADD, BIC
cond branch address BR, BCC, BNE
sob register, address SOB
cc clear cc clear instructions CLC, CLV, CLZ, CLN combinable
cc set cc set instructions SEC, SEV, SEZ, SEN combinable
For floating point opcodes, F and D variants, and I and L variants, may be
specified regardless of the state of FPS.
The syntax for specifiers is as follows:
syntax specifier displacement comments
Rn 0n -
Fn 0n - only in flt reg classes
(Rn) 1n -
@(Rn) 7n 0 equivalent to @0(Rn)
(Rn)+ 2n -
@(Rn)+ 3n -
-(Rn) 4n -
@-(Rn) 5n -
{+/-}d(Rn) 6n {+/-}d
@{+/-}d(Rn) 7n {+/-}d
#n 27 n
@#n 37 n
.+/-n 67 +/-n - 4
@.+/-n 77 +/-n - 4
{+/-}n 67 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, 37 and n
@{+/-}n 77 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, invalid
6. Nova Features
The Nova simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Nova CPU with 32KW of memory
-
PTR,PTP paper tape reader/punchhardware multiply/divide
TTI,TTO console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 second terminal
LPT line printer
PLT plotter
CLK real-time clock
DK head-per-track disk controller
DP moving head disk controller with four drives
MT magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The TTI1/TTO1, PLT, DK, DP, and MT devices can be DISABLEd.
The Nova simulator implements these unique stop conditions:
- reference to undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
an interrupt
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The Nova loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
6.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the optional instructions
and the size of main memory.
SET CPU NOVA4 enable Nova4 instructions
SET CPU NOVA3 enable Nova3 instructions
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NONE disable all optional instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
(MDV = unsigned multiply/divide instructions)
(Nova 3 = unsigned multiply/divide, stack, trap instructions)
(Nova 4 = unsigned and signed multiply/divide, stack, byte, trap instructions)
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter
AC0..AC3 16 accumulators 0..3
C 1 carry
SR 16 front panel switches
PI 16 priority interrupt mask
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
PWR 1 power fail interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
BUSY 15 device busy flags
DONE 15 device done flags
DISABLE 15 device interrupt disable flags
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined IOT
INDMAX 15 maximum number of nested indirects
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
6.2 Programmed I/O Devices
6.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input reads from the controling console port. Terminal
options include the ability to set limited Dasher compatibility mode or
normal mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI or TTO changes both devices. In Dasher mode, carriage
return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed to backspace.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
6.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output writes to the controling console port. Terminal
options include the ability to set limited Dasher compatibility mode or
normal mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI or TTO changes both devices. In Dasher mode, carriage
return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed to backspace.
The terminal output implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
6.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SELECT 2 selected clock interval
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME0 24 clock frequency, select = 0
TIME1 24 clock frequency, select = 1
TIME2 24 clock frequency, select = 2
TIME3 24 clock frequency, select = 3
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
6.2.7 Plotter (PTP)
The plotter (PLT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the plotter.
The plotter implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.8 Second Terminal Input (TTI1)
The second terminal input (TTI1) reads data from a disk file. When a
file is attached, the second terminal input will read characters at
the interval specified by the TIME register. Detaching the file, or
reaching end of file, stops input. The POS register specifies the
number of the next data item to be read. Thus, by changing POS, the
user can backspace or advance the input stream.
The second terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.9 Second Terminal Output (TTO1)
The second terminal output (TTO1) writes data to a disk file. The
POS register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the output
stream.
The second terminal outpout implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.3 Fixed Head Disk (DK)
The fixed head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
STAT 16 status
DA 16 disk address
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 device disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK 8 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational delay, per sector
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The fixed head disk controller supports the BOOT command.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Fixed head disk data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file
and OS I/O errors cannot occur.
6.4 Moving Head Disk (DP)
Moving head disk options include the ability to make units write enabled or
write locked, and to select the type of drive:
SET DPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET DPn FLOPPY set unit n to floppy disk
SET DPn D31 set unit n to Diablo 31
SET DPn D44 set unit n to Diablo 44
SET DPn C111 set unit n to Century 111
SET DPn C114 set unit n to Century 114
SET DPn 6225 set unit n to 6225
SET DPn 6099 set unit n to 6099
SET DPn 6227 set unit n to 6227
SET DPn 6070 set unit n to 6070
SET DPn 6103 set unit n to 6103
SET DPn 4231 set unit n to 4231
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The moving head
disk controller supports the BOOT command.
All drives have 256 16b words per sector. The other disk parameters are:
drive cylinders surfaces sectors size (MW) DG models
floppy 77 1 8 .158 6038
D31 203 2 12 1.247 4047, 4237, 4238
D44 408 4 12 5.014 4234, 6045
C111 203 10 6 3.118 4048
C114 203 20 12 12.472 4057, 2314
6225 20 2 245 2.508
6099 32 4 192 6.291
6227 20 6 245 7.526
6070 24 4 408 10.027
6103 32 8 192 12.583
4231 23 19 411 45.979
The moving head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FCCY 16 flags, command, cylinder
USSC 16 unit, surface, sector, count
STAT 16 status
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.5 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The magnetic
tape controller supports the BOOT command.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CU 16 command, unit
MA 16 memory address
WC 16 word count
STA1 16 status word 1
STA2 16 status word 2
EP 1 extended polling mode (not supported)
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
CTIME 24 controller delay
RTIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 32 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The Nova simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Nova assembler syntax. There are three
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {ac,}{@}address{,index}
LDA and STA require an initial register; ISZ, DSZ, JSR, and JMP do not.
The syntax for addresses and indices is as follows:
syntax mode displacement comments
0 <= n < 0400 0 n
{+/-}n >= 0400 1 {+/-}n - PC must be in range [-200, 177]
invalid on disk
.+/-n 1 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,2 2 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,3 3 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
IOT instructions have one of four formats
syntax example
iot HALT
iot reg INTA
iot device SKPDN
iot reg,device DOAS
Devices may be specified as mnemonics or as numbers in the range 0 - 077.
Operate instructions have the format
opcode{#} reg,reg{,skip}
In all Nova instructions, blanks may be substituted for commas as field
delimiters.
7. PDP-1 Features
The PDP-1 is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-1 CPU with up to 64KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO Flexowriter typewriter input/output
LPT Type 62 line printer
The PDP-1 simulator implements the following unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-1 loader supports RIM format tapes. The DUMP command is not
implemented.
7.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of hardware multiply/divide and the
size of main memory.
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NOMDV disable multiply/divide
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
AC 18 accumulator
IO 18 IO register
OV 1 overflow flag
PF 6 program flags<1:6>
SS 6 sense switches<1:6>
TW 18 test word (front panel switches)
EXTM 1 extend mode
IOSTA 18 IO status register
SBON 1 sequence break enable
SBRQ 1 sequence break request
SBIP 1 sequence break in progress
IOH 1 I/O halt in progress
IOC 1 I/O continue
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last transfer
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
SBS_INIT 1 initial state of sequence break enable
EXTM_INIT 1 initial state of extend mode
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
7.2 Programmed I/O Devices
7.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from or a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
RIM loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTO) reads from the controling console port.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
7.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
7.2.5 Type 62 Line Printer (LPT)
The paper line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
PNT 1 printing done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.3 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-1 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as FIODEC character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character FIODEC string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses modified PDP-1 assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, shift, skip, operate, IOT, and
LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} address
where I signifies indirect reference. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 0177777.
Shift instructions have the format
shift shift_count
The shift count is an octal number in the range 0-9.
Skip instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, SZA, SZS4. Skip
instructions may be or'd together
skip skip skip...
The sense of a skip can be inverted by including the mnemonic I.
Operate instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, CLA, CLI. Operate
instructions may be or'd together
opr opr opr...
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, TYI, TYO. IOT
instructions may include an octal numeric modifier or the modifier I:
iot modifier
The simulator does not check the legality of skip, operate, or IOT
combinations.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW {I} immediate
where immediate is in the range 0 to 07777.
7.4 Character Sets
The PDP-1's console was a Frieden Flexowriter; its character encoding
was known as FIODEC. The PDP-1's line printer used a modified Hollerith
character set. The following table provides equivalences between ASCII
characters and the PDP-1's I/O devices. In the console table, UC stands
for upper case.
PDP-1 PDP-1
ASCII console line printer
000 - 007 none none
bs 075 none
tab 036 none
012 - 014 none none
cr 077 none
016 - 037 none none
space 000 000
! {OR} UC+005 none
" UC+001 none
{IMPLIES} UC+004 none
$ none none
% none none
& {AND} UC+006 none
' UC+002 none
( 057 057
) 055 055
-
{TIMES} UC+073 072 -
, 033 033UC+054 074 -
. 073 073054 054
/ 021 021
0 020 020
1 001 001
2 002 002
3 003 003
4 004 004
5 005 005
6 006 006
7 007 007
8 010 010
9 011 011
: none none
; none none
< UC+007 034
= UC+033 053
? UC+021 037UC+010 034
@ {MID DOT} 040 {MID DOT} 040
A UC+061 061
B UC+062 062
C UC+063 063
D UC+064 064
E UC+065 065
F UC+066 066
G UC+067 067
H UC+070 070
I UC+071 071
J UC+041 041
K UC+042 042
L UC+043 043
M UC+044 044
N UC+045 045
O UC+046 046
P UC+047 047
Q UC+050 050
R UC+051 051
S UC+022 022
T UC+023 023
U UC+024 024
V UC+025 025
W UC+026 026
X UC+027 027
Y UC+030 030
Z UC+031 031
[ UC+057 none
\ {OVERLINE} 056 {OVERLINE} 056
] UC+055 none
^ {UP ARROW} UC+011 {UP ARROW} 035
_ UC+040 UC+040
` {RT ARROW} UC+020 036
a 061 none
b 062 none
c 063 none
d 064 none
e 065 none
f 066 none
g 067 none
h 070 none
i 071 none
j 041 none
k 042 none
l 043 none
m 044 none
n 045 none
o 046 none
p 047 none
q 050 none
r 051 none
s 022 none
t 023 none
u 024 none
v 025 none
w 026 none
x 027 none
y 030 none
z 031 none
{ none none
| UC+056 076
} none none
~ UC+003 013
del 075 none
- 18b PDP Features
The other four 18b PDP's (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, PDP-15) are very similar
and are configured as follows:
system device simulates
name(s)
PDP-4 CPU PDP-4 CPU with 8KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR28 console terminal (Baudot code)
LPT Type 62 line printer (Hollerith code)
CLK integral real-time clock
PDP-7 CPU PDP-7 CPU with 32KW of memory
- Type 177 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- Type 148 memory extension
PTR,PTP Type 444 paper tape reader/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
LPT Type 647 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
DRM Type 24 serial drum
PDP-9 CPU PDP-9 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE09A extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KG09B memory extension
- KP09A power detection
- KX09A memory protection
PTR,PTP PC09A paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
LPT Type 647E line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RF RF09/RS09 fixed-head disk
DT TC02/TU55 DECtape
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
PDP-15 CPU PDP-15 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE15 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KF15 power detection
- KM15 memory protection
PTR,PTP PC15 paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 35 console terminal
LPT LP15 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RP RP15/RP02 disk pack
RF RF15/RS09 fixed-head disk
DT TC15/TU56 DECtape
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
The DRM, RF, RP, DT, and MT devices can be DISABLEd.
The 18b PDP simulators implement several unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
The PDP-4 and PDP-7 loaders support only RIM format tapes. The PDP-9
and PDP-15 support both RIM and BIN format tapes. If the file extension
is .RIM, or the -r switch is specified with LOAD, the file is assumed to
be RIM format; if the file extension is not .RIM, or if the -b switch is
specified, the file is assumed to be BIN format.
8.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the EAE and the size of main memory.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
SET CPU 80K set memory size = 80K
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96K
SET CPU 112K set memory size = 112K
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128K
Memory sizes greater than 8K are only available on the PDP-7, PDP-9, and
PDP-15; memory sizes greater than 32KW are only available on the PDP-15.
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 8K for the PDP-4, 32K
for the PDP-7 and PDP-9, and 128K for the PDP-15.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
system name size comments
all PC addr program counter
7,9 PC 15 program counter
15 PC 17 program counter
all AC 18 accumulator
7,9,15 MQ 18 multiplier-quotient
7,9,15 SC 6 shift counter
7,9,15 EAE_AC_SIGN 1 EAE AC sign
all L 1 link
7,9 EXTM 1 extend mode
9 EXTM_INIT 1 extend mode value after reset
15 BANKM 1 bank mode
15 BANKM_INIT 1 bank mode value after reset
7 TRAPM 1 trap mode
9,15 USMD 1 user mode
9,15 USMDBUF 1 user mode buffer
9,15 BR addr memory protection bounds
7,9,15 TRAPP 1 trap pending
9,15 NEXM 1 non-existent memory violation
9,15 PRVN 1 privilege violation
7,9 EMIRP 1 EMIR instruction pending
9,15 RESTP 1 DBR or RES instruction pending
15 XR 18 index register
15 LR 18 limit register
all SR 18 front panel switches
all INT 32 interrupt requests
all IORS 18 IORS register
all ION 1 interrupt enable
all ION_DELAY 2 interrupt enable delay
all OLDPC addr PC prior to last transfer
all STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
all BREAK 18 breakpoint address (777777 to disable)
all WRU 8 interrupt character
"addr" signifies the address width of the system (13b for the PDP-4, 15b for
the PDP-7 and PDP-9, 17b for the PDP-15).
8.2 Programmed I/O Devices
8.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
On the PDP-4 and PDP-7, the paper tape reader supports the BOOT command.
BOOT PTR copies the RIM loader into memory and starts it running, while
BOOT -F PTR copies the funny format binary loader into memory and starts
it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The ppaper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. The
terminal input has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts
lower case input to upper case.
The PDP-9 and PDP-15 operated the terminal, by default, as half-duplex.
For backward compatibility, on the PDP-9 and PDP-15 the terminal input
has a second option, FDX; when set, it operates the terminal input in
full-duplex mode.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
8.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)n backspace or advance these devices.
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of chararacters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
8.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The PDP-4 used a Type 62 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
The PDP-7 and PDP-7 used a Type 647 printer controller, with these
registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable (PDP-9 only)
ERR 1 error flag
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:119] 8 line buffer
The PDP-15 used an LP15 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status register
MA 18 DMA memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable
LCNT 8 line counter
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
LBUF[0:131] 8 line buffer
For all three models, error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 clock enable
TIME 24 clock frequency
TPS 8 ticks per second (60 or 50)
The real-time clock autocalibrates; the clock interval is adjusted up or
down so that the clock tracks actual elapsed time.
8.3 RP15/RP02 Disk Pack (RP)
RP15 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status A
STB 18 status B
DA 18 disk address
MA 18 current memory address
WC 18 word count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
BUSY 1 control busy flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.4 Type 24 Serial Drum (DRM)
The serial drum (DRM) implements these registers:
name size comments
DA 9 drum address (sector number)
MA 15 current memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag
WLK 32 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational latency, per word
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Drum data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.5 RF09/RF15/RS09 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF09/RF15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status
DA 21 current disk address
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
BUF 18 data buffer (diagnostic only)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK0..7 16 write lock switches for disks 0..7
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF09/RF15 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word
transfers are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer
occurs in a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF15/RF09 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.6 TC02/TU55 and TC15/TU56 DECtape (DT)
DECtapes drives are numbered 1-8; in the simulator, drive 8 is unit 0.
DECtape options include the ability to make units write enabled or write
locked.
SET DTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The TC02/TC15 supports both PDP-8 format and PDP-9/11/15 format DECtape
images. ATTACH tries to determine the tape format from the DECtape image;
the user can force a particular format with switches:
-f foreign (PDP-8) format
-n native (PDP-9/11/15) format
The DECtape controller is a data-only simulator; the timing and mark
track, and block header and trailer, are not stored. Thus, the WRITE
TIMING AND MARK TRACK function is not supported; the READ ALL function
always returns the hardware standard block header and trailer; and the
WRITE ALL function dumps non-data words into the bit bucket.
The DECtape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
DTSA 12 status register A
DTSB 12 status register B
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENB 1 interrupt enable flag
DTF 1 DECtape flag
ERF 1 error flag
CA 18 current address (memory location 30)
WC 18 word count (memory location 31)
LTIME 31 time between lines
ACTIME 31 time to accelerate to full speed
DCTIME 31 time to decelerate to a full stop
SUBSTATE 2 read/write command substate
POS0..7 31 position, in lines, units 0..7
STATE0..7 31 unit state, units 0-7
It is critically important to maintain certain timing relationships
among the DECtape parameters, or the DECtape simulator will fail to
operate correctly.
- LTIME must be at least 6
- ACTIME must be less than DCTIME, and both need to be at
least 100 times LTIME
8.7 TC59/TU10 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 18 command
STA 18 main status
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
8.8 Symbolic Display and Input
The 18b PDP simulators implement symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional switch:
-p display as packed ASCII (five 7b ASCII
characters in two 18b words)
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional input mode:
# or -p five character packed ASCII string in
two 18b words
Instruction input uses standard 18b PDP assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, EAE, index (PDP-15 only), IOT,
operate, and LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I/@} address{,X}
where I (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9) /@ (PDP-15) signifies indirect reference,
and X signifies indexing (PDP-15 in page mode only). The address is an
octal number in the range 0 - 017777 (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, and PDP-15 in
bank mode) or 0 - 07777 (PDP-15 in page mode).
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
IOT's may also include the number 10, signifying clear the accumulator
iot 10
The simulator does not check the legality of IOT combinations. IOT's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 07777.
EAE instructions have the format
eae {+/- shift count}
EAE instructions may be or'd together
eae eae eae...
The simulator does not check the legality of EAE combinations. EAE's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as EAE n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 037777.
Index instructions (PDP-15 only) have the format
index {immediate}
The immediate, if allowed, must be in the range of -0400 to +0377.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW immediate
where immediate is in the range of 0 to 017777.
8.8 Character Sets
The PDP-4's console was an ASR-28 Teletype; its character encoding was
Baudot. The PDP-4's line printer used a modified Hollerith character
set. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's consoles were KSR-33 Teletypes; their
character sets were basically ASCII. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's line
printers used sixbit encoding (ASCII codes 040 - 0137 masked to six
bits). The PDP-15's I/O devices were all ASCII. The following table
provides equivalences between ASCII characters and the PDP-4's I/O devices.
In the console table, FG stands for figures (upper case).
PDP-4 PDP-4
ASCII console line printer
000 - 006 none none
bell FG+024 none
010 - 011 none none
lf 010 none
013 - 014 none none
cr 002 none
016 - 037 none none
space 004 000
! FG+026 none
" FG+021 none
FG+005 none
$ FG+062 none
% none none
& FG+013 none
' FG+032 none
( FG+036 057
) FG+011 055
-
none 072 -
, FG+006 033none 074 -
. FG+007 073FG+030 054
/ FG+027 021
0 FG+015 020
1 FG+035 001
2 FG+031 002
3 FG+020 003
4 FG+012 004
5 FG+001 005
6 FG+025 006
7 FG+034 007
8 FG+014 010
9 FG+003 011
: FG+016 none
; FG+017 none
< none 034
= none 053
? FG+023 037none 034
@ none {MID DOT} 040
A 030 061
B 023 062
C 016 063
D 022 064
E 020 065
F 026 066
G 013 067
H 005 070
I 014 071
J 032 041
K 036 042
L 011 043
M 007 044
N 006 045
O 003 046
P 015 047
Q 035 050
R 012 051
S 024 022
T 001 023
U 034 024
V 017 025
W 031 026
X 027 027
Y 025 030
Z 021 031
[ none none
\ none {OVERLINE} 056
] none none
^ none {UP ARROW} 035
_ none UC+040
0140 - 0177 none none
- IBM 1401 Features
The IBM 1401 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU IBM 1401 CPU with 16K of memory
CDR,CDP IBM 1402 card reader/punch
LPT IBM 1403 line printer
INQ IBM 1407 inquiry terminal
MT IBM 729 7-track magnetic tape controller with six drives
The IBM 1401 simulator implements many unique stop conditions. On almost
any kind of error the simulator stops:
unimplemented opcode
reference to non-existent memory
reference to non-existent device
no word mark under opcode
invalid A address
invalid B address
invalid instruction length
invalid modifier character
invalid branch address
invalid magtape unit number
invalid magtape record length
write to locked magtape drive
skip to unpunched carriage control tape channel
card reader hopper empty
address register wrap-around
single character A field in MCE
single character B field in MCE
hanging $ in MCE with EPE enabled
I/O check with I/O stop switch set
The LOAD and DUMP commands are not implemented.
9.1 CPU
The CPU options include a number of special features and the size of main
memory. Note that the Modify Address special feature is always included
when memory size is greater than 4K.
SET CPU XSA enable advanced programming special feature
SET CPU NOXSA disable advanced programming
SET CPU HLE enable high/low/equal special feature
SET CPU NOHLE disable high/low/equal
SET CPU BBE enable branch on bit equal special feature
SET CPU NOBBE disable branch on bit equal
SET CPU MR enable move record special feature
SET CPU NOMR disable move record
SET CPU EPE enable extended print edit special feature
SET CPU NOEPE disable extended print edit
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initially, memory size is 16K, and all special
features are enabled.
Memory is implemented as 7 bit BCD characters, as follows:
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
word B bit A bit 8 4 2 1
mark <-- zone --> <-------- digit -------->
In BCD, the decimal digits 0-9 are (octal) values 012, 001, 002, 003, 004,
005, 006, 007, 010, 011, respectively. Signs are encoded in the zone bits,
with 00, 01, and 11 being positive, and 10 being negative.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor. The 1401 has no
interrupt system.
name size comments
IS 14 instruction storage address register (PC)
AS 14 A storage address register
BS 14 B storage address register
ASERR 1 AS invalid flag
BSERR 1 BS invalid flag
SSA 1 sense switch A
SSB 1 sense switch B
SSC 1 sense switch C
SSD 1 sense switch D
SSE 1 sense switch E
SSF 1 sense switch F
SSG 1 sense switch G
EQU 1 equal compare indicator
UNEQ 1 unequal compare indicator
HIGH 1 high compare indicator
LOW 1 low compare indicator
OVF 1 overflow indicator
IOCHK 1 I/O check switch
PRCHK 1 process check switch
OLDIS 1 IS prior to last branch
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (1000000 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
9.2 1402 Card Reader/Punch (CDR, CDP, STKR)
The IBM 1402 card/reader punch is simulated as three independent devices:
the card reader (CDR), the card punch (CDP), and the reader and punch
stackers (STKR). STRK units 0, 1, 2, and 4 correspond to the reader
normal stacker, reader stacker 1, shared stacker 2/8, and punch stacker
4, respectively.
The card reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT CDR reads a card image
into locations 1-80, sets a word mark under location 1, clears storage,
and then transfers control to location 1.
The card reader reads data from disk files, while the punch and stackers
write data to disk files. Cards are simulated as ASCII text lines with
terminating newlines; column binary is not supported. For each unit,
the POS register specifies the number of the next data item to be read or
written. Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance these
devices.
The reader/punch registers are:
device name size comments
CDR LAST 1 last card indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
S1 1 stacker 1 select flag
S2 1 stacker 2 select flag
POS 31 position
TIME 24 delay window for stacker select
BUF[0:79] 8 reader buffer
CDP ERR 1 error indicator
S4 1 stacker 4 select flag
S8 1 stacker 8 select flag
STKR POS0 31 position, normal reader stack
POS1 31 position, reader stacker 1
POS2 31 position, shared stacker 2/8
POS4 31 position, punch stacker 4
Error handling is as follows:
device error processed as
reader end of file if SSA set, set LAST indicator
on next Read, report error and stop
reader,punch not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
stacker not attached ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
9.3 1403 Line Printer (LPT)
The IBM 1403 line printer (LPT) writes its data, converted to ASCII, to
a disk file. The line printer supports three different print character
sets or "chains":
SET LPT PCF full 64 character chain
SET LPT PCA 48 character business chain
SET LPT PCH 48 character FORTRAN chain
In addition, the line printer can be programmed with a carriage control
tape. The LOAD command loads a new carriage control tape:
LOAD <file> load carriage control tape file
The format of a carriage control tape consists of multiple lines. Each
line contains an optional repeat count, enclosed in parentheses, optionally
followed by a series of column numbers separated by commas. Column numbers
must be between 1 and 12; a column number of zero denotes top of form. The
following are all legal carriage control specifications:
<blank line> no punch
(5) 5 lines with no punches
1,5,7,8 columns 1, 5, 7, 8 punched
(10)2 10 lines with column 2 punched
1,0 column 1 punched; top of form
The default form is 66 lines long, with column 1 and the top of form mark
on line 1, and the rest blank.
The line printer registers are:
name size comments
LINES 8 number of newlines after next print
LFLAG 1 carriage control flag (1 = skip, 0 = space)
CCTP 8 carriage control tape pointer
CCTL 8 carriage control tape length (read only)
ERR 1 error indicator
POS 31 position
CCT[0:131] 32 carriage control tape array
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.4 1407 Inquiry Terminal (INQ)
The IBM 1407 inquiry terminal (INQ) is a half-duplex console. It polls
the controling keyboard of the simulator periodically for inquiry requests.
The inquiry terminal registers are:
name size comments
INQC 7 inquiry request character (initially ESC)
INR 1 inquiry request indicator
INC 1 inquiry cleared indicator
TIME 24 polling interval
When the 1401 CPU requests input from the keyboard, the message [Enter]
is printed out, followed by a new line. The CPU hangs waiting for input
until either the return/enter key is pressed, or the inquiry request
character is typed in. The latter cancels the type-in and sets INC.
The inquiry terminal has no errors.
9.5 729 Magnetic Tape (MT)
The magnetic tape controller supports six drives, numbered 1 through 6.
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The magnetic
tape simulator supports the BOOT command. BOOT MT reads the first
record off tape, starting at location 1, and then branches to it.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
END 1 end of file indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
PAR 1 parity error indicator
POS1..6 31 position, drives 1..6
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The IBM 1401 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-c display as single character
(BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII for others)
-s display as wordmark terminated BCD string
(CPU only)
-m display instruction mnemonics
(CPU only)
In a CPU character display, word marks are denoted by ~.
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or " or -c or -s characters (BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII
for others)
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input is free format, with spaces separating fields. There
are six instruction formats: 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, and 8 characters:
1 character opcode
2 character opcode 'modifier
4 character opcode address
5 character opcode address 'modifier
7 character opcode address address
8 character opcode address address 'modifier
Addresses are always decimal, except for special I/O addresses in the A
field, which may be specified as %xy, where x denotes the device and y
the unit number.
For the CPU, string input may encompass multiple characters. A word mark
is denoted by ~ and must precede the character to be marked. All other
devices can only accept single character input, without word marks.
9.7 Character Sets
The IBM 1401 used a 6b character code called BCD (binary coded decimal).
Some of the characters have no equivalent in ASCII and require different
representations:
BCD ASCII IBM 1401 print
code representation character chains
00 space
01 1
02 2
03 3
04 4
05 5
06 6
07 7
10 8
11 9
12 0
13 # = in H chain
14 @ ' in H chain
15 : blank in A, H chains
16 > blank in A, H chains
17 ( tape mark blank in A, H chains
20 ^ alternate blank blank in A, H chains
21 /
22 S
23 T
24 U
25 V
26 W
27 X
30 Y
31 Z
32 ' record mark
33 ,
34 % ( in H chain
35 = word mark blank in A, H chains
36 \ blank in A, H chains
37 + blank in A, H chains
40 -
41 J
42 K
43 L
44 M
45 N
46 O
47 P
50 Q
51 R
52 !
53 $
54 *
55 ] blank in A, H chains
56 ; blank in A, H chains
57 _ delta blank in A, H chains
60 &
61 A
62 B
63 C
64 D
65 E
66 F
67 G
70 H
71 I
72 ?
73 .
74 ) lozenge
75 [ blank in A, H chains
76 < blank in A, H chains
77 " group mark blank in A, H chains
10. HP2100 Features
The HP2100 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU 2116, 2100, or 21MX CPU with 32KW memory
DMA0, DMA1 dual channel DMA controller
PTR,PTP 12597A paper tape reader/punch
TTY 12631C buffered teleprinter
LPT 12653A line printer
CLK 12539A/B/C time base generator
DP 12557A cartridge disk controller with four drives
MT 12559C magnetic tape controller with one drives
The HP2100 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is et
- reference to an undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect references are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The HP2100 loader supports standard absolute binary format. The DUMP
command is not implemented.
10.1 CPU
CPU options include choice of instruction set and memory size.
SET CPU 2116 2116 instructions
SET CPU 2100 2100 instructions
SET CPU 21MX 21MX instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
P 15 program counter
A 16 A register
B 16 B register
X 16 X index register (21MX)
Y 16 Y index register (21MX)
S 16 switch/display register
E 1 extend flag
O 1 overflow flag
ION 1 interrupt enable flag
ION_DEFER 1 interrupt defer flag
IADDR 6 most recent interrupting device
MPCTL 1 memory protection enable (2100, 21MX)
MPFLG 1 memory protection flag (2100, 21MX)
MPFBF 1 memory protection flag buffer (2100, 21MX)
MFENCE 15 memory protection fence (2100, 21MX)
MADDR 16 memory protection error address (2100, 21MX)
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined device
INDMAX 1 indirect address limit
OLDP 15 PC prior to last JMP, JSB, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
10.2 DMA Controllers
The HP2100 includes two DMA channel controllers (DMA0 and DMA1). Each
DMA channel has the following visible state:
name size comments
CMD 1 channel enabled
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
CW1 1 command word 1
CW2 1 command word 2
CW3 1 command word 3
10.3 Variable Device Assignments
On the HP2100, I/O device take their device numbers from the backplane
slot they are plugged into. Thus, device number assignments vary
considerably from system to system, and software package to software
package. The HP2100 simulator supports dynamic device reassignment
with the command:
SET <controller> DEVNO
This initiates a dialog that displays the current device number and
allows the user to assign a new one:
Device number: old <new>(cr)
The new device number must be in the range 010..077 (octal) and must
not be currently assigned to another device. For devices with two
device numbers, only the lower numbered device number can be changed;
the higher is automatically set to the lower + 1.
10.4 Programmed I/O Devices
10.4.1 12597A-002 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
absolute binary loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 reader enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.2 12597A-005 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 punch enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.3 12631C Buffered Teleprinter (TTY)
The console teleprinter has three units: keyboard (unit 0), printer
(unit 1), and punch (unit 2). The keyboard reads from, and the
printer writes to, the controlling console port. The punch writes
to a disk file. The keyboard has one option, UC; when set, it
automatically converts lower case input to upper case. This is on
by default.
The terminal implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
MODE 16 mode
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters input
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TPOS 31 number of characters printed
TTIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
PPOS 31 position in the punch output file
STOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling for the punch is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.4 12653A Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 printer enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
CTIME 24 time between characters
PTIME 24 time for a print operation
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.5 12539A/B/C Time Base Generator (CLK)
The time base generator (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SEL 3 time base select
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
ERR 1 error flag
TIME0..TIME7 31 clock intervals, select = 0..7
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
10.5 12557A Cartridge Disk (DP)
The 12557A cartridge disk has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a 128-word (one sector)
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the four
disk drives. Disk drives can be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
IBUF 16 input buffer
OBUF 16 output buffer
BPTR 7 sector buffer pointer
CMD 1 channel enable
CTL 1 interrupt enable
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
OBUF 16 output buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
RARC 8 record address register cylinder
RARH 2 record address register head
RARS 4 record address register sector
CNT 5 check record count
CMD 1 controller enable
CTL 1 interrupt enable
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
EOC 1 end of cylinder pending
CTIME 24 command delay time
STIME 24 seek delay time, per cylinder
XTIME 24 interword transfer time
STA0 16 drive 0 status
STA1 16 drive 1 status
STA2 16 drive 2 status
STA3 16 drive 3 status
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.6 12559C Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make the unit write enabled
or write locked.
SET MT LOCKED set unit write locked
SET MT ENABLED set unit write enabled
The 12559C mag tape drive has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a maximum record sized
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the tape
unit
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
FLG 1 channel ready
BPTR 16 buffer pointer (reads and writes)
BMAX 16 buffer size (writes)
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FNC 8 current function
STA 9 tape status
BUF 8 buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
DTF 1 data transfer flop
FSVC 1 first service flop
POS 31 magtape position
CTIME 24 command delay time
XTIME 24 interword transfer delay time
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.7 Symbolic Display and Input
The HP2100 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard HP2100 assembler syntax. There are seven
instruction classes: memory reference, I/O, shift, alter skip, extended
shift, extended memory reference, extended two address reference.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {C/Z} address{,I}
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 077777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 01777. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions have the format
io device{,C}
where C signifies that the device flag is to be cleared. The device is an
octal number in the range 0 - 77.
Shift and alter/skip instructions have the format
sub-op sub-op sub-op...
The simulator checks that the combination of sub-opcodes is legal.
Extended shift instructions have the format
extshift count
where count is an octal number in the range 1 - 020.
Extended memory reference instructions have the format
extmemref address{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 077777.
Extended two address instructions have the format
ext2addr addr1{,I},addr2{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. Both address 1 and address 2 are
octal numbers in the range 0 - 077777.
11. Interdata 4 Features
The Interdata 4 simulator is not fully debugged. Lack of documentation
and software makes checkout very difficult. The simulator is included in
the hopes that a fellow enthusiast may be able to provide software or
additional documentation to facilitate further debug.
The Interdata 4 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Interdata 4 CPU with 64KB memory
PT paper tape reader/punch
TT console terminal
The Interdata 4 simulator implements one unique stop condition:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is set
The LOAD and DUMP command are not implemented.
11.1 CPU
The only CPU options are memory size:
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8KB
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64KB.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..RF 16 general registers
F0, F2..FE 32 floating point registers
PSW 16 processor status word
CC 4 condition codes, PSW<12:15>
SR 16 switch register
DR 16 display register low 16 bits
DR1 16 display register high 16 bits
DRMOD 1 display mode
DRPOS 2 display pointer position
SRPOS 1 switch pointer position
IRQ0..IRQ7 32 interrupt requests
IEN0..IEN7 32 interrupt enables
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last branch or interrupt
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
11.2 Paper Tape Reader/Punch (PT)
The paper tape reader and punch (PT units 0 and 1) read data from or
write data to disk files. The RPOS and PPOS registers specify the
number of the next data item to be read and written, respectively.
Thus, by changing RPOS or PPOS, the user can backspace or advance
these devices.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
so-called '50 loader' into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RBUF 8 reader buffer
RPOS 31 reader position in the input file
RTIME 24 time from reader start to interrupt
RSTOP_IOE 1 reader stop on I/O error
PBUF 8 punch buffer
PPOS 31 punch position in the output file
PTIME 24 time from punch start to interrupt
PSTOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
IREQ 1 paper tape interrupt request
IENB 1 paper tape interrupt enable
RUN 1 paper tape running
SLEW 1 paper tape reader slew mode
BUSY 1 paper tape busy
RW 1 paper tape read/write mode
Error handling is as follows:
type error STOP_IOE processed as
in,out not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in,out OS I/O error x report error and stop
11.3 Teletype (TT)
The teletype reads and writes to the controlling console port. The
keyboard has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is on by default.
name size comments
KBUF 8 keyboard buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters output
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TBUF 8 output buffer
TPOS 31 number of characters output
TTIME 24 time from output start to interrupt
IREQ 1 teletype interrupt request
IENB 1 teletype interrupt enable
HDPX 1 teletype half-duplex
BUSY 1 teletype busy
RW 1 teletype read/write mode
11.4 Symbolic Display and Input
The Interdata 4 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Interdata 4 assembler syntax. There are
four instruction classes: register, memory, register-register, register-
memory.
Register instructions have the format
rop regnum
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F.
Memory instructions have the format
mop address{(index)}
where address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and the index register
is a hex digit, optinally preceded by R, between 0 and F.
Register-register instructions have the format
rrop regnum,regnum
where the register numbers are hex digits, optionally preceded by R,
between 1 and F.
Register-memory instructions have the format
rmop regnum,address{(index)}
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F, the address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and
the index register is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R, between
1 and F.
- PDP-10 Features
The PDP-10 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU KS10 CPU with 1MW of memory
PAG paging unit (translation maps)
UBA Unibus adapters (translation maps)
FE console
TIM timer
PTR,PTP PC11 paper tape reader/punch
LP20 LP20 line printer
RP RH11/RP04/RP05/RP06/RP07/RM03/RM05/RM80 controller with
eight drives
TU RH11/TM02/TU45 controller with eight drives
The PTR/PTP are initially DISABLEd. No other device can be DISABLEd.
The PDP-10 simulator implements several unique stop condition:
- illegal instruction (000) in kernel mode
- indirect addressing nesting exceeds limit
- execute chaining exceeds limit
- page fail or other error in interrupt sequence
- illegal instruction in interrupt sequence
- invalid vector pointer in interrupt sequence
- invalid Unibus adapter number
- non-existent exec or user page table address
The PDP-10 loader supports RIM10B format paper tapes, SAV binary files, and
EXE binary files. LOAD switches -r, -s, -e specify RIM10, SAV, EXE format,
respectively. If no switch is specified, the LOAD command checks the file
extension; .RIM, .SAV, .EXE specify RIM10, SAV, EXE format, respectively.
If no switch specified, and no extension matches, the LOAD command checks
the file format to try to determine the file type.
12.1 CPU
The only CPU option is the choice of standard or ITS compatible microcode.
SET CPU STANDARD Standard microcode
SET CPU ITS ITS compatible microcode
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 18 program counter
FLAGS 18 processor flags (<13:17> unused)
AC0..AC17 36 accumulators
IR 36 instruction register
EBR 18 executive base register
PGON 1 paging enabled flag
T20P 1 TOPS-20 paging
UBR 18 user base register
CURAC 3 current AC block
PRVAC 3 previous AC block
SPT 36 shared pointer table
CST 36 core status table
PUR 36 process update register
CSTM 36 CST mask
HSB 18 halt status block address
DBR1 18 descriptor base register 1 (ITS)
DBR2 18 descriptor base register 2 (ITS)
DBR3 18 descriptor base register 3 (ITS)
DBR4 18 descriptor base register 4 (ITS)
PIENB 7 PI levels enabled
PIACT 7 PI levels active
PIPRQ 7 PI levels with program requests
PIIOQ 7 PI levels with IO requests
PIAPR 7 PI levels with APR requests
APRENB 8 APR flags enabled
APRFLG 8 APR flags active
APRLVL 3 PI level for APR interrupt
IND_MAX 8 indirect address nesting limit
XCT_MAX 8 execute chaining limit
OLDPC 18 PC prior to last transfer instruction
BREAK 19 breakpoint address (1777777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
REG[0:127] 36 fast memory blocks
12.2 Pager
The pager contains the page maps for executive and user mode. The
executive page map is the memory space for unit 0, the user page map the
memory space for unit 1. A page map entry is 32 bits wide and has the
following format:
bit content
--- -------
31 page is writeable
30 entry is valid
29:19 mbz
18:9 physical page base address
8:0 mbz
The pager has no registers.
12.3 Unibus Adapters
The Unibus adapters link the system I/O devices to the CPU. Unibus
adapter 1 (UBA1) is unit 0, and Unibus adapter 3 is unit 1. The
adapter's Unibus map is the memory space of the corresponding unit.
The Unibus Adapter has the following registers:
name size comments
INTREQ 32 interrupt requests
UB1CS 16 Unibus adapter 1 control/status
UB3CS 16 Unibus adapter 3 control/status
12.4 Front End (FE)
The front end is the system console. The keyboard input is unit 0,
the console output is unit 1. It supports two options:
SET FE STOP halts the PDP-10 operating system
SET FE CTLC simulates typing ^C (for Windoze)
The front end has the following registers:
name size comments
IBUF 8 input buffer
ICOUNT 31 count of input characters
ITIME 24 keyboard polling interval
OBUF 8 output buffer
OCOUNT 31 count of output characters
OTIME 24 console output response time
12.5 Timer (TIM)
The timer (TIM) implements the system timer, the interval timer, and
the time of day clock used to get the date and time at system startup.
Because most PDP-10 software is not Y2K compliant, the timer implements
one option
SET TIM NOY2K software not Y2K compliant, limit time of
day clock to 1999 (default)
SET TIM Y2K software is Y2K compliant
The timer has the following registers:
name size comments
TIMBASE 59 time base (double precision)
TTG 36 time to go (remaining time) for interval
PERIOD 36 reset value for interval
QUANT 36 quantum timer (ITS only)
TIME 24 tick delay
DIAG 1 use fixed tick delay instead of autocalibration
Unless the DIAG flag is set, the timer autocalibrates; the tick delay
is adjusted up or down so that the time base tracks actual elapsed time.
This may cause time-dependent diagnostics to report errors.
12.6 PC11 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
BUSY 1 busy flag (CSR<11>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.7 PC11 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input or output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.8 RH11 Adapter, RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 drives (RP)
The RP controller implements the Massbus 18b (RH11) direct interface for
large disk drives. It is more abstract than other device simulators, with
just enough detail to run operating system drivers. In addition, the RP
controller conflates the details of the RM series controllers with the RP
series controllers, although there were detailed differences.
RP options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to one of seven disk types, or autosize:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RPn RM03 set size to RM03
SET RPn RM05 set size to RM05
SET RPn RM80 set size to RM80
SET RPn RP04 set size to RP04
SET RPn RP06 set size to RP06
SET RPn RP07 set size to RP07
SET RPn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file.
Note that TOPS-10 V7.03 only supported the RP06 and RM03; V7.04 added
support for the RP07. Units can be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RPCS1 16 control/status 1
RPCS2 16 control/status 2
RPCS3 16 control/status 3
RPWC 16 word count
RPBA 16 bus address
RPBAE 6 bus address extension
RPDA 16 desired surface, sector
RPDC 8 desired cylinder
RPOF 16 offset
RPDS0..7 16 drive status, drives 0-7
RPDE0..7 16 drive error, drives 0-7
RPER2 16 error status 2
RPER3 16 error status 3
RPDB 16 data buffer
RPMR 16 maintenance register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
SC 1 special condition (CSR1<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR1<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR1<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.9 RH11/TM02/TU45 Magnetic Tape (TU)
The magnetic tape simulator simulates an RH11 Massbus adapter with one
TM02 formatter and up to eight TU45. Magnetic tape options include the
ability to make units write enabled or locked.
SET TUn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET TUn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
MTCS1 16 control/status 1
MTBA 16 memory address
MTWC 16 word count
MTFC 16 frame count
MTCS2 16 control/status 2
MTFS 16 formatter status
MTER 16 error status
MTCC 16 check character
MTDB 16 data buffer
MTMR 16 maintenance register
MTTC 16 tape control register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 delay
UST0..7 16 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
12.10 LP20 DMA Line Printer (LP20)
The LP20 is a DMA-based line printer controller. There is one
line printer option to clear the vertical forms unit (VFU).
SET LP20 VFUCLEAR clear the vertical forms unit
The LP20 implements these registers:
name size comments
LPCSA 16 control/status register A
LPCSB 16 control/status register B
LPBA 16 bus address register
LPBC 12 byte count register
LPPAGC 12 page count register
LPRDAT 12 RAM data register
LPCBUF 8 character buffer register
LPCOLC 8 column counter register
LPPDAT 8 printer data register
LPCSUM 8 checksum register
DVPTR 7 vertical forms unit pointer
DVLNT 7 vertical forms unit length
INT 1 interrupt request
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
POS 31 position in output file
TIME 24 response time
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TXRAM[0:255] 12 translation RAM
DAVFU[0:142] 12 vertical forms unit array
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
12.11 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-10 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-p display as packed (seven bit) string
-m display instruction mnemonics
-v interpret address as virtual
-e force executive mode
-u force user mode
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c sixbit string
# or -p packed seven bit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-10 assembler syntax. There are three
instruction classes: memory reference, memory reference with AC, and I/O.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {@}address{(index)}
memory reference with AC instructions have the format
memac ac,{@}address{(index)}
and I/O instructions have the format
io device,{@}address{(index)}
where @ signifies indirect. The address is a signed octal number in the
range 0 - 0777777. The ac and index are unsigned octal numbers in the
range 0-17. The device is either a recognized device mnemonic (APR, PI,
TIM) or an octal number in the range 0 - 0177.
The simulator recognizes the standard MACRO alternate mnemonics (CLEAR
for SETZ, OR for IORI), the individual definitions for JRST and JFCL
variants, and the extended instruction mnemonics.
Appendix 1: File Representations
All file representations are little endian. On big endian hosts, the
simulator automatically performs any required byte swapping.
- Hard Disks
Hard disks are represented as unstructured binary files of 16b data items for
the 12b and 16b simulators, of 32b data items for the 18b and 32b simulators,
and 64b for the 36b simulators.
- Floppy Disks
PDP-8 and PDP-11 floppy disks are represented as unstructured binary files
of 8b data items. They are nearly identical to the floppy disk images for
Doug Jones' PDP-8 simulator but lack the initial 256 byte header. A utility
for converting between the two formats is easily written.
- Magnetic Tapes
Magnetic tapes are represented as unstructured binary files of 8b data
items. Each record consists of a 32b record header, in little endian
format, followed by n 8b bytes of data, followed by a repeat of the 32b
record header. The high order bit of the record header is used as an
error flag; the remaining 31b are the byte count of the record. If
the byte count is odd, the record is padded to even length; the pad
byte is undefined.
Magnetic tapes are endian independent and consistent across simulator
families. A magtape produced by the Nova simulator will appear to
have its 16b words byte swapped if read by the PDP-11 simulator.
- Line Printers
Line printer output is represented by an ASCII file of lines separated by
the newline character. Overprinting is represented by a line ending in
return rather than newline.
- DECtapes
DECtapes are structured as fixed length blocks. PDP-9/11/15 DECtapes
use 578 blocks of 256 32b words. Each 32b word contains 18b (6 lines)
of data. PDP-8 DECtapes use 1474 blocks of 129 16b words. Each 16b
word contains 12b (4 lines) of data. Note that PDP-8 OS/8 does not use
the 129th word of each block, and OS/8 DECtape dumps contain only 128
words per block. A utility, DSOS8CVT.C, is provided to convert OS/8
DECtape dumps to simulator format.
A known problem in DECtape format is that when a block is recorded in
one direction and read in the other, the bits in a word are scrambled
(to the complement obverse). The PDP-11 deals with this problem by
performing an automatic complement obverse on reverse writes and reads.
The other systems leave this problem to software.
The simulator represents this difference as follows. On the PDP-11, all
data is represented in normal form. Data reads and writes are not direction
sensitive; read all and write all are direction sensitive. Real DECtapes
that are read forward will generate images with the correct representation
of the data.
On the other systems, forward write creates data in normal form, while
reverse write creates data in complement obverse form. Forward read (and
read all) performs no transformations, while reverse read (and read all)
changes data to the complement obverse. Real DECtapes that are read forward
will generate data in normal form for blocks written forward, and complement
obverse data for blocks written in reverse, corresponding to the simulator
format.
Appendix 2: Debug Status
The debug status of each simulated CPU and device is as follows:
system PDP-8 PDP-11 Nova PDP-1 18b PDP
device
CPU y y y y y
FPU - y - - -
CIS - h - - -
console y y y y y
paper tape y y y h y
card reader - - - - -
line printer y y y h y
clock y y y - h
hard disk y y y - h
fixed disk y/both - h - h
floppy disk y y y - -
DECtape y y - - d
mag tape h y/both y - h
system 1401 2100 Id4 PDP-10
device
CPU d y h y
FPU - - h y
CIS - - - y
console h y h y
paper tape - h h h
card reader h h - -
line printer h - - y
clock - h - y
hard disk - h - y
fixed disk - h - -
floppy disk - - - -
DECtape - - - -
mag tape h h - y
legend: y = runs operating system or sample program
d = runs diagnostics
h = runs hand-generated test cases
n = untested
- = not applicable
Revision History (since Rev 1.1)
Rev 2.6a, Jul, 01
Fixed DECtape reset in PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-9/15
Fixed RIM loader PC handling in PDP-9/15
Fixed indirect pointers in PDP-10 paging
Fixed SSC handling in PDP-10 TM02/TU45
Added FE CTRL-C option for Windoze
Rev 2.6, May, 01
Added ENABLE/DISABLE devices
Added SHOW DEVICES
Added examination/modification of register arrays
Added PDP-10 simulator
Added clock autocalibration to SCP, Nova, PDP-8, PDP-11,
PDP-18b
Added PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-9/15 DECtape
Added PDP-8 DF32
Added 4k Disk Monitor boot to PDP-8 RF08 and DF32
Added PDP-4/7 funny format loader support
Added extension handling to the PDP-8 and -9/15 loaders
Added PDP-11 TS11/TSV05
Added integer interval timer to SCP
Added filename argument to LOAD/DUMP
Revised magtape and DECtape bootstraps to rewind
before first instruction
Fixed 3 cycle data break sequence in PDP-8 RF
Fixed 3 cycle data break sequence in 18b PDP LP, MT, RF
Fixed CS1.TRE write, CS2.MXF,UPE write, and CS2.UAI in
PDP-11 RP
Fixed 4M memory size definition in PDP-11
Fixed attach bug in RESTORE
Fixed detach bug for buffered devices
Updated copyright notices, fixed comments
Rev 2.5a, Dec, 00
Fixed SCP handling of devices without units
Fixed FLG, FBF initialization in many HP peripherals
Added CMD flop to HP paper tape and line printer
Added status input for HP paper tape punch and TTY
Fixed 1401 bugs found by Dutch Owens
-- 4, 7 char NOPs are legal
-- 1 char B is chained BCE
-- MCE moves whole character, not digit, after first
Added Dutch Owens' 1401 mag tape boot routine
Fixed Nova bugs found by Bruce Ray
-- traps implemented on Nova 3 as well as Nova 4
-- DIV and DIVS 0/0 set carry
-- RETN sets SP from FP at outset
-- IORST does not clear carry
-- Nova 4 implements two undocumented instructions
Added Bruce Ray's Nova plotter and second terminal modules
Added Charles Owen's Eclipse CPU support
Fixed bugs in 18b PDP's
-- XCT indirect address calculation
-- missing index instructions in PDP-15
-- bank mode handling in PDP-15
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 RIM/BIN loader support
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 extend/bank initial state registers
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 half/full duplex support
Moved software documentation to a separate file
Rev 2.5, Nov, 00
Removed Digital and Compaq from copyrights, as
authorized by Compaq Sr VP Bill Strecker
Revised save/restore format for 64b simulators
Added examine to file
Added unsigned integer data types to sim_defs
Added Nova 3 and Nova 4 instructions to Nova CPU
Added HP2100
Added Interdata 4
Fixed indirect loop through autoinc/dec in Nova CPU
Fixed MDV enabled test in Nova CPU
Rev 2.4, Jan, 99
Placed all sources under X11-like open source license
Added DUMP command, revised sim_load interface
Added SHOW MODIFIERS command
Revised magtape format to include record error flag
Fixed 64b problems in SCP
Fixed big endian problem in PDP-11 bad block routine
Fixed interrupt on error bug in PDP-11 RP/RM disks
Fixed ROL/ROR inversion in PDP-11 symbolic routines
Rev 2.3d, Sep, 98
Added BeOS support
Added radix commands and switches
Added PDP-11 CIS support
Added RT11 V5.3 to distribution kits
Fixed "shift 32" bugs in SCP, PDP-11 floating point
Fixed bug in PDP-11 paper tape reader
Fixed bug in ^D handling
Rev 2.3c, May, 98
Fixed bug in PDP-11 DIV overflow check
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 magtape bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 magtape unit select
Replaced UNIX V7 disk images
Rev 2.3b, May, 98
Added switch recognition to all simulator commands
Added RIM loader to PDP-8 paper tape reader and loader
Added second block bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Fixed bug in PDP-8 RF bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 symbolic display
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 floating point (LDEXP, STEXP,
MODf, STCfi, overflow handling)
Rev 2.3a, Nov, 97
Added search capability
Added bad block table command to PDP-11 disks
Added bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Added additional Nova moving head disks
Added RT-11 sample software
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 RM/RP disks
Fixed bugs in Nova moving head disks
Fixed endian dependence in 18b PDP RIM loader
Rev 2.3, Mar, 97
Changed UNIX terminal I/O to TERMIOS
Changed magtape format to double ended
Changed PDP-8 current page mnemonic from T to C
Added endian independent I/O routines
Added precise integer data types
Fixed bug in sim_poll_kbd
Fixed bug in PDP-8 binary loader
Fixed bugs in TM11 magtape
Fixed bug in RX11 bootstrap
Fixed bug in 18b PDP ADD
Fixed bug in 18b PDP paper tape reader
Fixed bug in PDP-4 console
Fixed bug in PDP-4,7 line printer
Added PDP-11 RP
Added PDP-1
Rev 2.2d, Dec, 96
Added ADD/REMOVE commands
Added unit enable/disable support to device simulators
Added features for IBM 1401 project
Added switch recognition for symbolic input
Fixed bug in variable length IEXAMINE
Fixed LCD bug in RX8E
Initial changes for Win32
Added IBM 1401
Rev 2.2b, Apr, 96
Added PDP-11 dynamic memory size support
Rev 2.2a, Feb, 96
New endian independent magtape format
Rev 2.2 Jan, 96
Added register buffers for save/restore
Added 18b PDP's
Guaranteed TTI, CLK times are non-zero
Fixed breakpoint/RUN interaction bug
Fixed magnetic tape backspace to EOF bug
Fixed ISZ/DCA inversion in PDP-8 symbol table
Fixed sixbit conversion in PDP-8 examine/deposit
Fixed origin increment bug in PDP-11 binary loader
Fixed GCC longjmp optimization bug in PDP-11 CPU
Fixed unit number calculation bug in SCP and in
Nova, PDP-11, 18b PDP moving head disks
Rev 2.1 Dec, 95
Fixed PTR bug (setting done on EOF) in PDP-8, Nova
Fixed RX bug (setting error on INIT if drive 1 is
not attached) in PDP-8, PDP-11
Fixed RF treatment of photocell flag in PDP-8
Fixed autosize bug (always chose smallest disk if new
file) in PDP-11, Nova
Fixed not attached bug (reported as not attachable) in
most mass storage devices
Fixed Nova boot ROMs
Fixed bug in RESTORE (didn't requeue if delay = 0)
Fixed bug in RESTORE (clobbered device position)
Declared static constant arrays as static const
Added PDP-8, Nova magnetic tape simulators
Added Dasher mode to Nova terminal simulator
Added LINUX support
Rev 2.0 May, 95
Added symbolic assembly/disassembly
Acknowledgements
SIMH would not have been possible without help from around the world. I
would like to acknowledge the help of the following people, all of whom
donated their time and talent to this "computer archaeology" project:
Bill Ackerman PDP-1 consulting
Winfried Bergmann Linux port testing
Phil Budne Solaris port testing
Max Burnet PDP information, documentation, and software
James Carpenter LINUX port testing
Chip Charlot PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Dave Conroy HP 21xx documentation
L Peter Deutsch PDP-1 LISP software
Ethan Dicks PDP-11 2.9 BSD debugging
Carl Friend Nova and Interdata documentation, and RDOS software
Megan Gentry PDP-11 integer debugging, make file
Dave Gesswein PDP-8/9/15 documentation and diagnostics
Dick Greeley PDP-8 OS/8 and PDP-10 TOPS-10/20 legal permissions
Gordon Greene PDP-1 LISP machine readable source
Lynne Grettum PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Franc Grootjen PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Doug Gwyn Portability debugging
Kevin Handy TS11/TSV05 documentation
Ken Harrenstein PDP-10 simulator
Bill Haygood PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Wolfgang Helbig DZ11 simulator implementation
Mark Hittinger PDP-10 debugging
Jay Jaeger IBM 1401 information
Doug Jones PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Al Kossow HP 21xx, Varian 620, TI 990, DEC documentation and software
Don Lewine Nova documentation and legal permissions
Tim Litt PDP-10 hardware documentation and schematics,
tape images, and software sources
Scott McGregor PDP-11 UNIX legal permissions
Jeff Moffatt HP 2100 information, documentation, and software
Alec Muffett Solaris port testing
Thord Nilson DZ11 implementation
Charles Owen Nova moving head disk debugging, Altair simulator,
IBM 1401 diagnostics, debugging, and magtape boot
Paul Pierce IBM 1401 diagnostics, media recovery
Hans Pufal PDP-10 debugging
Bruce Ray Software, documentation, bug fixes, and new devices
for the Nova
Craig St Clair PDP documentation
Richard Schedler Public repository maintenance
Stephen Schultz PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Olaf Seibert NetBSD port testing
Brian & Barry Silverman PDP-1 simulator and software
Tim Shoppa Nova documentation, RDOS software, PDP-10 and PDP-11
software archive
Michael Somos PDP-1 debugging
Hans-Michael Stahl OS/2 port testing, TERMIOS implementation
Tim Stark PDP-10 simulator
Larry Stewart Initial suggestion for the project
Bill Strecker Permission to revert copyrights
Chris Suddick PDP-11 floating point debugging
Ben Thomas VMS character-by-character I/O routines
Warren Toomey PDP-11 UNIX software
Deb Toivonen DEC documentation
Mike Umbricht DEC documentation
Leendert Van Doorn PDP-11 UNIX V6 debugging, TERMIOS implementation
David Waks PDP-8 ESI-X and PDP-7 SIM8 software
Tom West Nova documentation
John Wilson PDP-11 simulator and software
In addition, the following companies have graciously licensed their
software at no cost for hobbyist use:
Data General Corporation
Digital Equipment Corporation
Compaq Computer Corporation
Mentec Corporation
The Santa Cruz Operation
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
To: Users
From: Bob Supnik
Subj: Simulator Usage, V2.5a
Date: 1-Jan-01
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
The following copyright notice applies to both the SIMH source and binary:
Original code published in 1993-2000, written by Robert M Supnik
Copyright (c) 1993-2000, Robert M Supnik
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
ROBERT M SUPNIK BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Robert M Supnik shall not
be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from Robert M Supnik.
This memorandum documents the PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-1, other 18b PDP, Nova,
IBM 1401, HP 2100, and Interdata 4 simulators. These simulators are freeware;
refer to the license terms above for conditions of use. Support is not available.
The best way to fix problems or add features is to read and modify the sources
yourself. Alternately, you can send Internet mail to [email protected], but
a response is not guaranteed.
The simulators use a common command interface. The memorandum first
describes the common features of the command interface and then provides
information on each of the individual simulators.
- Compiling And Running A Simulator
The simulators have been tested on VAX VMS, Alpha VMS, Alpha UNIX, Intel
FreeBSD, Intel LINUX, and Windows 95/Windows NT (Visual C++ environment).
Porting to other environments will require changes to the operating system
dependent code in scp_tty.c.
To compile the simulators on VMS, use these commands (note that separate
compilations are required for each of the 18b PDP's):
$ cc pdp8_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-8
$ link/exec=pdp8 pdp8_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc pdp11_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-11
$ link/exec=pdp11 pdp11_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc nova_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Nova
$ link/exec=nova nova_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc pdp1_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-1
$ link/exec=pdp1 pdp1_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc/define=PDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c
$ link/exec=pdp{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc i1401_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! IBM 1401
$ link/exec=i1401 i1401_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc hp2100_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! HP 2100
$ link/exec=hp2100 hp2100_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc id4_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Interdata 4
$ link/exec=id4 id4_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
On version of VMS prior to 6.2, the simulators must then be defined as
foreign commands so that they can be started by name.
To compile the simulators on Alpha UNIX or any UNIX variant which supports
the POSIX compliant TERMIOS interface, use the following commands (note
that separate compilations are required for each of the 18b PDP's):
% cc pdp8_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp8
% cc pdp11_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp11
% cc nova_*.c scp*.c -lm -o nova
% cc pdp1_*.c scp*.c -o pdp1
% cc -DPDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp{4,7,9,15}
% cc i1401_*.c scp*.c -o i1401
% cc hp2100_*.c scp*.c -o hp2100
% cc id4_*.c scp*.c -o id4
These commands should work with most UNIX variants. If your UNIX only
supports the old BSD terminal interface, add -DBSDTTY to each command.
If your UNIX automatically includes the math library, omit -lm from
the command line.
To start the simulator, simply type its name. The simulator takes
one optional argument, a startup command file. If specified, this
file should contain a series of non-interactive simulator commands,
one per line. These command can be used to set up standard parameters,
for example, disk sizes.
% pdp8 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp11 <startup file>(cr) or
% nova <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp1 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp{4,7,9,15} <startup file>(cr) or
% i1401 <startup file>(cr) or
% hp2100 <startup file>(cr) or
% id4 <startup file>(cr)
The simulator types out its name and version, executes the commands
in the startup file, if any, and then prompts for input with
sim>
2. Simulator Conventions
A simulator consists of a series of devices, the first of which is always
the CPU. A device consists of named registers and one or more numbered
units. Registers correspond to device state, units to device address
spaces. Thus, the CPU device might have registers like PC, ION, etc,
and a unit corresponding to main memory; a disk device might have
registers like BUSY, DONE, etc, and units corresponding to individual
disk drives. Except for main memory, device address spaces are simulated
as unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. The SHOW CONFIG
command displays the simulator configuration.
A simulator keeps time in terms of arbitrary units, usually one time unit
per instruction executed. Simulated events (such as completion of I/O)
are scheduled at some number of time units in the future. The simulator
executes synchronously, invoking event processors when simulated events
are scheduled to occur. Even asynchronous events, like keyboard input,
are handled by polling at synchronous intervals. The SHOW QUEUE command
displays the simulator event queue.
3. Commands
Simulator commands consist of a command verb, optional switches, and optional
arguments. Switches take the form:
-<letter>{<letter>...}
Multiple switches may be specified separately or together: -abcd or
-a -b -c -d are treated identically. Verbs, switches, and other
input (except for file names) are case insensitive.
3.1 Loading and Saving Programs
The LOAD command (abbreviation LO) loads a file in binary paper-tape
loader format:
sim> load <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as load within range) are also implementation specific.
The DUMP command (abbreviation DU) dumps memory in binary paper-
tape loader format:
sim> dump <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as dump within range) are also implementation specific.
3.2 Saving and Restoring State
The SAVE command (abbreviation SA) save the complete state of the
simulator to a file. This includes the contents of main memory and
all registers, and the I/O connections of devices:
sim> save <filename>(cr)
The RESTORE command (abbreviation REST, alternately GET) restores a
previously saved simulator state:
sim> restore <filename>(cr)
Note: SAVE file format compresses zeroes to minimize file size.
3.3 Resetting Devices
The RESET command (abbreviation RE) resets a device or the entire
simulator to a predefined condition:
sim> RESET(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET ALL(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET <device>(cr) -- reset specified device
Typically, RESET stops any in-progress I/O operation, clears any
interrupt request, and returns the device to a quiescent state. It
does not clear main memory or affect I/O connections.
3.4 Connecting and Disconnecting Devices
Except for main memory, simulated unit address spaces are simulated as
unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. Before using a
simulated unit the user must specify the file to be accessed by that
unit. The ATTACH (abbreviation AT) command associates a unit and a file:
sim> ATTACH <device><unit number> <filename>(cr)
If the file does not exist, it is created, and an appropriate message
is printed.
The DETACH (abbreviation DET) command breaks the association between a
unit and a file and closes the file:
sim> DETACH ALL(cr) -- detach all units
sim> DETACH <device><unit number>(cr) -- detach specified unit
The EXIT command performs an automatic DETACH ALL.
3.5 Examining and Changing State
There are four commands to examine and change state:
EXAMINE (abbreviated E) examines state
DEPOSIT (abbreviated D) changes state
IEXAMINE (interactive examine, abbreviated IE) examines state
and allows the user to interactively change it
IDEPOSIT (interactive deposit, abbreviated ID) allows the user
to interactively change state
All four commands take the form
command {modifiers} <state list>
Deposit must also include a deposit value at the end of the command.
There are four kinds of modifiers: switches, device/unit name, search
specifiers, and for EXAMINE, output file. Switches have been described
previously. A device/unit name identifies the device and unit whose
address space is to be examined or modified. If no device is specified,
the CPU (main memory)is selected; if a device but no unit is specified,
unit 0 of the device is selected.
Search specifiers provide criteria for testing addresses or registers
to see if they should be processed. A specifier consists of a logical
operator, a relational operator, or both, optionally separated by spaces.
{<logical op> <value>} <relational op> <value>
where the logical operator is & (and), | (or), or ^ (xor), and the
relational operator is = or == (equal), ! or != (not equal), >=
(greater than or equal), > (greater than), <= (less than or equal), or
< (less than). If a logical operator is specified without a relational
operator, it is ignored. If a relational operator is specified without
a logical operator, no logical operation is performed. All comparisons
are unsigned.
The output file modifier redirects command output to a file instead of
the console. An output file modifier consists of @ followed by a
valid file name.
Modifiers may be specified in any order. If multiple modifiers of the
same time are specified, later modifiers override earlier modifiers.
Note that if the device/unit name comes after the search specifier,
the values will interpreted in the radix of the CPU, rather than of the
device/unit.
The "state list" consists of one or more of the following, separated
by commas:
register the specified register
register1-register2 all the registers starting at register1
up to and including register2
address the specified location
address1-address2 all locations starting at address1 up to
and including address2
STATE all registers in the device
ALL all locations in the unit
Switches can be used to control the format of display information:
-a display as ASCII
-c display as character string
-m display as instruction mnemonics
-o display as octal
-d display as decimal
-h display as hexidecimal
The simulators typically accept symbolic input (see simulator sections).
Examples:
sim> ex 1000-1100 -- examine 1100:1100
sim> de PC 1040 -- set PC to 1040
sim> ie 40-50 -- interactively examine 40:50
sim> ie >1000 40-50 -- interactively examine the subset
of locations 40:50 that are >1000
sim> ex rx0 50060 -- examine 50060, RX unit 0
sim> de all 0 -- set main memory to 0
sim> de &77 >0 0 -- set all addresses whose low order
bits are non-zero to 0
sim> ex -m @memdump.txt 0-7777 -- dump memory to file
Note: to terminate an interactive command, simply type a bad value (eg,
XYZ) when input is requested.
3.6 Running Programs
The RUN command (abbreviated RU) resets all devices, deposits its argument
(if given) in the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given,
execution starts at the current PC.
The GO command does NOT reset devices, deposits its argument (if given) in
the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given, execution starts at
the current PC.
The CONT command (abbreviated CO) does NOT reset devices and resumes
execution at the current PC.
The STEP command (abbreviated S) resumes execution at the current PC for
the number of instructions given by its argument. If no argument is
supplied, one instruction is executed.
The BOOT command (abbreviated BO) bootstraps the device and unit given
by its argument. If no unit is supplied, unit 0 is bootstrapped. The
specified unit must be attached to a file.
3.7 Stopping Programs
Programs run until the simulator detects an error or stop condition, or
until the user forces a stop condition.
3.7.1 Simulator Detected Stop Conditions
These simulator-detected conditions stop simulation:
- HALT instruction. If a HALT instruction is decoded,
simulation stops.
- Breakpoint. The IBKPT register provides a single virtual
address breakpoint. If the PC matches the contents of the
IBKPT register, simulation stops. The breakpoint is
automatically disabled for the next instruction execution.
- I/O error. If an I/O error occurs during simulation of an
I/O operation, and the device stop-on-I/O-error flag is set,
simulation usually stops.
- Processor condition. Certain processor conditions can stop
simulation; these are described with the individual simulators.
3.7.2 User Specified Stop Conditions
Typing the interrupt character stops simulation. The interrupt character
is defined by the WRU (where are you) register and is initially set to
005 (^E).
3.8 Setting Device Parameters
The SET command (abbreviated SE) changes the status of a device parameter:
sim> SET <unit> <parameter>
Most parameters are simulator and device specific. Disk drives, for
example, can usually be set write ENABLED or write LOCKED; if a device
supports multiple drive types, the SET command can be used to specify
the drive type.
All devices recognize the following parameters:
OCT sets the data radix = 8
DEC sets the data radix = 10
HEX sets the data radix = 16
3.9 Displaying Parameters and Status
The SHOW CONFIGURATION command shows the simulator configuration and the
status of all simulated devices.
The SHOW MODIFIERS command shows the modifiers available on all simulated
devices.
The SHOW command shows the status of the named simulated device.
The SHOW QUEUE command shows the state of the simulator event queue. Times
are in "simulation units", typically one unit per instruction execution,
relative to the current simulation time.
The SHOW TIME command shows the number of time units elapsed since
the last RUN command.
3.10 Altering the Simulated Configuration
In devices with multiple units, the REMOVE command removes the
specified unit from the configuration. Once removed, a unit cannot be
manipulated in any way until it is added back to the configuration.
ADD adds back a unit that had been removed from the configuration.
3.11 Exiting The Simulator
EXIT (synonyms QUIT and BYE) returns control to the operating system.
4. PDP-8 Features
The PDP-8 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-8/E CPU with 32KW of memory
-
KE8E extended arithmetic element (EAE) -
PTR,PTP PC8E paper tape reader/punchKM8E memory management and timeshare control
TTI,TTO KL8E console terminal
LPT LE8E line printer
CLK DK8E line frequency clock (also PDP-8/A compatible)
RK RK8E/RK05 cartridge disk controller with four drives
RF RF08/RS08 fixed head disk controller with four platters
RX RX8E/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
MT TM8E/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The PDP-8 simulator implements one unique stop condition: if an undefined
instruction (unimplemented IOT or OPR) is decoded, and register STOP_INST
is set, the simulator halts.
The PDP-8 loader supports both RIM format and BIN format tapes. BIN is
the default; to load a RIM format tape, use the -r switch with LOAD. The
DUMP command is not implemented.
4.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the EAE and the size of main
memory; the memory extension and time-share control is always included,
even if memory size is 4K.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter, including IF as high 3 bits
AC 12 accumulator
MQ 12 multiplier-quotient
L 1 link
SR 12 front panel switches
IF 3 instruction field
DF 3 data field
IB 3 instruction field buffer
SF 7 save field
UF 1 user mode flag
UB 1 user mode buffer
SC 5 EAE shift counter
GTF 1 EAE greater than flag
EMODE 1 EAE mode (0 = A, 1 = B)
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
CIF_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for CIF
PWR_INT 1 power fail interrupt
UF_INT 1 user mode violation interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
DONE 15 device done flags
ENABLE 15 device interrupt enable flags
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
4.2 Programmed I/O Devices
4.2.1 PC8E Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
RIM loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.2 PC8E Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to bewritten. Thus, by
changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.3 KL8E Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. The
input side has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is required by OS/8 and is on by default.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
4.2.4 KL8E Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
4.2.5 LE8E Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be read or written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
ERR 1 error status flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 set error flag
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.6 DK8E Line-Frequency Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME 24 clock interval
4.3 RK8E Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK8E options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RK8E implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 12 disk address
MA 12 current memory address
CMD 12 disk command
BUSY 1 control busy flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.4 RX8E/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX8E options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX8E implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 12 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
TR 1 transfer ready flag
ERR 1 error flag
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.5 RF08/RS08 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF08 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 20 current disk address
MA 12 memory address (in memory)
WC 12 word count (in memory)
WLK 32 write lock switches
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF08 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word transfers
are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer occurs in
a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF08 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.6 TM8E Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 12 command
FNC 12 function
CA 12 memory address
WC 12 word count
DB 12 data buffer
STA 12 main status
STA2 6 secondary status
DONE 1 device done flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
4.7 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-8 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-8 assembler syntax. There are four
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, field change, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} {C/Z} address
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 07777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 177. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. IOT's
for which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 0777.
Field change instructions (CIF, CDF) have the format
fldchg field
where field is an octal number in the range 0 - 7. Field change instructions
may be or'd together.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. EAE
mode A and B mnemonics may be specified regardless of the EAE mode. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
5. PDP-11 Features
The PDP-11 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU J-11 CPU with 256KB of memory
-
FP11 floating point unit (FPA) -
PTR,PTP PC11 paper tape reader/punchCIS11 commercial instruction set (CIS, off by default)
TTI,TTO DL11 console terminal
LPT LP11 line printer
CLK line frequency clock
RK RK11/RK05 cartridge disk controller with eight drives
RL RLV12/RL01(2) cartridge disk controller with four drives
RP RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Massbus style controller
with eight drives
RX RX11/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
TM TM11/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The PDP-11 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- abort during exception vector fetch, and register STOP_VEC is set
- abort during exception stack push, and register STOP_SPA is set
- trap condition 'n' occurs, and register STOP_TRAP<n> is set
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-11 loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
5.1 CPU
The only CPU options are disabling of 22b addressing, the CIS instruction
set, and the size of main memory.
SET CPU 18B disable 22b addressing
SET CPU 22B enable 22b addressing (default)
SET CPU NOCIS disable CIS instructions (default)
SET CPU CIS enable CIS instructions
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96KB
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128KB
SET CPU 192K set memory size = 192KB
SET CPU 256K set memory size = 256KB
SET CPU 384K set memory size = 384KB
SET CPU 512K set memory size = 512KB
SET CPU 768K set memory size = 768KB
SET CPU 1024K (or 1M) set memory size = 1024KB
SET CPU 2048K (or 2M) set memory size = 2048KB
SET CPU 3072K (or 3M) set memory size = 3072KB
SET CPU 4096K (or 4M) set memory size = 4096KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 256KB.
These switches are recognized when examining or depositing in CPU memory:
-v interpret address as virtual
-d if mem mgt enabled, force data space
-k if mem mgt enabled, force kernel mode
-s if mem mgt enabled, force supervisor mode
-u if mem mgt enabled, force user mode
-p if mem mgt enabled, force previous mode
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..R5 16 R0..R5, first register set
R10..R15 16 R0..R5, second register set
KSP 16 kernel stack pointer
SSP 16 supervisor stack pointer
USP 16 user stack pointer
PSW 16 processor status word
CM 2 current mode, PSW<15:14>
PM 2 previous mode, PSW<13:12>
RS 2 register set, PSW<11>
IPL 3 interrupt priority level, PSW<7:5>
T 1 trace bit, PSW<4>
N 1 negative flag, PSW<3>
Z 1 zero flag, PSW<2>
V 1 overflow flag, PSW<1>
C 1 carry flag, PSW<0>
SR 16 front panel switches
DR 16 front panel display
MEMERR 16 memory error register
CCR 16 cache control register
MAINT 16 maintenance register
HITMISS 16 hit/miss register
CPUERR 16 CPU error register
PIRQ 16 programmed interrupt requests
FAC0H..FAC5H 32 FAC0..FAC5, high 32 bits
FAC0L..FAC5L 32 FAC0..FAC5, low 32 bits
FPS 16 floating point status
FEA 16 floating exception address
FEC 4 floating exception code
MMR0..3 16 memory management registers 0..3
{K/S/U}{I/D}{PAR/PDR}{0..7}
16 memory management registers
INT 32 interrupt pending flags
TRAP 18 trap pending flags
WAIT 0 wait state flag
WAIT_ENABLE 0 wait state enable flag
STOP_TRAPS 18 stop on trap flags
STOP_VECA 1 stop on read abort in trap or interrupt
STOP_SPA 1 stop on stack push abort in trap or interrupt
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (1 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
5.2 Programmed I/O Devices
5.2.1 PC11 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
BUSY 1 busy flag (CSR<11>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.2 PC11 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.3 KL11 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
5.2.4 KL11 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
5.2.5 LP11 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.6 Line-Time Clock (CLK)
The clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
TIME 24 clock frequency
5.3 RK11/RK05 Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RK11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RKCS 16 control/status
RKDA 16 disk address
RKBA 16 memory address
RKWC 16 word count
RKDS 16 drive status
RKER 16 error status
INTQ 9 interrupt queue
DRVN 3 number of last selected drive
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.4 RX11/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 8 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXERR 8 error code
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
TR 1 transfer ready flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<5>)
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
5.5 RL11(V12)/RL01,RL02 Cartridge Disk (RL)
RL11 options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to RL01, RL02, or autosize, and to write a DEC standard
044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RLn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RLn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RLn RL01 set size to RL01
SET RLn RL02 set size to RL02
SET RLn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RL11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RLCS 16 control/status
RLDA 16 disk address
RLBA 16 memory address
RLBAE 6 memory address extension (RLV12)
RLMP..RLMP2 16 multipurpose register queue
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.6 RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Disk Pack Drives (RP)
The RP controller implements a "Massbus style" 22b direct interface for
large disk drives. It is more abstract than other device simulators, with
just enough detail to run operating system drivers. In addition, the RP
controller conflates the details of the RM series controllers with the RP
series controllers, although there were detailed differences.
RP options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to one of seven disk types, or autosize, and to write
a DEC standard 044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RPn RM03 set size to RM03
SET RPn RM05 set size to RM05
SET RPn RM80 set size to RM80
SET RPn RP04 set size to RP04
SET RPn RP06 set size to RP06
SET RPn RP07 set size to RP07
SET RPn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RPCS1 16 control/status 1
RPCS2 16 control/status 2
RPCS3 16 control/status 3
RPWC 16 word count
RPBA 16 bus address
RPBAE 6 bus address extension
RPDA 16 desired surface, sector
RPDC 8 desired cylinder
RPOF 16 offset
RPDS0..7 16 drive status, drives 0-7
RPDE0..7 16 drive error, drives 0-7
RPER2 16 error status 2
RPER3 16 error status 3
RPDB 16 data buffer
RPMR 16 maintenance register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
SC 1 special condition (CSR1<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR1<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR1<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.7 TM11 Magnetic Tape (TM)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET TMn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET TMn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape bootstrap supports both original and DEC standard boot
formats. Originally, a tape bootstrap read and executed the first record
on tape. To allow for ANSI labels, the DEC standard bootstrap skipped the
first record and read and executed the second. The DEC standard is the
default; to bootstrap an original format tape, use the -o switch with the
BOOT command.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
MTS 16 status
MTC 16 command
MTCMA 16 memory address
MTBRC 16 byte/record count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 device done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 delay
UST0..7 16 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
5.8 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-11 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-11 assembler syntax. There are sixteen
instruction classes:
class operands examples comments
no operands none HALT, RESET
3b literal literal, 0 - 7 SPL
6b literal literal, 0 - 077 MARK
8b literal literal, 0 - 0377 EMT, TRAP
register register RTS
sop specifier SWAB, CLR, ASL
reg-sop register, specifier JSR, XOR, MUL
fop flt specifier ABSf, NEGf
ac-fop flt reg, flt specifier LDf, MULf
ac-sop flt reg, specifier LDEXP, STEXP
ac-moded sop flt reg, specifier LDCif, STCfi
dop specifier, specifier MOV, ADD, BIC
cond branch address BR, BCC, BNE
sob register, address SOB
cc clear cc clear instructions CLC, CLV, CLZ, CLN combinable
cc set cc set instructions SEC, SEV, SEZ, SEN combinable
For floating point opcodes, F and D variants, and I and L variants, may be
specified regardless of the state of FPS.
The syntax for specifiers is as follows:
syntax specifier displacement comments
Rn 0n -
Fn 0n - only in flt reg classes
(Rn) 1n -
@(Rn) 7n 0 equivalent to @0(Rn)
(Rn)+ 2n -
@(Rn)+ 3n -
-(Rn) 4n -
@-(Rn) 5n -
{+/-}d(Rn) 6n {+/-}d
@{+/-}d(Rn) 7n {+/-}d
#n 27 n
@#n 37 n
.+/-n 67 +/-n - 4
@.+/-n 77 +/-n - 4
{+/-}n 67 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, 37 and n
@{+/-}n 77 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, invalid
6. Nova Features
The Nova simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Nova CPU with 32KW of memory
-
PTR,PTP paper tape reader/punchhardware multiply/divide
TTI,TTO console terminal
TTI1,TTO1 second terminal
LPT line printer
PLT plotter
CLK real-time clock
DK head-per-track disk controller
DP moving head disk controller with four drives
MT magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The Nova simulator implements these unique stop conditions:
- reference to undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
an interrupt
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The Nova loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
6.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the optional instructions
and the size of main memory.
SET CPU NOVA4 enable Nova4 instructions
SET CPU NOVA3 enable Nova3 instructions
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NONE disable all optional instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
(MDV = unsigned multiply/divide instructions)
(Nova 3 = unsigned multiply/divide, stack, trap instructions)
(Nova 4 = unsigned and signed multiply/divide, stack, byte, trap instructions)
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter
AC0..AC3 16 accumulators 0..3
C 1 carry
SR 16 front panel switches
PI 16 priority interrupt mask
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
PWR 1 power fail interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
BUSY 15 device busy flags
DONE 15 device done flags
DISABLE 15 device interrupt disable flags
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined IOT
INDMAX 15 maximum number of nested indirects
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
6.2 Programmed I/O Devices
6.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input reads from the controling console port. Terminal
options include the ability to set limited Dasher compatibility mode or
normal mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI or TTO changes both devices. In Dasher mode, carriage
return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed to backspace.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
6.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output writes to the controling console port. Terminal
options include the ability to set limited Dasher compatibility mode or
normal mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI or TTO changes both devices. In Dasher mode, carriage
return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed to backspace.
The terminal output implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
6.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SELECT 2 selected clock interval
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME0 24 clock frequency, select = 0
TIME1 24 clock frequency, select = 1
TIME2 24 clock frequency, select = 2
TIME3 24 clock frequency, select = 3
6.2.7 Plotter (PTP)
The plotter (PLT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the plotter.
The plotter implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.8 Second Terminal Input (TTI1)
The second terminal input (TTI1) reads data from a disk file. When a
file is attached, the second terminal input will read characters at
the interval specified by the TIME register. Detaching the file, or
reaching end of file, stops input. The POS register specifies the
number of the next data item to be read. Thus, by changing POS, the
user can backspace or advance the input stream.
The second terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.9 Second Terminal Output (TTO1)
The second terminal output (TTO1) writes data to a disk file. The
POS register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the output
stream.
The second terminal outpout implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.3 Fixed Head Disk (DK)
The fixed head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
STAT 16 status
DA 16 disk address
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 device disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK 8 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational delay, per sector
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Fixed head disk data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file
and OS I/O errors cannot occur.
6.4 Moving Head Disk (DP)
Moving head disk options include the ability to make units write enabled or
write locked, and to select the type of drive:
SET DPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET DPn FLOPPY set unit n to floppy disk
SET DPn D31 set unit n to Diablo 31
SET DPn D44 set unit n to Diablo 44
SET DPn C111 set unit n to Century 111
SET DPn C114 set unit n to Century 114
SET DPn 6225 set unit n to 6225
SET DPn 6099 set unit n to 6099
SET DPn 6227 set unit n to 6227
SET DPn 6070 set unit n to 6070
SET DPn 6103 set unit n to 6103
SET DPn 4231 set unit n to 4231
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
All drives have 256 16b words per sector. The other disk parameters are:
drive cylinders surfaces sectors size (MW) DG models
floppy 77 1 8 .158 6038
D31 203 2 12 1.247 4047, 4237, 4238
D44 408 4 12 5.014 4234, 6045
C111 203 10 6 3.118 4048
C114 203 20 12 12.472 4057, 2314
6225 20 2 245 2.508
6099 32 4 192 6.291
6227 20 6 245 7.526
6070 24 4 408 10.027
6103 32 8 192 12.583
4231 23 19 411 45.979
The moving head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FCCY 16 flags, command, cylinder
USSC 16 unit, surface, sector, count
STAT 16 status
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.5 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CU 16 command, unit
MA 16 memory address
WC 16 word count
STA1 16 status word 1
STA2 16 status word 2
EP 1 extended polling mode (not supported)
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
CTIME 24 controller delay
RTIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 32 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The Nova simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Nova assembler syntax. There are three
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {ac,}{@}address{,index}
LDA and STA require an initial register; ISZ, DSZ, JSR, and JMP do not.
The syntax for addresses and indices is as follows:
syntax mode displacement comments
0 <= n < 0400 0 n
{+/-}n >= 0400 1 {+/-}n - PC must be in range [-200, 177]
invalid on disk
.+/-n 1 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,2 2 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,3 3 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
IOT instructions have one of four formats
syntax example
iot HALT
iot reg INTA
iot device SKPDN
iot reg,device DOAS
Devices may be specified as mnemonics or as numbers in the range 0 - 077.
Operate instructions have the format
opcode{#} reg,reg{,skip}
In all Nova instructions, blanks may be substituted for commas as field
delimiters.
7. PDP-1 Features
The PDP-1 is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-1 CPU with up to 64KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO Flexowriter typewriter input/output
LPT Type 62 line printer
The PDP-1 simulator implements the following unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-1 loader supports RIM format tapes. The DUMP command is not
implemented.
7.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of hardware multiply/divide and the
size of main memory.
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NOMDV disable multiply/divide
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
AC 18 accumulator
IO 18 IO register
OV 1 overflow flag
PF 6 program flags<1:6>
SS 6 sense switches<1:6>
TW 18 test word (front panel switches)
EXTM 1 extend mode
IOSTA 18 IO status register
SBON 1 sequence break enable
SBRQ 1 sequence break request
SBIP 1 sequence break in progress
IOH 1 I/O halt in progress
IOC 1 I/O continue
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last transfer
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
SBS_INIT 1 initial state of sequence break enable
EXTM_INIT 1 initial state of extend mode
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
7.2 Programmed I/O Devices
7.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from or a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTO) reads from the controling console port.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
7.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
7.2.5 Type 62 Line Printer (LPT)
The paper line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
PNT 1 printing done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.3 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-1 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as FIODEC character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character FIODEC string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses modified PDP-1 assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, shift, skip, operate, IOT, and
LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} address
where I signifies indirect reference. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 0177777.
Shift instructions have the format
shift shift_count
The shift count is an octal number in the range 0-9.
Skip instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, SZA, SZS4. Skip
instructions may be or'd together
skip skip skip...
The sense of a skip can be inverted by including the mnemonic I.
Operate instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, CLA, CLI. Operate
instructions may be or'd together
opr opr opr...
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, TYI, TYO. IOT
instructions may include an octal numeric modifier or the modifier I:
iot modifier
The simulator does not check the legality of skip, operate, or IOT
combinations.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW {I} immediate
where immediate is in the range 0 to 07777.
7.4 Character Sets
The PDP-1's console was a Frieden Flexowriter; its character encoding
was known as FIODEC. The PDP-1's line printer used a modified Hollerith
character set. The following table provides equivalences between ASCII
characters and the PDP-1's I/O devices. In the console table, UC stands
for upper case.
PDP-1 PDP-1
ASCII console line printer
000 - 007 none none
bs 075 none
tab 036 none
012 - 014 none none
cr 077 none
016 - 037 none none
space 000 000
! {OR} UC+005 none
" UC+001 none
{IMPLIES} UC+004 none
$ none none
% none none
& {AND} UC+006 none
' UC+002 none
( 057 057
) 055 055
-
{TIMES} UC+073 072 -
, 033 033UC+054 074 -
. 073 073054 054
/ 021 021
0 020 020
1 001 001
2 002 002
3 003 003
4 004 004
5 005 005
6 006 006
7 007 007
8 010 010
9 011 011
: none none
; none none
< UC+007 034
= UC+033 053
? UC+021 037UC+010 034
@ {MID DOT} 040 {MID DOT} 040
A UC+061 061
B UC+062 062
C UC+063 063
D UC+064 064
E UC+065 065
F UC+066 066
G UC+067 067
H UC+070 070
I UC+071 071
J UC+041 041
K UC+042 042
L UC+043 043
M UC+044 044
N UC+045 045
O UC+046 046
P UC+047 047
Q UC+050 050
R UC+051 051
S UC+022 022
T UC+023 023
U UC+024 024
V UC+025 025
W UC+026 026
X UC+027 027
Y UC+030 030
Z UC+031 031
[ UC+057 none
\ {OVERLINE} 056 {OVERLINE} 056
] UC+055 none
^ {UP ARROW} UC+011 {UP ARROW} 035
_ UC+040 UC+040
` {RT ARROW} UC+020 036
a 061 none
b 062 none
c 063 none
d 064 none
e 065 none
f 066 none
g 067 none
h 070 none
i 071 none
j 041 none
k 042 none
l 043 none
m 044 none
n 045 none
o 046 none
p 047 none
q 050 none
r 051 none
s 022 none
t 023 none
u 024 none
v 025 none
w 026 none
x 027 none
y 030 none
z 031 none
{ none none
| UC+056 076
} none none
~ UC+003 013
del 075 none
- 18b PDP Features
The other four 18b PDP's (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, PDP-15) are very similar
and are configured as follows:
system device simulates
name(s)
PDP-4 CPU PDP-4 CPU with 8KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR28 console terminal (Baudot code)
LPT Type 62 line printer (Hollerith code)
CLK integral real-time clock
PDP-7 CPU PDP-7 CPU with 32KW of memory
- Type 177 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- Type 148 memory extension
PTR,PTP Type 444 paper tape reader/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
LPT Type 647 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
DRM Type 24 serial drum
PDP-9 CPU PDP-9 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE09A extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KG09B memory extension
- KP09A power detection
- KX09A memory protection
PTR,PTP PC09A paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
LPT Type 647E line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RF RF09/RS09 fixed-head disk
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
PDP-15 CPU PDP-15 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE15 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KF15 power detection
- KM15 memory protection
PTR,PTP PC15 paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 35 console terminal
LPT LP15 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RP RP15/RP02 disk pack
RF RF15/RS09 fixed-head disk
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
The 18b PDP simulators implement several unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
The PDP-4 and PDP-7 loaders support only RIM format tapes. The PDP-9
and PDP-15 support both RIM and BIN format tapes. BIN is the default; to
load a RIM format tape, use the -r switch with LOAD. The DUMP command is
not implemented.
8.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the EAE and the size of main memory.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
SET CPU 80K set memory size = 80K
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96K
SET CPU 112K set memory size = 112K
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128K
Memory sizes greater than 8K are only available on the PDP-7, PDP-9, and
PDP-15; memory sizes greater than 32KW are only available on the PDP-15.
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 8K for the PDP-4, 32K
for the PDP-7 and PDP-9, and 128K for the PDP-15.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
system name size comments
all PC addr program counter
7,9 PC 15 program counter
15 PC 17 program counter
all AC 18 accumulator
7,9,15 MQ 18 multiplier-quotient
7,9,15 SC 6 shift counter
7,9,15 EAE_AC_SIGN 1 EAE AC sign
all L 1 link
7,9 EXTM 1 extend mode
9 EXTM_INIT 1 extend mode value after reset
15 BANKM 1 bank mode
15 BANKM_INIT 1 bank mode value after reset
7 TRAPM 1 trap mode
9,15 USMD 1 user mode
9,15 USMDBUF 1 user mode buffer
9,15 BR addr memory protection bounds
7,9,15 TRAPP 1 trap pending
9,15 NEXM 1 non-existent memory violation
9,15 PRVN 1 privilege violation
7,9 EMIRP 1 EMIR instruction pending
9,15 RESTP 1 DBR or RES instruction pending
15 XR 18 index register
15 LR 18 limit register
all SR 18 front panel switches
all INT 32 interrupt requests
all IORS 18 IORS register
all ION 1 interrupt enable
all ION_DELAY 2 interrupt enable delay
all OLDPC addr PC prior to last transfer
all STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
all BREAK 18 breakpoint address (777777 to disable)
all WRU 8 interrupt character
"addr" signifies the address width of the system (13b for the PDP-4, 15b for
the PDP-7 and PDP-9, 17b for the PDP-15).
8.2 Programmed I/O Devices
8.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The ppaper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. The
terminal input has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts
lower case input to upper case.
The PDP-9 and PDP-15 operated the terminal, by default, as half-duplex.
For backward compatibility, on the PDP-9 and PDP-15 the terminal input
has a second option, FDX; when set, it operates the terminal input in
full-duplex mode.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
8.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)n backspace or advance these devices.
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of chararacters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
8.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The PDP-4 used a Type 62 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The PDP-7 and PDP-7 used a Type 647 printer controller, with these
registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable (PDP-9 only)
ERR 1 error flag
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The PDP-15 used an LP15 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status register
MA 18 DMA memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable
LCNT 8 line counter
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
For all three models, error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 clock enable
TIME 24 clock frequency
8.3 RP15/RP02 Disk Pack (RP)
RP15 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status A
STB 18 status B
DA 18 disk address
MA 18 current memory address
WC 18 word count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
BUSY 1 control busy flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.4 Type 24 Serial Drum (DRM)
The serial drum (DRM) implements these registers:
name size comments
DA 9 drum address (sector number)
MA 15 current memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag
WLK 32 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational latency, per word
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Drum data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.5 RF09/RF15/RS09 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF09/RF15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status
DA 21 current disk address
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
BUF 18 data buffer (diagnostic only)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK0..7 16 write lock switches for disks 0..7
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF09/RF15 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word
transfers are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer
occurs in a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF15/RF09 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.6 TC59/TU10 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 18 command
STA 18 main status
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
8.7 Symbolic Display and Input
The 18b PDP simulators implement symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional switch:
-p display as packed ASCII (five 7b ASCII
characters in two 18b words)
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional input mode:
# or -p five character packed ASCII string in
two 18b words
Instruction input uses standard 18b PDP assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, EAE, index (PDP-15 only), IOT,
operate, and LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I/@} address{,X}
where I (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9) /@ (PDP-15) signifies indirect reference,
and X signifies indexing (PDP-15 in page mode only). The address is an
octal number in the range 0 - 017777 (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, and PDP-15 in
bank mode) or 0 - 07777 (PDP-15 in page mode).
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
IOT's may also include the number 10, signifying clear the accumulator
iot 10
The simulator does not check the legality of IOT combinations. IOT's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 07777.
EAE instructions have the format
eae {+/- shift count}
EAE instructions may be or'd together
eae eae eae...
The simulator does not check the legality of EAE combinations. EAE's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as EAE n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 037777.
Index instructions (PDP-15 only) have the format
index {immediate}
The immediate, if allowed, must be in the range of -0400 to +0377.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW immediate
where immediate is in the range of 0 to 017777.
8.8 Character Sets
The PDP-4's console was an ASR-28 Teletype; its character encoding was
Baudot. The PDP-4's line printer used a modified Hollerith character
set. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's consoles were KSR-33 Teletypes; their
character sets were basically ASCII. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's line
printers used sixbit encoding (ASCII codes 040 - 0137 masked to six
bits). The PDP-15's I/O devices were all ASCII. The following table
provides equivalences between ASCII characters and the PDP-4's I/O devices.
In the console table, FG stands for figures (upper case).
PDP-4 PDP-4
ASCII console line printer
000 - 006 none none
bell FG+024 none
010 - 011 none none
lf 010 none
013 - 014 none none
cr 002 none
016 - 037 none none
space 004 000
! FG+026 none
" FG+021 none
FG+005 none
$ FG+062 none
% none none
& FG+013 none
' FG+032 none
( FG+036 057
) FG+011 055
-
none 072 -
, FG+006 033none 074 -
. FG+007 073FG+030 054
/ FG+027 021
0 FG+015 020
1 FG+035 001
2 FG+031 002
3 FG+020 003
4 FG+012 004
5 FG+001 005
6 FG+025 006
7 FG+034 007
8 FG+014 010
9 FG+003 011
: FG+016 none
; FG+017 none
< none 034
= none 053
? FG+023 037none 034
@ none {MID DOT} 040
A 030 061
B 023 062
C 016 063
D 022 064
E 020 065
F 026 066
G 013 067
H 005 070
I 014 071
J 032 041
K 036 042
L 011 043
M 007 044
N 006 045
O 003 046
P 015 047
Q 035 050
R 012 051
S 024 022
T 001 023
U 034 024
V 017 025
W 031 026
X 027 027
Y 025 030
Z 021 031
[ none none
\ none {OVERLINE} 056
] none none
^ none {UP ARROW} 035
_ none UC+040
0140 - 0177 none none
- IBM 1401 Features
The IBM 1401 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU IBM 1401 CPU with 16K of memory
CDR,CDP IBM 1402 card reader/punch
LPT IBM 1403 line printer
INQ IBM 1407 inquiry terminal
MT IBM 729 7-track magnetic tape controller with six drives
The IBM 1401 simulator implements many unique stop conditions. On almost
any kind of error the simulator stops:
unimplemented opcode
reference to non-existent memory
reference to non-existent device
no word mark under opcode
invalid A address
invalid B address
invalid instruction length
invalid modifier character
invalid branch address
invalid magtape unit number
invalid magtape record length
write to locked magtape drive
skip to unpunched carriage control tape channel
card reader hopper empty
address register wrap-around
single character A field in MCE
single character B field in MCE
hanging $ in MCE with EPE enabled
I/O check with I/O stop switch set
The LOAD and DUMP commands are not implemented.
9.1 CPU
The CPU options include a number of special features and the size of main
memory. Note that the Modify Address special feature is always included
when memory size is greater than 4K.
SET CPU XSA enable advanced programming special feature
SET CPU NOXSA disable advanced programming
SET CPU HLE enable high/low/equal special feature
SET CPU NOHLE disable high/low/equal
SET CPU BBE enable branch on bit equal special feature
SET CPU NOBBE disable branch on bit equal
SET CPU MR enable move record special feature
SET CPU NOMR disable move record
SET CPU EPE enable extended print edit special feature
SET CPU NOEPE disable extended print edit
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initially, memory size is 16K, and all special
features are enabled.
Memory is implemented as 7 bit BCD characters, as follows:
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
word B bit A bit 8 4 2 1
mark <-- zone --> <-------- digit -------->
In BCD, the decimal digits 0-9 are (octal) values 012, 001, 002, 003, 004,
005, 006, 007, 010, 011, respectively. Signs are encoded in the zone bits,
with 00, 01, and 11 being positive, and 10 being negative.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor. The 1401 has no
interrupt system.
name size comments
IS 14 instruction storage address register (PC)
AS 14 A storage address register
BS 14 B storage address register
ASERR 1 AS invalid flag
BSERR 1 BS invalid flag
SSA 1 sense switch A
SSB 1 sense switch B
SSC 1 sense switch C
SSD 1 sense switch D
SSE 1 sense switch E
SSF 1 sense switch F
SSG 1 sense switch G
EQU 1 equal compare indicator
UNEQ 1 unequal compare indicator
HIGH 1 high compare indicator
LOW 1 low compare indicator
OVF 1 overflow indicator
IOCHK 1 I/O check switch
PRCHK 1 process check switch
OLDIS 1 IS prior to last branch
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (1000000 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
9.2 1402 Card Reader/Punch (CDR, CDP, STKR)
The IBM 1402 card/reader punch is simulated as three independent devices:
the card reader (CDR), the card punch (CDP), and the reader and punch
stackers (STKR). STRK units 0, 1, 2, and 4 correspond to the reader
normal stacker, reader stacker 1, shared stacker 2/8, and punch stacker
4, respectively.
The card reader reads data from disk files, while the punch and stackers
write data to disk files. Cards are simulated as ASCII text lines with
terminating newlines; column binary is not supported. For each unit,
the POS register specifies the number of the next data item to be read or
written. Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance these
devices.
The reader/punch registers are:
device name size comments
CDR LAST 1 last card indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
S1 1 stacker 1 select flag
S2 1 stacker 2 select flag
POS 31 position
TIME 24 delay window for stacker select
CDP ERR 1 error indicator
S4 1 stacker 4 select flag
S8 1 stacker 8 select flag
STKR POS0 31 position, normal reader stack
POS1 31 position, reader stacker 1
POS2 31 position, shared stacker 2/8
POS4 31 position, punch stacker 4
Error handling is as follows:
device error processed as
reader end of file if SSA set, set LAST indicator
on next Read, report error and stop
reader,punch not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
stacker not attached ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
9.3 1403 Line Printer (LPT)
The IBM 1403 line printer (LPT) writes its data, converted to ASCII, to
a disk file. The line printer supports three different print character
sets or "chains":
SET LPT PCF full 64 character chain
SET LPT PCA 48 character business chain
SET LPT PCH 48 character FORTRAN chain
In addition, the line printer can be programmed with a carriage control
tape. The LOAD command loads a new carriage control tape:
LOAD <file> load carriage control tape file
The format of a carriage control tape consists of multiple lines. Each
line contains an optional repeat count, enclosed in parentheses, optionally
followed by a series of column numbers separated by commas. Column numbers
must be between 1 and 12; a column number of zero denotes top of form. The
following are all legal carriage control specifications:
<blank line> no punch
(5) 5 lines with no punches
1,5,7,8 columns 1, 5, 7, 8 punched
(10)2 10 lines with column 2 punched
1,0 column 1 punched; top of form
The default form is 66 lines long, with column 1 and the top of form mark
on line 1, and the rest blank.
The line printer registers are:
name size comments
LINES 8 number of newlines after next print
LFLAG 1 carriage control flag (1 = skip, 0 = space)
CCTP 8 carriage control tape pointer
CCTL 8 carriage control tape length (read only)
ERR 1 error indicator
POS 31 position
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.4 1407 Inquiry Terminal (INQ)
The IBM 1407 inquiry terminal (INQ) is a half-duplex console. It polls
the controling keyboard of the simulator periodically for inquiry requests.
The inquiry terminal registers are:
name size comments
INQC 7 inquiry request character (initially ESC)
INR 1 inquiry request indicator
INC 1 inquiry cleared indicator
TIME 24 polling interval
When the 1401 CPU requests input from the keyboard, the message [Enter]
is printed out, followed by a new line. The CPU hangs waiting for input
until either the return/enter key is pressed, or the inquiry request
character is typed in. The latter cancels the type-in and sets INC.
The inquiry terminal has no errors.
9.5 729 Magnetic Tape (MT)
The magnetic tape controller supports six drives, numbered 1 through 6.
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration. The magnetic
tape simulator supports the BOOT command. The bootstrap reads the first
record off tape, starting at location 1, and then branches to it.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
END 1 end of file indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
PAR 1 parity error indicator
POS1..6 31 position, drives 1..6
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The IBM 1401 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-c display as single character
(BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII for others)
-s display as wordmark terminated BCD string
(CPU only)
-m display instruction mnemonics
(CPU only)
In a CPU character display, word marks are denoted by ~.
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or " or -c or -s characters (BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII
for others)
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input is free format, with spaces separating fields. There
are six instruction formats: 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, and 8 characters:
1 character opcode
2 character opcode 'modifier
4 character opcode address
5 character opcode address 'modifier
7 character opcode address address
8 character opcode address address 'modifier
Addresses are always decimal, except for special I/O addresses in the A
field, which may be specified as %xy, where x denotes the device and y
the unit number.
For the CPU, string input may encompass multiple characters. A word mark
is denoted by ~ and must precede the character to be marked. All other
devices can only accept single character input, without word marks.
9.7 Character Sets
The IBM 1401 used a 6b character code called BCD (binary coded decimal).
Some of the characters have no equivalent in ASCII and require different
representations:
BCD ASCII IBM 1401 print
code representation character chains
00 space
01 1
02 2
03 3
04 4
05 5
06 6
07 7
10 8
11 9
12 0
13 # = in H chain
14 @ ' in H chain
15 : blank in A, H chains
16 > blank in A, H chains
17 ( tape mark blank in A, H chains
20 ^ alternate blank blank in A, H chains
21 /
22 S
23 T
24 U
25 V
26 W
27 X
30 Y
31 Z
32 ' record mark
33 ,
34 % ( in H chain
35 = word mark blank in A, H chains
36 \ blank in A, H chains
37 + blank in A, H chains
40 -
41 J
42 K
43 L
44 M
45 N
46 O
47 P
50 Q
51 R
52 !
53 $
54 *
55 ] blank in A, H chains
56 ; blank in A, H chains
57 _ delta blank in A, H chains
60 &
61 A
62 B
63 C
64 D
65 E
66 F
67 G
70 H
71 I
72 ?
73 .
74 ) lozenge
75 [ blank in A, H chains
76 < blank in A, H chains
77 " group mark blank in A, H chains
10. HP2100 Features
The HP2100 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU 2116, 2100, or 21MX CPU with 32KW memory
DMA0, DMA1 dual channel DMA controller
PTR,PTP 12597A paper tape reader/punch
TTY 12631C buffered teleprinter
LPT 12653A line printer
CLK 12539A/B/C time base generator
DP 12557A cartridge disk controller with four drives
MT 12559C magnetic tape controller with one drives
The HP2100 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is et
- reference to an undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect references are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The HP2100 loader supports standard absolute binary format. The DUMP
command is not implemented.
10.1 CPU
CPU options include choice of instruction set and memory size.
SET CPU 2116 2116 instructions
SET CPU 2100 2100 instructions
SET CPU 21MX 21MX instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
P 15 program counter
A 16 A register
B 16 B register
X 16 X index register (21MX)
Y 16 Y index register (21MX)
S 16 switch/display register
E 1 extend flag
O 1 overflow flag
ION 1 interrupt enable flag
ION_DEFER 1 interrupt defer flag
IADDR 6 most recent interrupting device
MPCTL 1 memory protection enable (2100, 21MX)
MPFLG 1 memory protection flag (2100, 21MX)
MPFBF 1 memory protection flag buffer (2100, 21MX)
MFENCE 15 memory protection fence (2100, 21MX)
MADDR 16 memory protection error address (2100, 21MX)
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined device
INDMAX 1 indirect address limit
OLDP 15 PC prior to last JMP, JSB, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
10.2 DMA Controllers
The HP2100 includes two DMA channel controllers (DMA0 and DMA1). Each
DMA channel has the following visible state:
name size comments
CMD 1 channel enabled
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
CW1 1 command word 1
CW2 1 command word 2
CW3 1 command word 3
10.3 Variable Device Assignments
On the HP2100, I/O device take their device numbers from the backplane
slot they are plugged into. Thus, device number assignments vary
considerably from system to system, and software package to software
package. The HP2100 simulator supports dynamic device reassignment
with the command:
SET <controller> DEVNO
This initiates a dialog that displays the current device number and
allows the user to assign a new one:
Device number: old <new>(cr)
The new device number must be in the range 010..077 (octal) and must
not be currently assigned to another device. For devices with two
device numbers, only the lower numbered device number can be changed;
the higher is automatically set to the lower + 1.
10.4 Programmed I/O Devices
10.4.1 12597A-002 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
absolute binary loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 reader enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.2 12597A-005 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 punch enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.3 12631C Buffered Teleprinter (TTY)
The console teleprinter has three units: keyboard (unit 0), printer
(unit 1), and punch (unit 2). The keyboard reads from, and the
printer writes to, the controlling console port. The punch writes
to a disk file. The keyboard has one option, UC; when set, it
automatically converts lower case input to upper case. This is on
by default.
The terminal implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
MODE 16 mode
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters input
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TPOS 31 number of characters printed
TTIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
PPOS 31 position in the punch output file
STOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling for the punch is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.4 12653A Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CMD 1 printer enable
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
CTIME 24 time between characters
PTIME 24 time for a print operation
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.5 12539A/B/C Time Base Generator (CLK)
The time base generator (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SEL 3 time base select
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
ERR 1 error flag
TIME0..TIME7 31 clock intervals, select = 0..7
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
10.5 12557A Cartridge Disk (DP)
The 12557A cartridge disk has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a 128-word (one sector)
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the four
disk drives. Disk drives can be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
IBUF 16 input buffer
OBUF 16 output buffer
BPTR 7 sector buffer pointer
CMD 1 channel enable
CTL 1 interrupt enable
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
OBUF 16 output buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
RARC 8 record address register cylinder
RARH 2 record address register head
RARS 4 record address register sector
CNT 5 check record count
CMD 1 controller enable
CTL 1 interrupt enable
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
EOC 1 end of cylinder pending
CTIME 24 command delay time
STIME 24 seek delay time, per cylinder
XTIME 24 interword transfer time
STA0 16 drive 0 status
STA1 16 drive 1 status
STA2 16 drive 2 status
STA3 16 drive 3 status
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.6 12559C Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make the unit write enabled
or write locked.
SET MT LOCKED set unit write locked
SET MT ENABLED set unit write enabled
The 12559C mag tape drive has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a maximum record sized
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the tape
unit
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
FLG 1 channel ready
BPTR 16 buffer pointer (reads and writes)
BMAX 16 buffer size (writes)
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FNC 8 current function
STA 9 tape status
BUF 8 buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
DTF 1 data transfer flop
FSVC 1 first service flop
POS 31 magtape position
CTIME 24 command delay time
XTIME 24 interword transfer delay time
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.7 Symbolic Display and Input
The HP2100 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard HP2100 assembler syntax. There are seven
instruction classes: memory reference, I/O, shift, alter skip, extended
shift, extended memory reference, extended two address reference.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {C/Z} address{,I}
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 077777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 01777. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions have the format
io device{,C}
where C signifies that the device flag is to be cleared. The device is an
octal number in the range 0 - 77.
Shift and alter/skip instructions have the format
sub-op sub-op sub-op...
The simulator checks that the combination of sub-opcodes is legal.
Extended shift instructions have the format
extshift count
where count is an octal number in the range 1 - 020.
Extended memory reference instructions have the format
extmemref address{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 077777.
Extended two address instructions have the format
ext2addr addr1{,I},addr2{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. Both address 1 and address 2 are
octal numbers in the range 0 - 077777.
11. Interdata 4 Features
The Interdata 4 simulator is not fully debugged. Lack of documentation
and software makes checkout very difficult. The simulator is included in
the hopes that a fellow enthusiast may be able to provide software or
additional documentation to facilitate further debug.
The Interdata 4 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Interdata 4 CPU with 64KB memory
PT paper tape reader/punch
TT console terminal
The Interdata 4 simulator implements one unique stop condition:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is set
The LOAD and DUMP command are not implemented.
11.1 CPU
The only CPU options are memory size:
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8KB
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64KB.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..RF 16 general registers
F0, F2..FE 32 floating point registers
PSW 16 processor status word
CC 4 condition codes, PSW<12:15>
SR 16 switch register
DR 16 display register low 16 bits
DR1 16 display register high 16 bits
DRMOD 1 display mode
DRPOS 2 display pointer position
SRPOS 1 switch pointer position
IRQ0..IRQ7 32 interrupt requests
IEN0..IEN7 32 interrupt enables
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last branch or interrupt
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
11.2 Paper Tape Reader/Punch (PT)
The paper tape reader and punch (PT units 0 and 1) read data from or
write data to disk files. The RPOS and PPOS registers specify the
number of the next data item to be read and written, respectively.
Thus, by changing RPOS or PPOS, the user can backspace or advance
these devices.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
so-called '50 loader' into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RBUF 8 reader buffer
RPOS 31 reader position in the input file
RTIME 24 time from reader start to interrupt
RSTOP_IOE 1 reader stop on I/O error
PBUF 8 punch buffer
PPOS 31 punch position in the output file
PTIME 24 time from punch start to interrupt
PSTOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
IREQ 1 paper tape interrupt request
IENB 1 paper tape interrupt enable
RUN 1 paper tape running
SLEW 1 paper tape reader slew mode
BUSY 1 paper tape busy
RW 1 paper tape read/write mode
Error handling is as follows:
type error STOP_IOE processed as
in,out not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in,out OS I/O error x report error and stop
11.3 Teletype (TT)
The teletype reads and writes to the controlling console port. The
keyboard has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is on by default.
name size comments
KBUF 8 keyboard buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters output
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TBUF 8 output buffer
TPOS 31 number of characters output
TTIME 24 time from output start to interrupt
IREQ 1 teletype interrupt request
IENB 1 teletype interrupt enable
HDPX 1 teletype half-duplex
BUSY 1 teletype busy
RW 1 teletype read/write mode
11.4 Symbolic Display and Input
The Interdata 4 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Interdata 4 assembler syntax. There are
four instruction classes: register, memory, register-register, register-
memory.
Register instructions have the format
rop regnum
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F.
Memory instructions have the format
mop address{(index)}
where address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and the index register
is a hex digit, optinally preceded by R, between 0 and F.
Register-register instructions have the format
rrop regnum,regnum
where the register numbers are hex digits, optionally preceded by R,
between 1 and F.
Register-memory instructions have the format
rmop regnum,address{(index)}
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F, the address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and
the index register is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R, between
1 and F.
Appendix 1: File Representations
All file representations are little endian. On big endian hosts, the
simulator automatically performs any required byte swapping.
- Hard Disks
Hard disks are represented as unstructured binary files of 16b data items for
the 12b and 16b simulators, of 32b data items for the 18b and 32b simulators,
and 64b for the 36b simulators.
- Floppy Disks
PDP-8 and PDP-11 floppy disks are represented as unstructured binary files
of 8b data items. They are nearly identical to the floppy disk images for
Doug Jones' PDP-8 simulator but lack the initial 256 byte header. A utility
for converting between the two formats is easily written.
- Magnetic Tapes
Magnetic tapes are represented as unstructured binary files of 8b data
items. Each record consists of a 32b record header, in little endian
format, followed by n 8b bytes of data, followed by a repeat of the 32b
record header. The high order bit of the record header is used as an
error flag; the remaining 31b are the byte count of the record. If
the byte count is odd, the record is padded to even length; the pad
byte is undefined.
Magnetic tapes are endian independent and consistent across simulator
families. A magtape produced by the Nova simulator will appear to
have its 16b words byte swapped if read by the PDP-11 simulator.
- Line Printers
Line printer output is represented by an ASCII file of lines separated by
the newline character. Overprinting is represented by a line ending in
return rather than newline.
Appendix 2: Debug Status
The debug status of each simulated CPU and device is as follows:
system PDP-8 PDP-11 Nova PDP-1 18b PDP
device
CPU y y y y y
FPU - y - - -
CIS - h - - -
console y y y y y
paper tape y y y h y
card reader - - - - -
line printer y y y h y
clock y y y - h
hard disk y y y - h
fixed disk h - h - h
floppy disk y y y - -
mag tape h y y - h
system 1401 2100 Id4
device
CPU h y h
FPU - - h
CIS - - -
console h y h
paper tape - h h
card reader h h -
line printer h - -
clock - h -
hard disk - h -
fixed disk - h -
floppy disk - - -
mag tape h h -
legend: y = runs operating system or sample program
d = runs diagnostics
h = runs hand-generated test cases
n = untested
- = not applicable
Revision History (since Rev 1.1)
Rev 2.5a, Dec, 00
Fixed SCP handling of devices without units
Fixed FLG, FBF initialization in many HP peripherals
Added CMD flop to HP paper tape and line printer
Added status input for HP paper tape punch and TTY
Fixed 1401 bugs found by Dutch Owens
-- 4, 7 char NOPs are legal
-- 1 char B is chained BCE
-- MCE moves whole character, not digit, after first
Added Dutch Owens' 1401 mag tape boot routine
Fixed Nova bugs found by Bruce Ray
-- traps implemented on Nova 3 as well as Nova 4
-- DIV and DIVS 0/0 set carry
-- RETN sets SP from FP at outset
-- IORST does not clear carry
-- Nova 4 implements two undocumented instructions
Added Bruce Ray's Nova plotter and second terminal modules
Added Charles Owen's Eclipse CPU support
Fixed bugs in 18b PDP's
-- XCT indirect address calculation
-- missing index instructions in PDP-15
-- bank mode handling in PDP-15
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 RIM/BIN loader support
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 extend/bank initial state registers
Added PDP-9/PDP-15 half/full duplex support
Moved software documentation to a separate file
Rev 2.5, Nov, 00
Removed Digital and Compaq from copyrights, as
authorized by Compaq Sr VP Bill Strecker
Revised save/restore format for 64b simulators
Added examine to file
Added unsigned integer data types to sim_defs
Added Nova 3 and Nova 4 instructions to Nova CPU
Added HP2100
Added Interdata 4
Fixed indirect loop through autoinc/dec in Nova CPU
Fixed MDV enabled test in Nova CPU
Rev 2.4, Jan, 99
Placed all sources under X11-like open source license
Added DUMP command, revised sim_load interface
Added SHOW MODIFIERS command
Revised magtape format to include record error flag
Fixed 64b problems in SCP
Fixed big endian problem in PDP-11 bad block routine
Fixed interrupt on error bug in PDP-11 RP/RM disks
Fixed ROL/ROR inversion in PDP-11 symbolic routines
Rev 2.3d, Sep, 98
Added BeOS support
Added radix commands and switches
Added PDP-11 CIS support
Added RT11 V5.3 to distribution kits
Fixed "shift 32" bugs in SCP, PDP-11 floating point
Fixed bug in PDP-11 paper tape reader
Fixed bug in ^D handling
Rev 2.3c, May, 98
Fixed bug in PDP-11 DIV overflow check
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 magtape bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 magtape unit select
Replaced UNIX V7 disk images
Rev 2.3b, May, 98
Added switch recognition to all simulator commands
Added RIM loader to PDP-8 paper tape reader and loader
Added second block bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Fixed bug in PDP-8 RF bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 symbolic display
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 floating point (LDEXP, STEXP,
MODf, STCfi, overflow handling)
Rev 2.3a, Nov, 97
Added search capability
Added bad block table command to PDP-11 disks
Added bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Added additional Nova moving head disks
Added RT-11 sample software
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 RM/RP disks
Fixed bugs in Nova moving head disks
Fixed endian dependence in 18b PDP RIM loader
Rev 2.3, Mar, 97
Changed UNIX terminal I/O to TERMIOS
Changed magtape format to double ended
Changed PDP-8 current page mnemonic from T to C
Added endian independent I/O routines
Added precise integer data types
Fixed bug in sim_poll_kbd
Fixed bug in PDP-8 binary loader
Fixed bugs in TM11 magtape
Fixed bug in RX11 bootstrap
Fixed bug in 18b PDP ADD
Fixed bug in 18b PDP paper tape reader
Fixed bug in PDP-4 console
Fixed bug in PDP-4,7 line printer
Added PDP-11 RP
Added PDP-1
Rev 2.2d, Dec, 96
Added ADD/REMOVE commands
Added unit enable/disable support to device simulators
Added features for IBM 1401 project
Added switch recognition for symbolic input
Fixed bug in variable length IEXAMINE
Fixed LCD bug in RX8E
Initial changes for Win32
Added IBM 1401
Rev 2.2b, Apr, 96
Added PDP-11 dynamic memory size support
Rev 2.2a, Feb, 96
New endian independent magtape format
Rev 2.2 Jan, 96
Added register buffers for save/restore
Added 18b PDP's
Guaranteed TTI, CLK times are non-zero
Fixed breakpoint/RUN interaction bug
Fixed magnetic tape backspace to EOF bug
Fixed ISZ/DCA inversion in PDP-8 symbol table
Fixed sixbit conversion in PDP-8 examine/deposit
Fixed origin increment bug in PDP-11 binary loader
Fixed GCC longjmp optimization bug in PDP-11 CPU
Fixed unit number calculation bug in SCP and in
Nova, PDP-11, 18b PDP moving head disks
Rev 2.1 Dec, 95
Fixed PTR bug (setting done on EOF) in PDP-8, Nova
Fixed RX bug (setting error on INIT if drive 1 is
not attached) in PDP-8, PDP-11
Fixed RF treatment of photocell flag in PDP-8
Fixed autosize bug (always chose smallest disk if new
file) in PDP-11, Nova
Fixed not attached bug (reported as not attachable) in
most mass storage devices
Fixed Nova boot ROMs
Fixed bug in RESTORE (didn't requeue if delay = 0)
Fixed bug in RESTORE (clobbered device position)
Declared static constant arrays as static const
Added PDP-8, Nova magnetic tape simulators
Added Dasher mode to Nova terminal simulator
Added LINUX support
Rev 2.0 May, 95
Added symbolic assembly/disassembly
Acknowledgements
SIMH would not have been possible without help from around the world. I
would like to acknowledge the help of the following people, all of whom
donated their time and talent to this "computer archaeology" project:
Bill Ackerman PDP-1 consulting
Winfried Bergmann Linux port testing
Phil Budne Solaris port testing
Max Burnet PDP information, documentation, and software
James Carpenter LINUX port testing
Chip Charlot PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Dave Conroy HP 21xx documentation
L Peter Deutsch PDP-1 LISP software
Ethan Dicks PDP-11 2.9 BSD debugging
Carl Friend Nova and Interdata documentation, and RDOS software
Megan Gentry PDP-11 integer debugging, make file
Dick Greeley PDP-8 OS/8 and PDP-10 TOPS-10/20 legal permissions
Gordon Greene PDP-1 LISP machine readable source
Lynne Grettum PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Franc Grootjen PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Ken Harrenstein PDP-10 simulator
Bill Haygood PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Jim Jaeger IBM 1401 information
Doug Jones PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Al Kossow HP 21xx, Varian 620, TI 990, DEC documentation and software
Don Lewine Nova documentation and legal permissions
Scott McGregor PDP-11 UNIX legal permissions
Jeff Moffatt HP 2100 information, documentation, and software
Alec Muffett Solaris port testing
Dutch Owen Nova moving head disk debugging, Altair simulator,
IBM 1401 diagnostics, debugging, and magtape boot
Paul Pierce IBM 1401 diagnostics, media recovery
Bruce Ray Software, documentation, bug fixes, and new devices
for the Nova
Craig St Clair PDP documentation
Richard Schedler Public repository maintenance
Stephen Schultz PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Olaf Seibert NetBSD port testing
Brian & Barry Silverman PDP-1 simulator and software
Tim Shoppa Nova documentation and RDOS software
Michael Somos PDP-1 debugging
Hans-Michael Stahl OS/2 port testing, TERMIOS implementation
Larry Stewart Initial suggestion for the project
Bill Strecker Permission to revert copyrights
Chris Suddick PDP-11 floating point debugging
Ben Thomas VMS character-by-character I/O routines
Warren Toomey PDP-11 UNIX software
Deb Toivonen PDP documentation
Leendert Van Doorn PDP-11 UNIX V6 debugging, TERMIOS implementation
David Waks PDP-8 ESI-X and PDP-7 SIM8 software
Tom West Nova documentation
John Wilson PDP-11 simulator and software
In addition, the following companies have graciously licensed their
software at no cost for hobbyist use:
Data General Corporation
Digital Equipment Corporation
Compaq Computer Corporation
Mentec Corporation
The Santa Cruz Operation
Published by markpizz almost 10 years ago
To: Users
From: Bob Supnik
Subj: Simulator Usage, V2.5
Date: 1-Jan-01
COPYRIGHT NOTICE
The following copyright notice applies to both the SIMH source and binary:
Original code published in 1993-2000, written by Robert M Supnik
Copyright (c) 1993-2000, Robert M Supnik
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
ROBERT M SUPNIK BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of Robert M Supnik shall not
be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from Robert M Supnik.
This memorandum documents the PDP-8, PDP-11, PDP-1, other 18b PDP, Nova,
IBM 1401, HP 2100, and Interdata 4 simulators. These simulators are freeware;
refer to the license terms above for conditions of use. Support is not available.
The best way to fix problems or add features is to read and modify the sources
yourself. Alternately, you can send Internet mail to [email protected], but
a response is not guaranteed.
The simulators use a common command interface. The memorandum first
describes the common features of the command interface and then provides
information on each of the individual simulators.
- Compiling And Running A Simulator
The simulators have been tested on VAX VMS, Alpha VMS, Alpha UNIX, Intel
FreeBSD, Intel LINUX, and Windows 95/Windows NT (Visual C++ environment).
Porting to other environments will require changes to the operating system
dependent code in scp_tty.c.
To compile the simulators on VMS, use these commands (note that separate
compilations are required for each of the 18b PDP's):
$ cc pdp8_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-8
$ link/exec=pdp8 pdp8_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc pdp11_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-11
$ link/exec=pdp11 pdp11_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc nova_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Nova
$ link/exec=nova nova_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc pdp1_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! PDP-1
$ link/exec=pdp1 pdp1_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc/define=PDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c
$ link/exec=pdp{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc i1401_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! IBM 1401
$ link/exec=i1401 i1401_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc hp2100_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! HP 2100
$ link/exec=hp2100 hp2100_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
$ cc id4_*.c,scp.c,scp_tty.c ! Interdata 4
$ link/exec=id4 id4_*.obj,scp.obj,scp_tty.obj
On version of VMS prior to 6.2, the simulators must then be defined as
foreign commands so that they can be started by name.
To compile the simulators on Alpha UNIX or any UNIX variant which supports
the POSIX compliant TERMIOS interface, use the following commands (note
that separate compilations are required for each of the 18b PDP's):
% cc pdp8_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp8
% cc pdp11_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp11
% cc nova_*.c scp*.c -lm -o nova
% cc pdp1_*.c scp*.c -o pdp1
% cc -DPDP{4,7,9,15} pdp18b_*.c scp*.c -lm -o pdp{4,7,9,15}
% cc i1401_*.c scp*.c -o i1401
% cc hp2100_*.c scp*.c -o hp2100
% cc id4_*.c scp*.c -o id4
These commands should work with most UNIX variants. If your UNIX only
supports the old BSD terminal interface, add -DBSDTTY to each command.
If your UNIX automatically includes the math library, omit -lm from
the command line.
To start the simulator, simply type its name. The simulator takes
one optional argument, a startup command file. If specified, this
file should contain a series of non-interactive simulator commands,
one per line. These command can be used to set up standard parameters,
for example, disk sizes.
% pdp8 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp11 <startup file>(cr) or
% nova <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp1 <startup file>(cr) or
% pdp{4,7,9,15} <startup file>(cr) or
% i1401 <startup file>(cr) or
% hp2100 <startup file>(cr) or
% id4 <startup file>(cr)
The simulator types out its name and version, executes the commands
in the startup file, if any, and then prompts for input with
sim>
2. Simulator Conventions
A simulator consists of a series of devices, the first of which is always
the CPU. A device consists of named registers and one or more numbered
units. Registers correspond to device state, units to device address
spaces. Thus, the CPU device might have registers like PC, ION, etc,
and a unit corresponding to main memory; a disk device might have
registers like BUSY, DONE, etc, and units corresponding to individual
disk drives. Except for main memory, device address spaces are simulated
as unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. The SHOW CONFIG
command displays the simulator configuration.
A simulator keeps time in terms of arbitrary units, usually one time unit
per instruction executed. Simulated events (such as completion of I/O)
are scheduled at some number of time units in the future. The simulator
executes synchronously, invoking event processors when simulated events
are scheduled to occur. Even asynchronous events, like keyboard input,
are handled by polling at synchronous intervals. The SHOW QUEUE command
displays the simulator event queue.
3. Commands
Simulator commands consist of a command verb, optional switches, and optional
arguments. Switches take the form:
-<letter>{<letter>...}
Multiple switches may be specified separately or together: -abcd or
-a -b -c -d are treated identically. Verbs, switches, and other
input (except for file names) are case insensitive.
3.1 Loading and Saving Programs
The LOAD command (abbreviation LO) loads a file in binary paper-tape
loader format:
sim> load <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as load within range) are also implementation specific.
The DUMP command (abbreviation DU) dumps memory in binary paper-
tape loader format:
sim> dump <filename> {implementation options}(cr)
The number of formats supported is implementation specific. Options
(such as dump within range) are also implementation specific.
3.2 Saving and Restoring State
The SAVE command (abbreviation SA) save the complete state of the
simulator to a file. This includes the contents of main memory and
all registers, and the I/O connections of devices:
sim> save <filename>(cr)
The RESTORE command (abbreviation REST, alternately GET) restores a
previously saved simulator state:
sim> restore <filename>(cr)
Note: SAVE file format compresses zeroes to minimize file size.
3.3 Resetting Devices
The RESET command (abbreviation RE) resets a device or the entire
simulator to a predefined condition:
sim> RESET(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET ALL(cr) -- reset all devices
sim> RESET <device>(cr) -- reset specified device
Typically, RESET stops any in-progress I/O operation, clears any
interrupt request, and returns the device to a quiescent state. It
does not clear main memory or affect I/O connections.
3.4 Connecting and Disconnecting Devices
Except for main memory, simulated unit address spaces are simulated as
unstructured binary disk files in the host file system. Before using a
simulated unit the user must specify the file to be accessed by that
unit. The ATTACH (abbreviation AT) command associates a unit and a file:
sim> ATTACH <device><unit number> <filename>(cr)
If the file does not exist, it is created, and an appropriate message
is printed.
The DETACH (abbreviation DET) command breaks the association between a
unit and a file and closes the file:
sim> DETACH ALL(cr) -- detach all units
sim> DETACH <device><unit number>(cr) -- detach specified unit
The EXIT command performs an automatic DETACH ALL.
3.5 Examining and Changing State
There are four commands to examine and change state:
EXAMINE (abbreviated E) examines state
DEPOSIT (abbreviated D) changes state
IEXAMINE (interactive examine, abbreviated IE) examines state
and allows the user to interactively change it
IDEPOSIT (interactive deposit, abbreviated ID) allows the user
to interactively change state
All four commands take the form
command {modifiers} <state list>
Deposit must also include a deposit value at the end of the command.
There are four kinds of modifiers: switches, device/unit name, search
specifiers, and for EXAMINE, output file. Switches have been described
previously. A device/unit name identifies the device and unit whose
address space is to be examined or modified. If no device is specified,
the CPU (main memory)is selected; if a device but no unit is specified,
unit 0 of the device is selected.
Search specifiers provide criteria for testing addresses or registers
to see if they should be processed. A specifier consists of a logical
operator, a relational operator, or both, optionally separated by spaces.
{<logical op> <value>} <relational op> <value>
where the logical operator is & (and), | (or), or ^ (xor), and the
relational operator is = or == (equal), ! or != (not equal), >=
(greater than or equal), > (greater than), <= (less than or equal), or
< (less than). If a logical operator is specified without a relational
operator, it is ignored. If a relational operator is specified without
a logical operator, no logical operation is performed. All comparisons
are unsigned.
The output file modifier redirects command output to a file instead of
the console. An output file modifier consists of @ followed by a
valid file name.
Modifiers may be specified in any order. If multiple modifiers of the
same time are specified, later modifiers override earlier modifiers.
Note that if the device/unit name comes after the search specifier,
the values will interpreted in the radix of the CPU, rather than of the
device/unit.
The "state list" consists of one or more of the following, separated
by commas:
register the specified register
register1-register2 all the registers starting at register1
up to and including register2
address the specified location
address1-address2 all locations starting at address1 up to
and including address2
STATE all registers in the device
ALL all locations in the unit
Switches can be used to control the format of display information:
-a display as ASCII
-c display as character string
-m display as instruction mnemonics
-o display as octal
-d display as decimal
-h display as hexidecimal
The simulators typically accept symbolic input (see simulator sections).
Examples:
sim> ex 1000-1100 -- examine 1100:1100
sim> de PC 1040 -- set PC to 1040
sim> ie 40-50 -- interactively examine 40:50
sim> ie >1000 40-50 -- interactively examine the subset
of locations 40:50 that are >1000
sim> ex rx0 50060 -- examine 50060, RX unit 0
sim> de all 0 -- set main memory to 0
sim> de &77 >0 0 -- set all addresses whose low order
bits are non-zero to 0
sim> ex -m @memdump.txt 0-7777 -- dump memory to file
Note: to terminate an interactive command, simply type a bad value (eg,
XYZ) when input is requested.
3.6 Running Programs
The RUN command (abbreviated RU) resets all devices, deposits its argument
(if given) in the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given,
execution starts at the current PC.
The GO command does NOT reset devices, deposits its argument (if given) in
the PC, and starts execution. If no argument is given, execution starts at
the current PC.
The CONT command (abbreviated CO) does NOT reset devices and resumes
execution at the current PC.
The STEP command (abbreviated S) resumes execution at the current PC for
the number of instructions given by its argument. If no argument is
supplied, one instruction is executed.
The BOOT command (abbreviated BO) bootstraps the device and unit given
by its argument. If no unit is supplied, unit 0 is bootstrapped. The
specified unit must be attached to a file.
3.7 Stopping Programs
Programs run until the simulator detects an error or stop condition, or
until the user forces a stop condition.
3.7.1 Simulator Detected Stop Conditions
These simulator-detected conditions stop simulation:
- HALT instruction. If a HALT instruction is decoded,
simulation stops.
- Breakpoint. The IBKPT register provides a single virtual
address breakpoint. If the PC matches the contents of the
IBKPT register, simulation stops. The breakpoint is
automatically disabled for the next instruction execution.
- I/O error. If an I/O error occurs during simulation of an
I/O operation, and the device stop-on-I/O-error flag is set,
simulation usually stops.
- Processor condition. Certain processor conditions can stop
simulation; these are described with the individual simulators.
3.7.2 User Specified Stop Conditions
Typing the interrupt character stops simulation. The interrupt character
is defined by the WRU (where are you) register and is initially set to
005 (^E).
3.8 Setting Device Parameters
The SET command (abbreviated SE) changes the status of a device parameter:
sim> SET <unit> <parameter>
Most parameters are simulator and device specific. Disk drives, for
example, can usually be set write ENABLED or write LOCKED; if a device
supports multiple drive types, the SET command can be used to specify
the drive type.
All devices recognize the following parameters:
OCT sets the data radix = 8
DEC sets the data radix = 10
HEX sets the data radix = 16
3.9 Displaying Parameters and Status
The SHOW CONFIGURATION command shows the simulator configuration and the
status of all simulated devices.
The SHOW MODIFIERS command shows the modifiers available on all simulated
devices.
The SHOW command shows the status of the named simulated device.
The SHOW QUEUE command shows the state of the simulator event queue. Times
are in "simulation units", typically one unit per instruction execution,
relative to the current simulation time.
The SHOW TIME command shows the number of time units elapsed since
the last RUN command.
3.10 Altering the Simulated Configuration
In devices with multiple units, the REMOVE command removes the
specified unit from the configuration. Once removed, a unit cannot be
manipulated in any way until it is added back to the configuration.
ADD adds back a unit that had been removed from the configuration.
3.11 Exiting The Simulator
EXIT (synonyms QUIT and BYE) returns control to the operating system.
4. PDP-8 Features
The PDP-8 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-8/E CPU with 32KW of memory
-
KE8E extended arithmetic element (EAE) -
PTR,PTP PC8E paper tape reader/punchKM8E memory management and timeshare control
TTI,TTO KL8E console terminal
LPT LE8E line printer
CLK DK8E line frequency clock (also PDP-8/A compatible)
RK RK8E/RK05 cartridge disk controller with four drives
RF RF08/RS08 fixed head disk controller with four platters
RX RX8E/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
MT TM8E/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The PDP-8 simulator implements one unique stop condition: if an undefined
instruction (unimplemented IOT or OPR) is decoded, and register STOP_INST
is set, the simulator halts.
The PDP-8 loader supports both RIM format and BIN format tapes. BIN is
the default; to load a RIM format tape, use the -r switch with LOAD. The
DUMP command is not implemented.
4.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the EAE and the size of main
memory; the memory extension and time-share control is always included,
even if memory size is 4K.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter, including IF as high 3 bits
AC 12 accumulator
MQ 12 multiplier-quotient
L 1 link
SR 12 front panel switches
IF 3 instruction field
DF 3 data field
IB 3 instruction field buffer
SF 7 save field
UF 1 user mode flag
UB 1 user mode buffer
SC 5 EAE shift counter
GTF 1 EAE greater than flag
EMODE 1 EAE mode (0 = A, 1 = B)
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
CIF_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for CIF
PWR_INT 1 power fail interrupt
UF_INT 1 user mode violation interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
DONE 15 device done flags
ENABLE 15 device interrupt enable flags
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
4.2 Programmed I/O Devices
4.2.1 PC8E Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
RIM loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.2 PC8E Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to bewritten. Thus, by
changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.3 KL8E Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. The
input side has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is required by OS/8 and is on by default.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
4.2.4 KL8E Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
4.2.5 LE8E Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be read or written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
ERR 1 error status flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 set error flag
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.2.6 DK8E Line-Frequency Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME 24 clock interval
4.3 RK8E Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK8E options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RK8E implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 12 disk address
MA 12 current memory address
CMD 12 disk command
BUSY 1 control busy flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
4.4 RX8E/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX8E options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX8E implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 12 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable flag
TR 1 transfer ready flag
ERR 1 error flag
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.5 RF08/RS08 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF08 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 12 status
DA 20 current disk address
MA 12 memory address (in memory)
WC 12 word count (in memory)
WLK 32 write lock switches
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF08 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word transfers
are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer occurs in
a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF08 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
4.6 TM8E Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 12 command
FNC 12 function
CA 12 memory address
WC 12 word count
DB 12 data buffer
STA 12 main status
STA2 6 secondary status
DONE 1 device done flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
4.7 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-8 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-8 assembler syntax. There are four
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, field change, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} {C/Z} address
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 07777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 177. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. IOT's
for which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 0777.
Field change instructions (CIF, CDF) have the format
fldchg field
where field is an octal number in the range 0 - 7. Field change instructions
may be or'd together.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. EAE
mode A and B mnemonics may be specified regardless of the EAE mode. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
5. PDP-11 Features
The PDP-11 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU J-11 CPU with 256KB of memory
-
FP11 floating point unit (FPA) -
PTR,PTP PC11 paper tape reader/punchCIS11 commercial instruction set (CIS, off by default)
TTI,TTO DL11 console terminal
LPT LP11 line printer
CLK line frequency clock
RK RK11/RK05 cartridge disk controller with eight drives
RL RLV12/RL01(2) cartridge disk controller with four drives
RP RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Massbus style controller
with eight drives
RX RX11/RX01 floppy disk controller with two drives
TM TM11/TU10 magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The PDP-11 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- abort during exception vector fetch, and register STOP_VEC is set
- abort during exception stack push, and register STOP_SPA is set
- trap condition 'n' occurs, and register STOP_TRAP<n> is set
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-11 loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
5.1 CPU
The only CPU options are disabling of 22b addressing, the CIS instruction
set, and the size of main memory.
SET CPU 18B disable 22b addressing
SET CPU 22B enable 22b addressing (default)
SET CPU NOCIS disable CIS instructions (default)
SET CPU CIS enable CIS instructions
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96KB
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128KB
SET CPU 192K set memory size = 192KB
SET CPU 256K set memory size = 256KB
SET CPU 384K set memory size = 384KB
SET CPU 512K set memory size = 512KB
SET CPU 768K set memory size = 768KB
SET CPU 1024K (or 1M) set memory size = 1024KB
SET CPU 2048K (or 2M) set memory size = 2048KB
SET CPU 3072K (or 3M) set memory size = 3072KB
SET CPU 4096K (or 4M) set memory size = 4096KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 256KB.
These switches are recognized when examining or depositing in CPU memory:
-v interpret address as virtual
-d if mem mgt enabled, force data space
-k if mem mgt enabled, force kernel mode
-s if mem mgt enabled, force supervisor mode
-u if mem mgt enabled, force user mode
-p if mem mgt enabled, force previous mode
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..R5 16 R0..R5, first register set
R10..R15 16 R0..R5, second register set
KSP 16 kernel stack pointer
SSP 16 supervisor stack pointer
USP 16 user stack pointer
PSW 16 processor status word
CM 2 current mode, PSW<15:14>
PM 2 previous mode, PSW<13:12>
RS 2 register set, PSW<11>
IPL 3 interrupt priority level, PSW<7:5>
T 1 trace bit, PSW<4>
N 1 negative flag, PSW<3>
Z 1 zero flag, PSW<2>
V 1 overflow flag, PSW<1>
C 1 carry flag, PSW<0>
SR 16 front panel switches
DR 16 front panel display
MEMERR 16 memory error register
CCR 16 cache control register
MAINT 16 maintenance register
HITMISS 16 hit/miss register
CPUERR 16 CPU error register
PIRQ 16 programmed interrupt requests
FAC0H..FAC5H 32 FAC0..FAC5, high 32 bits
FAC0L..FAC5L 32 FAC0..FAC5, low 32 bits
FPS 16 floating point status
FEA 16 floating exception address
FEC 4 floating exception code
MMR0..3 16 memory management registers 0..3
{K/S/U}{I/D}{PAR/PDR}{0..7}
16 memory management registers
INT 32 interrupt pending flags
TRAP 18 trap pending flags
WAIT 0 wait state flag
WAIT_ENABLE 0 wait state enable flag
STOP_TRAPS 18 stop on trap flags
STOP_VECA 1 stop on read abort in trap or interrupt
STOP_SPA 1 stop on stack push abort in trap or interrupt
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (1 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
5.2 Programmed I/O Devices
5.2.1 PC11 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
BUSY 1 busy flag (CSR<11>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.2 PC11 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.3 KL11 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
5.2.4 KL11 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
5.2.5 LP11 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.2.6 Line-Time Clock (CLK)
The clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
CSR 16 control/status register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
TIME 24 clock frequency
5.3 RK11/RK05 Cartridge Disk (RK)
RK11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RKn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RKn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RK11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RKCS 16 control/status
RKDA 16 disk address
RKBA 16 memory address
RKWC 16 word count
RKDS 16 drive status
RKER 16 error status
INTQ 9 interrupt queue
DRVN 3 number of last selected drive
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.4 RX11/RX01 Floppy Disk (RX)
RX11 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RXn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RXn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
The RX11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RXCS 12 status
RXDB 8 data buffer
RXES 8 error status
RXERR 8 error code
RXTA 8 current track
RXSA 8 current sector
STAPTR 3 controller state
BUFPTR 3 buffer pointer
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
TR 1 transfer ready flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<5>)
CTIME 24 command completion time
STIME 24 seek time, per track
XTIME 24 transfer ready delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RX01 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
5.5 RL11(V12)/RL01,RL02 Cartridge Disk (RL)
RL11 options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to RL01, RL02, or autosize, and to write a DEC standard
044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RLn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RLn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RLn RL01 set size to RL01
SET RLn RL02 set size to RL02
SET RLn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RL11 implements these registers:
name size comments
RLCS 16 control/status
RLDA 16 disk address
RLBA 16 memory address
RLBAE 6 memory address extension (RLV12)
RLMP..RLMP2 16 multipurpose register queue
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag (CSR<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.6 RM02/03/05/80, RP04/05/06/07 Disk Pack Drives (RP)
The RP controller implements a "Massbus style" 22b direct interface for
large disk drives. It is more abstract than other device simulators, with
just enough detail to run operating system drivers. In addition, the RP
controller conflates the details of the RM series controllers with the RP
series controllers, although there were detailed differences.
RP options include the ability to set units write enabled or write locked,
to set the drive size to one of seven disk types, or autosize, and to write
a DEC standard 044 compliant bad block table on the last track:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET RPn RM03 set size to RM03
SET RPn RM05 set size to RM05
SET RPn RM80 set size to RM80
SET RPn RP04 set size to RP04
SET RPn RP06 set size to RP06
SET RPn RP07 set size to RP07
SET RPn AUTOSIZE set size based on file size at attach
SET RLn BADBLOCK write bad block table on last track
The size options can be used only when a unit is not attached to a file. The
bad block option can be used only when a unit is attached to a file. Units
can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RPCS1 16 control/status 1
RPCS2 16 control/status 2
RPCS3 16 control/status 3
RPWC 16 word count
RPBA 16 bus address
RPBAE 6 bus address extension
RPDA 16 desired surface, sector
RPDC 8 desired cylinder
RPOF 16 offset
RPDS0..7 16 drive status, drives 0-7
RPDE0..7 16 drive error, drives 0-7
RPER2 16 error status 2
RPER3 16 error status 3
RPDB 16 data buffer
RPMR 16 maintenance register
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
SC 1 special condition (CSR1<15>)
DONE 1 device done flag (CSR1<7>)
IE 1 interrupt enable flag (CSR1<6>)
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
5.7 TM11 Magnetic Tape (TM)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET TMn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET TMn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape bootstrap supports both original and DEC standard boot
formats. Originally, a tape bootstrap read and executed the first record
on tape. To allow for ANSI labels, the DEC standard bootstrap skipped the
first record and read and executed the second. The DEC standard is the
default; to bootstrap an original format tape, use the -o switch with the
BOOT command.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
MTS 16 status
MTC 16 command
MTCMA 16 memory address
MTBRC 16 byte/record count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ERR 1 error flag
DONE 1 device done flag
IE 1 interrupt enable flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 delay
UST0..7 16 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
5.8 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-11 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard PDP-11 assembler syntax. There are sixteen
instruction classes:
class operands examples comments
no operands none HALT, RESET
3b literal literal, 0 - 7 SPL
6b literal literal, 0 - 077 MARK
8b literal literal, 0 - 0377 EMT, TRAP
register register RTS
sop specifier SWAB, CLR, ASL
reg-sop register, specifier JSR, XOR, MUL
fop flt specifier ABSf, NEGf
ac-fop flt reg, flt specifier LDf, MULf
ac-sop flt reg, specifier LDEXP, STEXP
ac-moded sop flt reg, specifier LDCif, STCfi
dop specifier, specifier MOV, ADD, BIC
cond branch address BR, BCC, BNE
sob register, address SOB
cc clear cc clear instructions CLC, CLV, CLZ, CLN combinable
cc set cc set instructions SEC, SEV, SEZ, SEN combinable
For floating point opcodes, F and D variants, and I and L variants, may be
specified regardless of the state of FPS.
The syntax for specifiers is as follows:
syntax specifier displacement comments
Rn 0n -
Fn 0n - only in flt reg classes
(Rn) 1n -
@(Rn) 7n 0 equivalent to @0(Rn)
(Rn)+ 2n -
@(Rn)+ 3n -
-(Rn) 4n -
@-(Rn) 5n -
{+/-}d(Rn) 6n {+/-}d
@{+/-}d(Rn) 7n {+/-}d
#n 27 n
@#n 37 n
.+/-n 67 +/-n - 4
@.+/-n 77 +/-n - 4
{+/-}n 67 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, 37 and n
@{+/-}n 77 {+/-}n - PC - 4 if on disk, invalid
6. Nova Features
The Nova simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Nova CPU with 32KW of memory
-
PTR,PTP paper tape reader/punchhardware multiply/divide
TTI,TTO console terminal
LPT line printer
CLK real-time clock
DK head-per-track disk controller
DP moving head disk controller with four drives
MT magnetic tape controller with eight drives
The Nova simulator implements these unique stop conditions:
- reference to undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
an interrupt
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The Nova loader supports standard binary format tapes. The DUMP command
is not implemented.
6.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the optional instructions
and the size of main memory.
SET CPU NOVA4 enable Nova4 instructions
SET CPU NOVA3 enable Nova3 instructions
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NONE disable all optional instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
(Nova 4 = optional multiply/divide, stack, byte, trap instructions)
(Nova 3 = optional multiply/divide, stack instructions)
(MDV = multiply/divide instructions)
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 15 program counter
AC0..AC3 16 accumulators 0..3
C 1 carry
SR 16 front panel switches
PI 16 priority interrupt mask
ION 1 interrupt enable
ION_DELAY 1 interrupt enable delay for ION
PWR 1 power fail interrupt
INT 15 interrupt pending flags
BUSY 15 device busy flags
DONE 15 device done flags
DISABLE 15 device interrupt disable flags
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined IOT
INDMAX 15 maximum number of nested indirects
OLDPC 15 PC prior to last JMP, JMS, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
6.2 Programmed I/O Devices
6.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
errpr STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input reads from the controling console port. Terminal
options include the ability to set limited Dasher compatibility mode or
normal mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI or TTO changes both devices. In Dasher mode, carriage
return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed to backspace.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
6.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output writes to the controling console port. Terminal
options include the ability to set limited Dasher compatibility mode or
normal mode:
SET TTI ANSI normal mode
SET TTI DASHER Dasher mode
SET TTO ANSI normal mode
SET TTO DASHER Dasher mode
Setting either TTI or TTO changes both devices. In Dasher mode, carriage
return is changed to newline on input, and ^X is changed to backspace.
The terminal output implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
6.2.5 Programmed I/O Devices (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
6.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SELECT 2 selected clock interval
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
TIME0 24 clock frequency, select = 0
TIME1 24 clock frequency, select = 1
TIME2 24 clock frequency, select = 2
TIME3 24 clock frequency, select = 3
6.3 Fixed Head Disk (DK)
The fixed head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
STAT 16 status
DA 16 disk address
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 device disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK 8 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational delay, per sector
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Fixed head disk data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file
and OS I/O errors cannot occur.
6.4 Moving Head Disk (DP)
Moving head disk options include the ability to make units write enabled or
write locked, and to select the type of drive:
SET DPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET DPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
SET DPn FLOPPY set unit n to floppy disk
SET DPn D31 set unit n to Diablo 31
SET DPn D44 set unit n to Diablo 44
SET DPn C111 set unit n to Century 111
SET DPn C114 set unit n to Century 114
SET DPn 6225 set unit n to 6225
SET DPn 6099 set unit n to 6099
SET DPn 6227 set unit n to 6227
SET DPn 6070 set unit n to 6070
SET DPn 6103 set unit n to 6103
SET DPn 4231 set unit n to 4231
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
All drives have 256 16b words per sector. The other disk parameters are:
drive cylinders surfaces sectors size (MW) DG models
floppy 77 1 8 .158 6038
D31 203 2 12 1.247 4047, 4237, 4238
D44 408 4 12 5.014 4234, 6045
C111 203 10 6 3.118 4048
C114 203 20 12 12.472 4057, 2314
6225 20 2 245 2.508
6099 32 4 192 6.291
6227 20 6 245 7.526
6070 24 4 408 10.027
6103 32 8 192 12.583
4231 23 19 411 45.979
The moving head disk controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FCCY 16 flags, command, cylinder
USSC 16 unit, surface, sector, count
STAT 16 status
MA 16 memory address
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.5 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CU 16 command, unit
MA 16 memory address
WC 16 word count
STA1 16 status word 1
STA2 16 status word 2
EP 1 extended polling mode (not supported)
BUSY 1 device busy flag
DONE 1 device done flag
DISABLE 1 interrupt disable flag
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
CTIME 24 controller delay
RTIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 32 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
6.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The Nova simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character ASCII string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character ASCII string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Nova assembler syntax. There are three
instruction classes: memory reference, IOT, and operate.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {ac,}{@}address{,index}
LDA and STA require an initial register; ISZ, DSZ, JSR, and JMP do not.
The syntax for addresses and indices is as follows:
syntax mode displacement comments
0 <= n < 0400 0 n
{+/-}n >= 0400 1 {+/-}n - PC must be in range [-200, 177]
invalid on disk
.+/-n 1 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,2 2 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
{+/-}n,3 3 {+/-}n must be in range [-200, 177]
IOT instructions have one of four formats
syntax example
iot HALT
iot reg INTA
iot device SKPDN
iot reg,device DOAS
Devices may be specified as mnemonics or as numbers in the range 0 - 077.
Operate instructions have the format
opcode{#} reg,reg{,skip}
In all Nova instructions, blanks may be substituted for commas as field
delimiters.
7. PDP-1 Features
The PDP-1 is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU PDP-1 CPU with up to 64KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO Flexowriter typewriter input/output
LPT Type 62 line printer
The PDP-1 simulator implements the following unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than INDMAX indirect addresses are detected during
memory reference address decoding
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
- wait state entered, and no I/O operations outstanding
(ie, no interrupt can ever occur)
The PDP-1 loader supports RIM format tapes. The DUMP command is not
implemented.
7.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of hardware multiply/divide and the
size of main memory.
SET CPU MDV enable multiply/divide
SET CPU NOMDV disable multiply/divide
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
AC 18 accumulator
IO 18 IO register
OV 1 overflow flag
PF 6 program flags<1:6>
SS 6 sense switches<1:6>
TW 18 test word (front panel switches)
EXTM 1 extend mode
IOSTA 18 IO status register
SBON 1 sequence break enable
SBRQ 1 sequence break request
SBIP 1 sequence break in progress
IOH 1 I/O halt in progress
IOC 1 I/O continue
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last transfer
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
SBS_INIT 1 initial state of sequence break enable
EXTM_INIT 1 initial state of extend mode
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
7.2 Programmed I/O Devices
7.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from or a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTO) reads from the controling console port.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
7.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port.
It implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
DONE 1 device done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
POS 31 number of characters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
7.2.5 Type 62 Line Printer (LPT)
The paper line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
PNT 1 printing done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
RPLS 1 return restart pulse flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
7.3 Symbolic Display and Input
The PDP-1 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as FIODEC character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character FIODEC string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses modified PDP-1 assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, shift, skip, operate, IOT, and
LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I} address
where I signifies indirect reference. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 0177777.
Shift instructions have the format
shift shift_count
The shift count is an octal number in the range 0-9.
Skip instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, SZA, SZS4. Skip
instructions may be or'd together
skip skip skip...
The sense of a skip can be inverted by including the mnemonic I.
Operate instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, CLA, CLI. Operate
instructions may be or'd together
opr opr opr...
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, TYI, TYO. IOT
instructions may include an octal numeric modifier or the modifier I:
iot modifier
The simulator does not check the legality of skip, operate, or IOT
combinations.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW {I} immediate
where immediate is in the range 0 to 07777.
7.4 Character Sets
The PDP-1's console was a Frieden Flexowriter; its character encoding
was known as FIODEC. The PDP-1's line printer used a modified Hollerith
character set. The following table provides equivalences between ASCII
characters and the PDP-1's I/O devices. In the console table, UC stands
for upper case.
PDP-1 PDP-1
ASCII console line printer
000 - 007 none none
bs 075 none
tab 036 none
012 - 014 none none
cr 077 none
016 - 037 none none
space 000 000
! {OR} UC+005 none
" UC+001 none
{IMPLIES} UC+004 none
$ none none
% none none
& {AND} UC+006 none
' UC+002 none
( 057 057
) 055 055
-
{TIMES} UC+073 072 -
, 033 033UC+054 074 -
. 073 073054 054
/ 021 021
0 020 020
1 001 001
2 002 002
3 003 003
4 004 004
5 005 005
6 006 006
7 007 007
8 010 010
9 011 011
: none none
; none none
< UC+007 034
= UC+033 053
? UC+021 037UC+010 034
@ {MID DOT} 040 {MID DOT} 040
A UC+061 061
B UC+062 062
C UC+063 063
D UC+064 064
E UC+065 065
F UC+066 066
G UC+067 067
H UC+070 070
I UC+071 071
J UC+041 041
K UC+042 042
L UC+043 043
M UC+044 044
N UC+045 045
O UC+046 046
P UC+047 047
Q UC+050 050
R UC+051 051
S UC+022 022
T UC+023 023
U UC+024 024
V UC+025 025
W UC+026 026
X UC+027 027
Y UC+030 030
Z UC+031 031
[ UC+057 none
\ {OVERLINE} 056 {OVERLINE} 056
] UC+055 none
^ {UP ARROW} UC+011 {UP ARROW} 035
_ UC+040 UC+040
` {RT ARROW} UC+020 036
a 061 none
b 062 none
c 063 none
d 064 none
e 065 none
f 066 none
g 067 none
h 070 none
i 071 none
j 041 none
k 042 none
l 043 none
m 044 none
n 045 none
o 046 none
p 047 none
q 050 none
r 051 none
s 022 none
t 023 none
u 024 none
v 025 none
w 026 none
x 027 none
y 030 none
z 031 none
{ none none
| UC+056 076
} none none
~ UC+003 013
del 075 none
- 18b PDP Features
The other four 18b PDP's (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, PDP-15) are very similar
and are configured as follows:
system device simulates
name(s)
PDP-4 CPU PDP-4 CPU with 8KW of memory
PTR,PTP integral paper tape/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR28 console terminal (Baudot code)
LPT Type 62 line printer (Hollerith code)
CLK integral real-time clock
PDP-7 CPU PDP-7 CPU with 32KW of memory
- Type 177 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- Type 148 memory extension
PTR,PTP Type 444 paper tape reader/Type 75 punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
LPT Type 647 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
DRM Type 24 serial drum
PDP-9 CPU PDP-9 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE09A extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KG09B memory extension
- KP09A power detection
- KX09A memory protection
PTR,PTP PC09A paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 33 console terminal
LPT Type 647E line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RF RF09/RS09 fixed-head disk
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
PDP-15 CPU PDP-15 CPU with 32KW of memory
- KE15 extended arithmetic element (EAE)
- KF15 power detection
- KM15 memory protection
PTR,PTP PC15 paper tape reader/punch
TTI,TTO KSR 35 console terminal
LPT LP15 line printer
CLK integral real-time clock
RP RP15/RP02 disk pack
RF RF15/RS09 fixed-head disk
MT TC59/TU10 magnetic tape
The 18b PDP simulators implement several unique stop conditions:
- an unimplemented instruction is decoded, and register
STOP_INST is set
- more than XCTMAX nested executes are detected during
instruction execution
The 18b PDP loader supports RIM format tapes. The DUMP command is not
implemented.
8.1 CPU
The only CPU options are the presence of the EAE and the size of main memory.
SET CPU EAE enable EAE
SET CPU NOEAE disable EAE
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 20K set memory size = 20K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 28K set memory size = 28K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48K
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64K
SET CPU 80K set memory size = 80K
SET CPU 96K set memory size = 96K
SET CPU 112K set memory size = 112K
SET CPU 128K set memory size = 128K
Memory sizes greater than 8K are only available on the PDP-7, PDP-9, and
PDP-15; memory sizes greater than 32KW are only available on the PDP-15.
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 8K for the PDP-4, 32K
for the PDP-7 and PDP-9, and 128K for the PDP-15.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
system name size comments
all PC addr program counter
7,9 PC 15 program counter
15 PC 17 program counter
all AC 18 accumulator
7,9,15 MQ 18 multiplier-quotient
7,9,15 SC 6 shift counter
7,9,15 EAE_AC_SIGN 1 EAE AC sign
all L 1 link
7,9 EXTM 1 extend mode
15 BANKM 1 bank mode
7 TRAPM 1 trap mode
9,15 USMD 1 user mode
9,15 USMDBUF 1 user mode buffer
9,15 BR addr memory protection bounds
7,9,15 TRAPP 1 trap pending
9,15 NEXM 1 non-existent memory violation
9,15 PRVN 1 privilege violation
7,9 EMIRP 1 EMIR instruction pending
9,15 RESTP 1 DBR or RES instruction pending
15 XR 18 index register
15 LR 18 limit register
all SR 18 front panel switches
all INT 32 interrupt requests
all IORS 18 IORS register
all ION 1 interrupt enable
all ION_DELAY 2 interrupt enable delay
all OLDPC addr PC prior to last transfer
all STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
all BREAK 18 breakpoint address (777777 to disable)
all WRU 8 interrupt character
"addr" signifies the address width of the system (13b for the PDP-4, 15b for
the PDP-7 and PDP-9, 17b for the PDP-15).
8.2 Programmed I/O Devices
8.2.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The ppaper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag (PDP-9, PDP-15 only)
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.3 Terminal Input (TTI)
The terminal input (TTI) reads from the controling console port. The
input has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case.
The terminal input implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of characters input
TIME 24 keyboard polling interval
8.2.4 Terminal Output (TTO)n backspace or advance these devices.
The terminal output (TTO) writes to the controling console port. It
implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
POS 31 number of chararacters output
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
8.2.5 Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The PDP-4 used a Type 62 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
SPC 1 spacing done flag
BPTR 6 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The PDP-7 and PDP-7 used a Type 647 printer controller, with these
registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable (PDP-9 only)
ERR 1 error flag
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The PDP-15 used an LP15 printer controller, with these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status register
MA 18 DMA memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
ENABLE 1 interrupt enable
LCNT 8 line counter
BPTR 7 print buffer pointer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
For all three models, error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.2.6 Real-Time Clock (CLK)
The real-time clock (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ENABLE 1 clock enable
TIME 24 clock frequency
8.3 RP15/RP02 Disk Pack (RP)
RP15 options include the ability to make units write enabled or write locked:
SET RPn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET RPn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The RP15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status A
STB 18 status B
DA 18 disk address
MA 18 current memory address
WC 18 word count
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
BUSY 1 control busy flag
STIME 24 seek time, per cylinder
RTIME 24 rotational delay
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
end of file x assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error x report error and stop
8.4 Type 24 Serial Drum (DRM)
The serial drum (DRM) implements these registers:
name size comments
DA 9 drum address (sector number)
MA 15 current memory address
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
DONE 1 device done flag
ERR 1 error flag
WLK 32 write lock switches
TIME 24 rotational latency, per word
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
Drum data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.5 RF09/RF15/RS09 Fixed Head Disk (RF)
The RF09/RF15 implements these registers:
name size comments
STA 18 status
DA 21 current disk address
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
BUF 18 data buffer (diagnostic only)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
WLK0..7 16 write lock switches for disks 0..7
TIME 24 rotational delay, per word
BURST 1 burst flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
The RF09/RF15 is a three-cycle data break device. If BURST = 0, word
transfers are scheduled individually; if BURST = 1, the entire transfer
occurs in a single data break.
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 disk not ready
RF15/RF09 data files are buffered in memory; therefore, end of file and OS
I/O errors cannot occur.
8.6 TC59/TU10 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
CMD 18 command
STA 18 main status
MA 18 memory address (in memory)
WC 18 word count (in memory)
INT 1 interrupt pending flag
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
TIME 24 record delay
UST0..7 24 unit status, units 0..n
POS0..7 31 position, units 0..n
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
8.7 Symbolic Display and Input
The 18b PDP simulators implement symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as (sixbit) character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional switch:
-p display as packed ASCII (five 7b ASCII
characters in two 18b words)
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c three character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
The PDP-15 also recognizes an additional input mode:
# or -p five character packed ASCII string in
two 18b words
Instruction input uses standard 18b PDP assembler syntax. There are six
instruction classes: memory reference, EAE, index (PDP-15 only), IOT,
operate, and LAW.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {I/@} address{,X}
where I (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9) /@ (PDP-15) signifies indirect reference,
and X signifies indexing (PDP-15 in page mode only). The address is an
octal number in the range 0 - 017777 (PDP-4, PDP-7, PDP-9, and PDP-15 in
bank mode) or 0 - 07777 (PDP-15 in page mode).
IOT instructions consist of single mnemonics, eg, KRB, TLS. IOT instructions
may be or'd together
iot iot iot...
IOT's may also include the number 10, signifying clear the accumulator
iot 10
The simulator does not check the legality of IOT combinations. IOT's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as IOT n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 07777.
EAE instructions have the format
eae {+/- shift count}
EAE instructions may be or'd together
eae eae eae...
The simulator does not check the legality of EAE combinations. EAE's for
which there is no opcode may be specified as EAE n, where n is an octal
number in the range 0 - 037777.
Index instructions (PDP-15 only) have the format
index {immediate}
The immediate, if allowed, must be in the range of -0400 to +0377.
Operate instructions have the format
opr opr opr...
The simulator does not check the legality of the proposed combination. The
operands for MUY and DVI must be deposited explicitly.
Finally, the LAW instruction has the format
LAW immediate
where immediate is in the range of 0 to 017777.
8.8 Character Sets
The PDP-4's console was an ASR-28 Teletype; its character encoding was
Baudot. The PDP-4's line printer used a modified Hollerith character
set. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's consoles were KSR-33 Teletypes; their
character sets were basically ASCII. The PDP-7's and PDP-9's line
printers used sixbit encoding (ASCII codes 040 - 0137 masked to six
bits). The PDP-15's I/O devices were all ASCII. The following table
provides equivalences between ASCII characters and the PDP-4's I/O devices.
In the console table, FG stands for figures (upper case).
PDP-4 PDP-4
ASCII console line printer
000 - 006 none none
bell FG+024 none
010 - 011 none none
lf 010 none
013 - 014 none none
cr 002 none
016 - 037 none none
space 004 000
! FG+026 none
" FG+021 none
FG+005 none
$ FG+062 none
% none none
& FG+013 none
' FG+032 none
( FG+036 057
) FG+011 055
-
none 072 -
, FG+006 033none 074 -
. FG+007 073FG+030 054
/ FG+027 021
0 FG+015 020
1 FG+035 001
2 FG+031 002
3 FG+020 003
4 FG+012 004
5 FG+001 005
6 FG+025 006
7 FG+034 007
8 FG+014 010
9 FG+003 011
: FG+016 none
; FG+017 none
< none 034
= none 053
? FG+023 037none 034
@ none {MID DOT} 040
A 030 061
B 023 062
C 016 063
D 022 064
E 020 065
F 026 066
G 013 067
H 005 070
I 014 071
J 032 041
K 036 042
L 011 043
M 007 044
N 006 045
O 003 046
P 015 047
Q 035 050
R 012 051
S 024 022
T 001 023
U 034 024
V 017 025
W 031 026
X 027 027
Y 025 030
Z 021 031
[ none none
\ none {OVERLINE} 056
] none none
^ none {UP ARROW} 035
_ none UC+040
0140 - 0177 none none
- IBM 1401 Features
The IBM 1401 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU IBM 1401 CPU with 16K of memory
CDR,CDP IBM 1402 card reader/punch
LPT IBM 1403 line printer
INQ IBM 1407 inquiry terminal
MT IBM 729 7-track magnetic tape controller with six drives
The IBM 1401 simulator implements many unique stop conditions. On almost
any kind of error the simulator stops:
unimplemented opcode
reference to non-existent memory
reference to non-existent device
no word mark under opcode
invalid A address
invalid B address
invalid instruction length
invalid modifier character
invalid branch address
invalid magtape unit number
invalid magtape record length
write to locked magtape drive
skip to unpunched carriage control tape channel
card reader hopper empty
address register wrap-around
single character A field in MCE
single character B field in MCE
hanging $ in MCE with EPE enabled
I/O check with I/O stop switch set
The LOAD and DUMP commands are not implemented.
9.1 CPU
The CPU options include a number of special features and the size of main
memory. Note that the Modify Address special feature is always included
when memory size is greater than 4K.
SET CPU XSA enable advanced programming special feature
SET CPU NOXSA disable advanced programming
SET CPU HLE enable high/low/equal special feature
SET CPU NOHLE disable high/low/equal
SET CPU BBE enable branch on bit equal special feature
SET CPU NOBBE disable branch on bit equal
SET CPU MR enable move record special feature
SET CPU NOMR disable move record
SET CPU EPE enable extended print edit special feature
SET CPU NOEPE disable extended print edit
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 12K set memory size = 12K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initially, memory size is 16K, and all special
features are enabled.
Memory is implemented as 7 bit BCD characters, as follows:
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
word B bit A bit 8 4 2 1
mark <-- zone --> <-------- digit -------->
In BCD, the decimal digits 0-9 are (octal) values 012, 001, 002, 003, 004,
005, 006, 007, 010, 011, respectively. Signs are encoded in the zone bits,
with 00, 01, and 11 being positive, and 10 being negative.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor. The 1401 has no
interrupt system.
name size comments
IS 14 instruction storage address register (PC)
AS 14 A storage address register
BS 14 B storage address register
ASERR 1 AS invalid flag
BSERR 1 BS invalid flag
SSA 1 sense switch A
SSB 1 sense switch B
SSC 1 sense switch C
SSD 1 sense switch D
SSE 1 sense switch E
SSF 1 sense switch F
SSG 1 sense switch G
EQU 1 equal compare indicator
UNEQ 1 unequal compare indicator
HIGH 1 high compare indicator
LOW 1 low compare indicator
OVF 1 overflow indicator
IOCHK 1 I/O check switch
PRCHK 1 process check switch
OLDIS 1 IS prior to last branch
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (1000000 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
9.2 1402 Card Reader/Punch (CDR, CDP, STKR)
The IBM 1402 card/reader punch is simulated as three independent devices:
the card reader (CDR), the card punch (CDP), and the reader and punch
stackers (STKR). STRK units 0, 1, 2, and 4 correspond to the reader
normal stacker, reader stacker 1, shared stacker 2/8, and punch stacker
4, respectively.
The card reader reads data from disk files, while the punch and stackers
write data to disk files. Cards are simulated as ASCII text lines with
terminating newlines; column binary is not supported. For each unit,
the POS register specifies the number of the next data item to be read or
written. Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance these
devices.
The reader/punch registers are:
device name size comments
CDR LAST 1 last card indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
S1 1 stacker 1 select flag
S2 1 stacker 2 select flag
POS 31 position
TIME 24 delay window for stacker select
CDP ERR 1 error indicator
S4 1 stacker 4 select flag
S8 1 stacker 8 select flag
STKR POS0 31 position, normal reader stack
POS1 31 position, reader stacker 1
POS2 31 position, shared stacker 2/8
POS4 31 position, punch stacker 4
Error handling is as follows:
device error processed as
reader end of file if SSA set, set LAST indicator
on next Read, report error and stop
reader,punch not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
stacker not attached ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
9.3 1403 Line Printer (LPT)
The IBM 1403 line printer (LPT) writes its data, converted to ASCII, to
a disk file. The line printer supports three different print character
sets or "chains":
SET LPT PCF full 64 character chain
SET LPT PCA 48 character business chain
SET LPT PCH 48 character FORTRAN chain
In addition, the line printer can be programmed with a carriage control
tape. The LOAD command loads a new carriage control tape:
LOAD <file> load carriage control tape file
The format of a carriage control tape consists of multiple lines. Each
line contains an optional repeat count, enclosed in parentheses, optionally
followed by a series of column numbers separated by commas. Column numbers
must be between 1 and 12; a column number of zero denotes top of form. The
following are all legal carriage control specifications:
<blank line> no punch
(5) 5 lines with no punches
1,5,7,8 columns 1, 5, 7, 8 punched
(10)2 10 lines with column 2 punched
1,0 column 1 punched; top of form
The default form is 66 lines long, with column 1 and the top of form mark
on line 1, and the rest blank.
The line printer registers are:
name size comments
LINES 8 number of newlines after next print
LFLAG 1 carriage control flag (1 = skip, 0 = space)
CCTP 8 carriage control tape pointer
CCTL 8 carriage control tape length (read only)
ERR 1 error indicator
POS 31 position
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.4 1407 Inquiry Terminal (INQ)
The IBM 1407 inquiry terminal (INQ) is a half-duplex console. It polls
the controling keyboard of the simulator periodically for inquiry requests.
The inquiry terminal registers are:
name size comments
INQC 7 inquiry request character (initially ESC)
INR 1 inquiry request indicator
INC 1 inquiry cleared indicator
TIME 24 polling interval
When the 1401 CPU requests input from the keyboard, the message [Enter]
is printed out, followed by a new line. The CPU hangs waiting for input
until either the return/enter key is pressed, or the inquiry request
character is typed in. The latter cancels the type-in and sets INC.
The inquiry terminal has no errors.
9.5 729 Magnetic Tape (MT)
The magnetic tape controller supports six drives, numbered 1 through 6.
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make units write enabled or
or write locked.
SET MTn LOCKED set unit n write locked
SET MTn ENABLED set unit n write enabled
Units can also be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The magnetic tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
END 1 end of file indicator
ERR 1 error indicator
PAR 1 parity error indicator
POS1..6 31 position, drives 1..6
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached report error and stop
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error print error message
if IOCHK set, report error and stop
otherwise, set ERR indicator
9.6 Symbolic Display and Input
The IBM 1401 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-c display as single character
(BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII for others)
-s display as wordmark terminated BCD string
(CPU only)
-m display instruction mnemonics
(CPU only)
In a CPU character display, word marks are denoted by ~.
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or " or -c or -s characters (BCD for CPU and MT, ASCII
for others)
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input is free format, with spaces separating fields. There
are six instruction formats: 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, and 8 characters:
1 character opcode
2 character opcode 'modifier
4 character opcode address
5 character opcode address 'modifier
7 character opcode address address
8 character opcode address address 'modifier
Addresses are always decimal, except for special I/O addresses in the A
field, which may be specified as %xy, where x denotes the device and y
the unit number.
For the CPU, string input may encompass multiple characters. A word mark
is denoted by ~ and must precede the character to be marked. All other
devices can only accept single character input, without word marks.
9.7 Character Sets
The IBM 1401 used a 6b character code called BCD (binary coded decimal).
Some of the characters have no equivalent in ASCII and require different
representations:
BCD ASCII IBM 1401 print
code representation character chains
00 space
01 1
02 2
03 3
04 4
05 5
06 6
07 7
10 8
11 9
12 0
13 # = in H chain
14 @ ' in H chain
15 : blank in A, H chains
16 > blank in A, H chains
17 ( tape mark blank in A, H chains
20 ^ alternate blank blank in A, H chains
21 /
22 S
23 T
24 U
25 V
26 W
27 X
30 Y
31 Z
32 ' record mark
33 ,
34 % ( in H chain
35 = word mark blank in A, H chains
36 \ blank in A, H chains
37 + blank in A, H chains
40 -
41 J
42 K
43 L
44 M
45 N
46 O
47 P
50 Q
51 R
52 !
53 $
54 *
55 ] blank in A, H chains
56 ; blank in A, H chains
57 _ delta blank in A, H chains
60 &
61 A
62 B
63 C
64 D
65 E
66 F
67 G
70 H
71 I
72 ?
73 .
74 ) lozenge
75 [ blank in A, H chains
76 < blank in A, H chains
77 " group mark blank in A, H chains
10. HP2100 Features
The HP2100 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU 2116, 2100, or 21MX CPU with 32KW memory
DMA0, DMA1 dual channel DMA controller
PTR,PTP paper tape reader/punch
TTY console terminal
LPT LE8E line printer
CLK 12639C time base generator
DP 12557A cartridge disk controller with four drives
MT 12559 magnetic tape controller with one drives
The HP2100 simulator implements several unique stop conditions:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is et
- reference to an undefined I/O device, and STOP_DEV is set
- more than INDMAX indirect references are detected during
memory reference address decoding
The HP2100 loader supports standard absolute binary format. The DUMP
command is not implemented.
10.1 CPU
CPU options include choice of instruction set and memory size.
SET CPU 2116 2116 instructions
SET CPU 2100 2100 instructions
SET CPU 21MX 21MX instructions
SET CPU 4K set memory size = 4K
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8K
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16K
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24K
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32K
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 32K.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
P 15 program counter
A 16 A register
B 16 B register
X 16 X index register (21MX)
Y 16 Y index register (21MX)
S 16 switch/display register
E 1 extend flag
O 1 overflow flag
ION 1 interrupt enable flag
ION_DEFER 1 interrupt defer flag
IADDR 6 most recent interrupting device
MPCTL 1 memory protection enable (2100, 21MX)
MPFLG 1 memory protection flag (2100, 21MX)
MPFBF 1 memory protection flag buffer (2100, 21MX)
MFENCE 15 memory protection fence (2100, 21MX)
MADDR 16 memory protection error address (2100, 21MX)
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
STOP_DEV 1 stop on undefined device
INDMAX 1 indirect address limit
OLDP 15 PC prior to last JMP, JSB, or interrupt
BREAK 16 breakpoint address (177777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
10.2 DMA Controllers
The HP2100 includes two DMA channel controllers (DMA0 and DMA1). Each
DMA channel has the following visible state:
name size comments
CMD 1 channel enabled
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
CW1 1 command word 1
CW2 1 command word 2
CW3 1 command word 3
10.3 Variable Device Assignments
On the HP2100, I/O device take their device numbers from the backplane
slot they are plugged into. Thus, device number assignments vary
considerably from system to system, and software package to software
package. The HP2100 simulator supports dynamic device reassignment
with the command:
SET <controller> DEVNO
This initiates a dialog that displays the current device number and
allows the user to assign a new one:
Device number: old <new>(cr)
The new device number must be in the range 010..077 (octal) and must
not be currently assigned to another device. For devices with two
device numbers, only the lower numbered device number can be changed;
the higher is automatically set to the lower + 1.
10.4 Programmed I/O Devices
10.4.1 Paper Tape Reader (PTR)
The paper tape reader (PTR) reads data from a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be read.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the reader.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
absolute binary loader into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape reader implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the input file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.2 Paper Tape Punch (PTP)
The paper tape punch (PTP) writes data to a disk file. The POS
register specifies the number of the next data item to be written.
Thus, by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the punch.
The paper tape punch implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
TIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.3 Console Terminal (TTY)
The console terminal has three units: keyboard (unit 0), printer
(unit 1), and punch (unit 2). The keyboard reads from, and the
printer writes to, the controlling console port. The punch writes
to a disk file. The keyboard has one option, UC; when set, it
automatically converts lower case input to upper case. This is on
by default.
The terminal implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
MODE 16 mode
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters input
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TPOS 31 number of characters printed
TTIME 24 time from I/O initiation to interrupt
PPOS 31 position in the punch output file
STOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling for the punch is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.4 12653A Line Printer (LPT)
The line printer (LPT) writes data to a disk file. The POS register
specifies the number of the next data item to be written. Thus,
by changing POS, the user can backspace or advance the printer.
The line printer implements these registers:
name size comments
BUF 8 last data item processed
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
POS 31 position in the output file
CTIME 24 time between characters
PTIME 24 time for a print operation
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error STOP_IOE processed as
not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape or paper
OS I/O error x report error and stop
10.4.5 12639C Time Base Generator (CLK)
The time base generator (CLK) implements these registers:
name size comments
SEL 3 time base select
CTL 1 device/interrupt enable
FLG 1 device ready
FBF 1 device ready buffer
ERR 1 error flag
TIME0..TIME7 31 clock intervals, select = 0..7
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
10.5 12559C Cartridge Disk (DP)
The 12559C cartridge disk has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a 128-word (one sector)
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the four
disk drives. Disk drives can be REMOVEd or ADDed to the configuration.
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
IBUF 16 input buffer
OBUF 16 output buffer
BPTR 7 sector buffer pointer
CMD 1 channel enabled
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 channel ready
FBF 1 channel ready buffer
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
OBUF 16 output buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
RARC 8 record address register cylinder
RARH 2 record address register head
RARS 4 record address register sector
CNT 5 check record count
CMD 1 controller enabled
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
EOC 1 end of cylinder pending
CTIME 24 command delay time
STIME 24 seek delay time, per cylinder
XTIME 24 interword transfer time
STA0 16 drive 0 status
STA1 16 drive 1 status
STA2 16 drive 2 status
STA3 16 drive 3 status
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached disk not ready
end of file assume rest of disk is zero
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.6 12557 Magnetic Tape (MT)
Magnetic tape options include the ability to make the unit write enabled
or write locked.
SET MT LOCKED set unit write locked
SET MT ENABLED set unit write enabled
The 12557 mag tape drive has two separate devices, a data channel and
a device controller. The data channel includes a maximum record sized
buffer for reads and writes. The device controller includes the tape
unit
The data channel implements these registers:
name size comments
FLG 1 channel ready
BPTR 16 buffer pointer (reads and writes)
BMAX 16 buffer size (writes)
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
The device controller implements these registers:
name size comments
FNC 8 current function
STA 9 tape status
BUF 8 buffer
BUSY 3 busy (unit #, + 1, of active unit)
CTL 1 interrupt enabled
FLG 1 controller ready
FBF 1 controller ready buffer
DTF 1 data transfer flop
FSVC 1 first service flop
POS 31 magtape position
CTIME 24 command delay time
XTIME 24 interword transfer delay time
STOP_IOE 1 stop on I/O error
DEVNO 6 current device number (read only)
Error handling is as follows:
error processed as
not attached tape not ready
end of file (read or space) end of physical tape
(write) ignored
OS I/O error report error and stop
10.7 Symbolic Display and Input
The HP2100 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard HP2100 assembler syntax. There are seven
instruction classes: memory reference, I/O, shift, alter skip, extended
shift, extended memory reference, extended two address reference.
Memory reference instructions have the format
memref {C/Z} address{,I}
where I signifies indirect, C a current page reference, and Z a zero page
reference. The address is an octal number in the range 0 - 077777; if C or
Z is specified, the address is a page offset in the range 0 - 01777. Normally,
C is not needed; the simulator figures out from the address what mode to use.
However, when referencing memory outside the CPU (eg, disks), there is no
valid PC, and C must be used to specify current page addressing.
IOT instructions have the format
io device{,C}
where C signifies that the device flag is to be cleared. The device is an
octal number in the range 0 - 77.
Shift and alter/skip instructions have the format
sub-op sub-op sub-op...
The simulator checks that the combination of sub-opcodes is legal.
Extended shift instructions have the format
extshift count
where count is an octal number in the range 1 - 020.
Extended memory reference instructions have the format
extmemref address{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. The address is an octal number in
the range 0 - 077777.
Extended two address instructions have the format
ext2addr addr1{,I},addr2{,I}
where I signifies indirect addressing. Both address 1 and address 2 are
octal numbers in the range 0 - 077777.
11. Interdata 4 Features
The Interdata 4 simulator is not fully debugged. Lack of documentation
and software makes checkout very difficult. The simulator is included in
the hopes that a fellow enthusiast may be able to provide software or
additional documentation to facilitate further debug.
The Interdata 4 simulator is configured as follows:
device simulates
name(s)
CPU Interdata 4 CPU with 64KB memory
PT paper tape reader/punch
TT console terminal
The Interdata 4 simulator implements one unique stop condition:
- decode of an undefined instruction, and STOP_INST is set
The LOAD and DUMP command are not implemented.
11.1 CPU
The only CPU options are memory size:
SET CPU 8K set memory size = 8KB
SET CPU 16K set memory size = 16KB
SET CPU 24K set memory size = 24KB
SET CPU 32K set memory size = 32KB
SET CPU 48K set memory size = 48KB
SET CPU 64K set memory size = 64KB
If memory size is being reduced, and the memory being truncated contains
non-zero data, the simulator asks for confirmation. Data in the truncated
portion of memory is lost. Initial memory size is 64KB.
CPU registers include the visible state of the processor as well as the
control registers for the interrupt system.
name size comments
PC 16 program counter
R0..RF 16 general registers
F0, F2..FE 32 floating point registers
PSW 16 processor status word
CC 4 condition codes, PSW<12:15>
SR 16 switch register
DR 16 display register low 16 bits
DR1 16 display register high 16 bits
DRMOD 1 display mode
DRPOS 2 display pointer position
SRPOS 1 switch pointer position
IRQ0..IRQ7 32 interrupt requests
IEN0..IEN7 32 interrupt enables
STOP_INST 1 stop on undefined instruction
OLDPC 16 PC prior to last branch or interrupt
BREAK 17 breakpoint address (377777 to disable)
WRU 8 interrupt character
11.2 Paper Tape Reader/Punch (PT)
The paper tape reader and punch (PT units 0 and 1) read data from or
write data to disk files. The RPOS and PPOS registers specify the
number of the next data item to be read and written, respectively.
Thus, by changing RPOS or PPOS, the user can backspace or advance
these devices.
The paper tape reader supports the BOOT command. BOOT PTR copies the
so-called '50 loader' into memory and starts it running.
The paper tape controller implements these registers:
name size comments
RBUF 8 reader buffer
RPOS 31 reader position in the input file
RTIME 24 time from reader start to interrupt
RSTOP_IOE 1 reader stop on I/O error
PBUF 8 punch buffer
PPOS 31 punch position in the output file
PTIME 24 time from punch start to interrupt
PSTOP_IOE 1 punch stop on I/O error
IREQ 1 paper tape interrupt request
IENB 1 paper tape interrupt enable
RUN 1 paper tape running
SLEW 1 paper tape reader slew mode
BUSY 1 paper tape busy
RW 1 paper tape read/write mode
Error handling is as follows:
type error STOP_IOE processed as
in,out not attached 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in end of file 1 report error and stop
0 out of tape
in,out OS I/O error x report error and stop
11.3 Teletype (TT)
The teletype reads and writes to the controlling console port. The
keyboard has one option, UC; when set, it automatically converts lower
case input to upper case. This is on by default.
name size comments
KBUF 8 keyboard buffer
KPOS 31 number of characters output
KTIME 24 keyboard polling interval
TBUF 8 output buffer
TPOS 31 number of characters output
TTIME 24 time from output start to interrupt
IREQ 1 teletype interrupt request
IENB 1 teletype interrupt enable
HDPX 1 teletype half-duplex
BUSY 1 teletype busy
RW 1 teletype read/write mode
11.4 Symbolic Display and Input
The Interdata 4 simulator implements symbolic display and input. Display is
controlled by command line switches:
-a display as ASCII character
-c display as two character string
-m display instruction mnemonics
Input parsing is controlled by the first character typed in or by command
line switches:
' or -a ASCII character
" or -c two character sixbit string
alphabetic instruction mnemonic
numeric octal number
Instruction input uses standard Interdata 4 assembler syntax. There are
four instruction classes: register, memory, register-register, register-
memory.
Register instructions have the format
rop regnum
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F.
Memory instructions have the format
mop address{(index)}
where address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and the index register
is a hex digit, optinally preceded by R, between 0 and F.
Register-register instructions have the format
rrop regnum,regnum
where the register numbers are hex digits, optionally preceded by R,
between 1 and F.
Register-memory instructions have the format
rmop regnum,address{(index)}
where the register number is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R,
between 0 and F, the address is a hex number between 0 and 0xFFFF, and
the index register is a hex digit, optionally preceded by R, between
1 and F.
Appendix 1: File Representations
All file representations are little endian. On big endian hosts, the
simulator automatically performs any required byte swapping.
- Hard Disks
Hard disks are represented as unstructured binary files of 16b data items for
the 12b and 16b simulators, of 32b data items for the 18b and 32b simulators,
and 64b for the 36b simulators.
- Floppy Disks
PDP-8 and PDP-11 floppy disks are represented as unstructured binary files
of 8b data items. They are nearly identical to the floppy disk images for
Doug Jones' PDP-8 simulator but lack the initial 256 byte header. A utility
for converting between the two formats is easily written.
- Magnetic Tapes
Magnetic tapes are represented as unstructured binary files of 8b data
items. Each record consists of a 32b record header, in little endian
format, followed by n 8b bytes of data, followed by a repeat of the 32b
record header. The high order bit of the record header is used as an
error flag; the remaining 31b are the byte count of the record. If
the byte count is odd, the record is padded to even length; the pad
byte is undefined.
Magnetic tapes are endian independent and consistent across simulator
families. A magtape produced by the Nova simulator will appear to
have its 16b words byte swapped if read by the PDP-11 simulator.
- Line Printers
Line printer output is represented by an ASCII file of lines separated by
the newline character. Overprinting is represented by a line ending in
return rather than newline.
Appendix 2: Sample Software
- PDP-8
1.1 ESI-X
ESI-X is an interactive program for technical computation. It can
execute both immediate commands and stored programs (like BASIC). ESI-X
is provided as both source and as a binary loader format paper-tape
image. For more information see the documentation included with the
program. My thanks to Dave Waks, who wrote the program, and to Paul
Pierce and Tim Litt, who recovered the source from its archival medium.
To load and run ESI-X:
sim> load esix.bin
sim> run 5400
_TYPE 2+2.
2+2 = 4
1.2 FOCAL69
FOCAL69 is an interactive program for technical computations. It can
execute both immediate commands and stored programs (like BASIC). FOCAL69
is provided as a binary loader format paper-tape image. To load and
run FOCAL69:
sim> load focal69.bin
sim> run 200
*TYPE 2+2
= 4.000*
1.3 PDP-8 OS/8
OS/8 is the PDP-8's mass storage-based operating system. It provides a
program development and execution environment for assembler, BASIC, and
FORTRAN programs. OS/8 is provided under license, as is, without fee, by
Digital Equipment Corporation, for non-commercial use only. Please read
the enclosed license agreement for full terms and conditions. This license
agreement must be reproduced with any copy of the OS/8 disk images. My
thanks to Doug Jones of the University of Iowa, who provided the disk
images, and to Digital Equipment Corporation, which provided the license.
To boot and run OS/8:
sim> att rx0 os8sys_rx.dsk
sim> att rx1 os8f4_rx.dsk
sim> boot rx0
.DA dd-mmm-yy
.
Note that OS/8 only recognizes upper case characters. The first disk
(drive 0) is the system disk; it also includes BASIC. The second disk
(drive 1) includes FORTRAN.
- PDP-11
2.1 UNIX V5, V6, V7
UNIX was first developed on the PDP-7; its first widespread usage was on
the PDP-11. UNIX provides a program development and execution environment
for assembler and C programs. UNIX V5, V7, V7 for the PDP-11 is provided
under license, as is, without fee, by Santa Cruz Organization (SCO), for
non-commercial use only. Please read the enclosed license agreement for
full terms and conditions. This license must be reproduced with any copy
of the UNIX V5, V6, V7 disk images. My thanks to PUPS, the PDP-11 UNIX
Preservation Society of Australia, which provided the disk images, and to
SCO, which provided the license.
2.1.1 UNIX V5
UNIX V5 is contained on a single RK05 disk image. To boot UNIX:
sim> set cpu 18b
sim> att rk0 unix_v5_rk.dsk
sim> boot rk
@unix
login: root
#ls -l
2.1.2 UNIX V6
UNIX V6 is contained on three RK05 disk images. To boot UNIX:
sim> set cpu 18b
sim> att rk0 unix0_v6_rk.dsk
sim> att rk1 unix1_v6_rk.dsk
sim> att rk3 unix3_v6_rk.dsk
sim> boot rk0
@unix
login: root
# ls -l
2.1.3 UNIX V7
NOTE: The V7 disk images with V2.3c and later releases are new and
replace the prior versions, which were corrupt.
UNIX V7 is contained on a single RL02 disk image. To boot UNIX:
sim> set cpu 18b
sim> set rl0 RL02
sim> att rl0 unix_v7_rl.dsk
sim> boot rl0
@boot
New Boot, known devices are hp ht rk rl rp tm vt
: rl(0,0)rl2unix
#
A smaller image is contained on a single RK05 disk image. To boot UNIX:
sim> set cpu 18b
sim> att rk0 unix_v7_rk.dsk
sim> boot rk0
@boot
New Boot, known devices are hp ht rk rl rp tm vt
: rk(0,0)rkunix
# STTY -LCASE
#
2.2 RT-11
RT-11 is the PDP-11's single user operating system. It provides a program
development and execution environment for assembler, BASIC, and FORTRAN
programs. RT-11 is provided under license, as is, without fee, by Mentec
Corporation, for non-commercial use ONLY ON THIS SIMULATOR. Please read
the enclosed license agreement for full terms and conditions. This license
agreement must be reproduced with any copy of the RT-11 disk image. My
thanks to John Wilson, a private collector, who provided the disk image
for RT-11 V4; to Megan Gentry, of Digital Equipment Corporation, who
provided the disk image for RT-11 V5.3; and to Mentec Corporation, which
provided the license.
2.2.1 RT-11 V4
RT-11 is contained in a single RK05 disk image. To boot and run RT-11:
sim> att rk0 rtv4_rk.dsk
sim> boot rk0
For RL, RM, and RP series disks, RT-11 expects to find a manufacturer's bad
block table in the last track of the disk. Therefore, INITialization of a
new (all zero's) disk fails, because there is no valid bad block table. To
create a minimal bad block table, use the SET BADBLOCK command.
2.2.2 RT-11 V5.3
RT-11 is contained in a single RL02 disk image. To boot and run RT-11:
sim> set rl0 rl02
sim> att rl0 rtv53_rl.dsk
sim> boot rl0
This is a full RT-11 distribution kit. It expects the user to copy the
distribution pack and generate a new system. This requires mounting
blank packs on RL1. When a blank pack is attached to the simulator,
a bad block table must be created with the SET BADBLOCK command.
- Nova RDOS
RDOS is the Nova's real-time mass storage operating system. It provides a
program development and execution environment for assembler, BASIC, and
FORTRAN programs. RDOS is provided under license, as is, without fee, by
Data General Corporation, for non-commercial use only. Please read the
enclosed license agreement for full terms and conditions. This license
agreement must be reproduced with any copy of the RDOS disk image. My
thanks to Carl Friend, a private collector, who provided the disk image,
and to Data General Corporation, which provided the license.
To boot and run RDOS:
sim> att dp0 rdos_d31.dsk
sim> set tti dasher
sim> boot dp0
FILENAME? (cr)
DATE (mm/dd/yy)? xx/yy/zz
TIME (hh:mm:ss)? hh:mm:ss
R
list/e
- PDP-1 LISP
PDP-1 LISP is an interactive interpreter for the Lisp language. It can
execute both interactive commands and stored programs. The startup
instructions for LISP are complicated; see the documentation included
with the program for details. My thanks to Peter Deutsch, who wrote the
program, to Gordon Greene, who typed it in from a printed listing, and
to Paul McJones, who helped with the final debug process.
- PDP-7 SIM8
PDP-7 SIM8 is a PDP-8 simulator for the PDP-7. It implements an 8K
PDP-8/I with keyboard, teleprinter, reader, punch, and line printer.
It provides an interactive console environment for control and debug
of the simulated PDP-8. For more information see the documentation
included with the program. My thanks to Dave Waks, who wrote the
program, and to Paul Pierce and Tim Litt, who recovered the source
from its archival medium.
To load and run SIM8:
sim> load sim8.rim
sim> run
AC/ 0000
- 1401 Single Card "Koans"
One of the art forms for the IBM 1401 was packing useful programs into a
single punched card. Three samples are included:
i1401_ctolp.cd prints a card deck on the line printer
i1401_ctopu.cd copies a card deck to the card punch
i1401_hello.cd prints "HELLO WORLD" on the line printer and stops
To use the reproduction cards, simply insert them at the beginning of a
text file, terminated by newline. Attach the modified file to the card
reader, attach a blank file to the output device, and boot the card reader.
- HP2116 16K BASIC
HP BASIC is a paper-tape centric implementation of BASIC for a 16KW
HP2116. Device numbers correspond to the default simulator settings:
PTR = 10
TTY = 11
PTP = 12
The program is a complete but early BASIC and has one unsual requirement:
all programs must include a valid END statement to run correctly. My
thanks to Jeff Moffatt for providing the program.
To load and run BASIC:
sim> load basic1.abs
sim> run 100
READY
10 PRINT SQR(2)
20 END
RUN
1.41421
Appendix 3: Debug Status
The debug status of each simulated CPU and device is as follows:
system PDP-8 PDP-11 Nova PDP-1 18b PDP
device
CPU y y y y y
FPU - y - - -
CIS - h - - -
console y y y y y
paper tape y y y h y
card reader - - - - -
line printer y y y h y
clock y y y - h
hard disk y y y - h
fixed disk h - h - h
floppy disk y y y - -
mag tape h y y - h
system 1401 2100 Id4
device
CPU h y h
FPU - - h
CIS - - -
console h y h
paper tape - h h
card reader h h -
line printer h - -
clock - h -
hard disk - h -
fixed disk - h -
floppy disk - - -
mag tape h h -
legend: y = runs operating system or sample program
d = runs diagnostics
h = runs hand-generated test cases
n = untested
- = not applicable
Revision History (since Rev 1.1)
Rev 2.5, Jan, 01
Removed Digital and Compaq from copyrights, as
authorized by Compaq Sr VP Bill Strecker
Revised save/restore format for 64b simulators
Added examine to file
Added unsigned integer data types to sim_defs
Added Nova 3 and Nova 4 instructions to Nova CPU
Added HP2100
Added Interdata 4
Fixed indirect loop through autoinc/dec in Nova CPU
Fixed MDV enabled test in Nova CPU
Rev 2.4, Jan, 99
Placed all sources under X11-like open source license
Added DUMP command, revised sim_load interface
Added SHOW MODIFIERS command
Revised magtape format to include record error flag
Fixed 64b problems in SCP
Fixed big endian problem in PDP-11 bad block routine
Fixed interrupt on error bug in PDP-11 RP/RM disks
Fixed ROL/ROR inversion in PDP-11 symbolic routines
Rev 2.3d, Sep, 98
Added BeOS support
Added radix commands and switches
Added PDP-11 CIS support
Added RT11 V5.3 to distribution kits
Fixed "shift 32" bugs in SCP, PDP-11 floating point
Fixed bug in PDP-11 paper tape reader
Fixed bug in ^D handling
Rev 2.3c, May, 98
Fixed bug in PDP-11 DIV overflow check
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 magtape bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 magtape unit select
Replaced UNIX V7 disk images
Rev 2.3b, May, 98
Added switch recognition to all simulator commands
Added RIM loader to PDP-8 paper tape reader and loader
Added second block bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Fixed bug in PDP-8 RF bootstrap
Fixed bug in PDP-11 symbolic display
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 floating point (LDEXP, STEXP,
MODf, STCfi, overflow handling)
Rev 2.3a, Nov, 97
Added search capability
Added bad block table command to PDP-11 disks
Added bootstrap to PDP-11 magtape
Added additional Nova moving head disks
Added RT-11 sample software
Fixed bugs in PDP-11 RM/RP disks
Fixed bugs in Nova moving head disks
Fixed endian dependence in 18b PDP RIM loader
Rev 2.3, Mar, 97
Changed UNIX terminal I/O to TERMIOS
Changed magtape format to double ended
Changed PDP-8 current page mnemonic from T to C
Added endian independent I/O routines
Added precise integer data types
Fixed bug in sim_poll_kbd
Fixed bug in PDP-8 binary loader
Fixed bugs in TM11 magtape
Fixed bug in RX11 bootstrap
Fixed bug in 18b PDP ADD
Fixed bug in 18b PDP paper tape reader
Fixed bug in PDP-4 console
Fixed bug in PDP-4,7 line printer
Added PDP-11 RP
Added PDP-1
Rev 2.2d, Dec, 96
Added ADD/REMOVE commands
Added unit enable/disable support to device simulators
Added features for IBM 1401 project
Added switch recognition for symbolic input
Fixed bug in variable length IEXAMINE
Fixed LCD bug in RX8E
Initial changes for Win32
Added IBM 1401
Rev 2.2b, Apr, 96
Added PDP-11 dynamic memory size support
Rev 2.2a, Feb, 96
New endian independent magtape format
Rev 2.2 Jan, 96
Added register buffers for save/restore
Added 18b PDP's
Guaranteed TTI, CLK times are non-zero
Fixed breakpoint/RUN interaction bug
Fixed magnetic tape backspace to EOF bug
Fixed ISZ/DCA inversion in PDP-8 symbol table
Fixed sixbit conversion in PDP-8 examine/deposit
Fixed origin increment bug in PDP-11 binary loader
Fixed GCC longjmp optimization bug in PDP-11 CPU
Fixed unit number calculation bug in SCP and in
Nova, PDP-11, 18b PDP moving head disks
Rev 2.1 Dec, 95
Fixed PTR bug (setting done on EOF) in PDP-8, Nova
Fixed RX bug (setting error on INIT if drive 1 is
not attached) in PDP-8, PDP-11
Fixed RF treatment of photocell flag in PDP-8
Fixed autosize bug (always chose smallest disk if new
file) in PDP-11, Nova
Fixed not attached bug (reported as not attachable) in
most mass storage devices
Fixed Nova boot ROMs
Fixed bug in RESTORE (didn't requeue if delay = 0)
Fixed bug in RESTORE (clobbered device position)
Declared static constant arrays as static const
Added PDP-8, Nova magnetic tape simulators
Added Dasher mode to Nova terminal simulator
Added LINUX support
Rev 2.0 May, 95
Added symbolic assembly/disassembly
Acknowledgements
SIMH would not have been possible without help from around the world. I
would like to acknowledge the help of the following people, all of whom
donated their time and talent to this "computer archaeology" project:
Bill Ackerman PDP-1 consulting
Winfried Bergmann Linux port testing
Phil Budne Solaris port testing
Max Burnet PDP information, documentation, and software
James Carpenter LINUX port testing
Chip Charlot PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Dave Conroy HP 21xx documentation
L Peter Deutsch PDP-1 LISP software
Ethan Dicks PDP-11 2.9 BSD debugging
Carl Friend Nova and Interdata documentation, and RDOS software
Megan Gentry PDP-11 integer debugging, make file
Dick Greeley PDP-8 OS/8 and PDP-10 TOPS-10/20 legal permissions
Gordon Greene PDP-1 LISP machine readable source
Lynne Grettum PDP-11 RT-11, RSTS/E, RSX-11M legal permissions
Franc Grootjen PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Ken Harrenstein PDP-10 simulator
Bill Haygood PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Jim Jaeger IBM 1401 information
Doug Jones PDP-8 information, simulator, and software
Don Lewine Nova documentation and legal permissions
Scott McGregor PDP-11 UNIX legal permissions
Jeff Moffatt HP 2100 information, documentation, and software
Alec Muffett Solaris port testing
Dutch Owen Nova moving head disk debugging, Altair simulator
Paul Pierce IBM 1401 diagnostics, media recovery
Craig St Clair PDP documentation
Richard Schedler Public repository maintenance
Stephen Schultz PDP-11 2.11 BSD debugging
Olaf Seibert NetBSD port testing
Brian & Barry Silverman PDP-1 simulator and software
Tim Shoppa Nova documentation and RDOS software
Michael Somos PDP-1 debugging
Hans-Michael Stahl OS/2 port testing, TERMIOS implementation
Larry Stewart Initial suggestion for the project
Bill Strecker Permission to revert copyrights
Chris Suddick PDP-11 floating point debugging
Ben Thomas VMS character-by-character I/O routines
Warren Toomey PDP-11 UNIX software
Deb Toivonen PDP documentation
Leendert Van Doorn PDP-11 UNIX V6 debugging, TERMIOS implementation
David Waks PDP-8 ESI-X and PDP-7 SIM8 software
Tom West Nova documentation
John Wilson PDP-11 simulator and software
In addition, the following companies have graciously licensed their
software at no cost for hobbyist use:
Data General Corporation
Digital Equipment Corporation
Compaq Computer Corporation
Mentec Corporation
The Santa Cruz Operation